The Complete Anarchist Compendium
                                   Version 1.0
                            Compiled by Pi and Styxx
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        






        
        
                         
        
        
        
                                Table of Contents
        
        Explosives.................................... Section 1
        
        Phreaking..................................... Section 2
        
        Hacking....................................... Section 3
        
        Scams..........................................Section 4
        
        Drugs......................................... Section 5
        
        Necessary Information......................... Section 6
        
        Lockpicking................................... Section 7
        
        Conclusion.................................... Section 8
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        






                                   Explosives
        
        
        
                               The Terrorist's Handbook
                               ------------------------
                              Written BY: UNKNOWN AUTHOR
        
        HEAVILY EDITED by: Kloey Detect of Five O and B.S. of Hardbodies
        
        Special thanks to WordPerfect Corporation for their spelling
        checker.......This file NEEDED IT!
        
        (*)(*)(*)(*)(*)(*)(*)(*)(*)(*)(*)(*)(*)(*)(*)
        SPECIAL THANX ALSO GOES OUT TO:
        
        Nitro Glycerine: For providing the files!
        Xpax           : For being patient while the cop was there!
        The Producer   : For getting the files to me....
        The Director   : For getting the files to me....
        Mr.Camaro      : For his BIG EGO!!!
        The Magician   : For ALL the Bernoulli carts he is gonna send!!
        
        
        This is a collection of many years worth of effort........this is
        the original manuscript for a non-published work, from an unknown
        author.....It was originally two LARGE files which had to be
        merged and then HEAVILY EDITED, mostly the pictures, and then
        spellchecked...This guy is a chemical genius but he could not
        spell if his life depended on it....I have simply run a spell
        check via WordPerfect 4.2, so there are probably more errors
        which were not picked up...sorry...I hope you have the patience
        to sit through this file, read it, then correct every little
        error....It is not like I am submitting it or anything...!!!!!
        
        
        This file is dedicated To Kathie & KiKi
        
        
                                   THE TERRORIST'S HANDBOOK
                                   DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
        
        
        1.0     INTRODUCTION
        
             Gunzenbomz Pyro-Technologies, a division of Chaos Industries (CHAOS), is
        proud to present this first edition of The Terrorist's Handbook.  First and
        foremost, let it be stated that Chaos Industries assumes no responsibilities
        for any misuse of the information presented in this publication.  The purpose
        of this is to show the many techniques and methods used by those people in this
        and other countries who employ terror as a means to political and social goals.
        The techniques herein can be obtained from public libraries, and can usually be
        carried out by a terrorist with minimal knowledge.
        File:        The Terrorist's Handbook
        Uploaded by: The Mad Alchemist






        1.1          Table of Contents
                     DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
        
        2.0 .......  BUYING EXPLOSIVES AND PROPELLANTS
        2.01 ........  Black Powder
        2.02 ........  Pyrodex
        2.03 ........  Rocket Engine Powder
        2.04 ........  Rifle/Shotgun Powder
        2.05 ........  Flash Powder
        2.06 ........  Ammonium Nitrate
        2.1 .......  ACQUIRING CHEMICALS
        2.11 ........  Techniques for Picking Locks
        2.2 .......  LIST OF USEFUL HOUSEHOLD CHEMICALS AND AVAILABILITY
        2.3 .......  PREPARATION OF CHEMICALS
        2.31 ........  Nitric Acid
        2.32 ........  Sulfuric Acid
        2.33 ........  Ammonium Nitrate
        3.0 .......  EXPLOSIVE RECIPES
        3.01 ........  Explosive Theory
        3.1 .......  IMPACT EXPLOSIVES
        3.11 ........  Ammonium Triiodide Crystals
        3.12 ........  Mercury Fulminate
        3.13 ........  Nitroglycerine
        3.14 ........  Picrates
        3.2 .......  LOW ORDER EXPLOSIVES
        3.21 ........  Black Powder
        3.22 ........  Nitrocellulose
        3.23 ........  Fuel + Oxodizer mixtures
        3.24 ........  Perchlorates
        3.3 .......  HIGH ORDER EXPLOSIVES
        3.31 ........  R.D.X. (Cyclonite)
        3.32 ........  Ammonium Nitrate
        3.33 ........  ANFOS
        3.34 ........  T.N.T.
        3.35 ........  Potassium Chlorate
        3.36 ........  Dynamite
        3.37 ........  Nitrostarch Explosives
        3.38 ........  Picric Acid
        3.39 ........  Ammonium Picrate (Explosive D)
        3.40 ........  Nitrogen Trichloride
        3.41 ........  Lead Azide
        3.5 .......  OTHER "EXPLOSIVES"
        3.51 ........  Thermit
        3.52 ........  Molotov Cocktails
        3.53 ........  Chemical Fire Bottle
        3.54 ........  Bottled Gas Explosives
        4.0 .......  USING EXPLOSIVES
        4.1 .......  SAFETY
        4.2 .......  IGNITION DEVICES
        4.21 ........  Fuse Ignition
        4.22 ........  Impact Ignition
        4.23 ........  Electrical Ignition
        4.24 ........  Electro - Mechanical Ignition
        4.241 .......  Mercury Switches
        4.242 .......  Tripwire Switches






        4.243 .......  Radio Control Detonators
        4.3 .......  DELAYS
        4.31 ........  Fuse Delays
        4.32 ........  Timer Delays
        4.33 ........  Chemical Delays
        
        
        
        
        
        
        4.4 .......  EXPLOSIVE CONTAINERS
        4.41 ........  Paper Containers
        4.42 ........  Metal Containers
        4.43 ........  Glass Containers
        4.44 ........  Plastic Containers
        4.5 .......  ADVANCED USES FOR EXPLOSIVES
        4.51 ........  Shaped Charges
        4.52 ........  Tube Explosives
        4.53 ........  Atomized Particle Explosions
        4.54 ........  Lightbulb Bombs
        4.55 ........  Book Bombs
        4.56 ........  Phone Bombs
        5.0 .......  SPECIAL AMMUNITION FOR PROJECTILE WEAPONS
        5.1 .......  PROJECTILE WEAPONS (PRIMITIVE)
        5.11 ........  Bow and Crossbow Ammunition
        5.12 ........  Blowgun Ammunition
        5.13 ........  Wrist Rocket and Slingshot Ammunition
        5.2 .......  PROJECTILE WEAPONS (FIREARMS)
        5.21 ........  Handgun Ammunition
        5.22 ........  Shotguns
        5.3 .......  PROJECTILE WEAPONS (COMPRESSED GAS)
        5.31 ........  .177 Caliber B.B Gun Ammunition
        5.32 ........  .22 Caliber Pellet Gun Ammunition
        6.0 .......  ROCKETS AND CANNONS
        6.1 .......  ROCKETS
        6.11 ........  Basic Rocket-Bomb
        6.12 ........  Long Range Rocket-Bomb
        6.13 ........  Multiple Warhead Rocket-Bombs
        6.2 ........ CANNONS
        6.21 ........  Basic Pipe Cannon
        6.22 ........  Rocket-Firing Cannon
        7.0 .......  PYROTECHNICA ERRATA
        7.1 .........  Smoke Bombs
        7.2 .........  Colored Flames
        7.3 .........  Tear Gas
        7.4 .........  Fireworks
        7.41 ........  Firecrackers
        7.42 ........  Skyrockets
        7.43 ........  Roman Candles
        8.0 .......  LISTS OF SUPPLIERS AND FURTHER INFORMATION
        9.0 .......  CHECKLIST FOR RAIDS ON LABS
        10.0 ......  USEFUL PYROCHEMISTRY
        11.0 ......  ABOUT THE AUTHOR
        






        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        2.0   BUYING EXPLOSIVES AND PROPELLANTS
        
             Almost any city or town of reasonable size has a gun store and
        a pharmacy.  These are two of the places that potential terrorists visit in
        order to purchase explosive material.  All that one has to do is know something
        about the non-explosive uses of the materials.  Black powder, for example,
        is used in blackpowder firearms.  It comes in varying "grades", with each
        different grade being a slightly different size.  The grade of black powder
        depends on what the calibre of the gun that it is used in; a fine grade of
        powder could burn too fast in the wrong caliber weapon.  The rule is:
        the smaller the grade, the faster the burn rate of the powder.
        
        
        2.01   BLACK POWDER
        
        
             Black powder is generally available in three grades.  As stated before,
        the smaller the grade, the faster the powder burns.  Burn rate is extremely
        important in bombs.  Since an explosion is a rapid increase of gas volume in
        a confined environment, to make an explosion, a quick-burning powder is
        desirable. The three common grades of black powder are listed below, along
        with the usual bore width (calibre) of what they are used in.  Generally,
        the fastest burning powder, the FFF grade is desirable.  However, the other
        grades and uses are listed below:
        
        
             GRADE              BORE WIDTH               EXAMPLE OF GUN
             DDDDD              DDDDDDDDDD               DDDDDDDDDDDDDD
        
             F                  .50 or greater           model cannon; some rifles
             FF                 .36 - .50                large pistols; small rifles
             FFF                .36 or smaller           pistols; derringers
        






        
             The FFF grade is the fastest burning, because the smaller grade has
        more surface area or burning surface exposed to the flame front.  The larger
        grades also have uses which will be discussed later.  The price range of
        black powder, per pound, is about $8.50 - $9.00.  The price is not affected
        by the grade, and so one saves oneself time and work if one buys the finer
        grade of powder.  The major problems with black powder are that it can be
        ignited accidentally by static electricity, and that it has a tendency to
        absorb moisture from the air.  To safely crush it, a bomber would use a plastic
        spoon and a wooden salad bowl.  Taking a small pile at a time, he or she would
        apply pressure to the powder through the spoon and rub it in a series of strokes
        or circles, but not too hard.  It is fine enough to use when it is about as fine
        as flour.  The fineness, however, is dependant on what type of device one wishes
        to make; obviously, it would be impracticle to crush enough powder to fill a 1
        foot by 4 inch radius pipe.  Anyone can purchase black powder, since anyone can
        own black powder firearms in America.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        2.02    PYRODEX
        
        
             Pyrodex is a synthetic powder that is used like black powder.  It comes
        in the same grades, but it is more expensive per pound.  However, a one pound
        container of pyrodex contains more material by volume than a pound of black
        powder.  It is much easier to crush to a very fine powder than black powder, and
        it is considerably safer and more reliable.  This is because it will
        not be set off by static electricity, as black can be, and it is less inclined
        to absorb moisture.  It costs about $10.00 per pound.  It can be crushed in the
        same manner as black powder, or it can be dissolved in boiling water and dried.
        
        
        2.03        ROCKET ENGINE POWDER
        
             One of the most exciting hobbies nowadays is model rocketry.  Estes is
        the largest producer of model rocket kits and engines.  Rocket engines are
        composed of a single large grain of propellant.  This grain is surrounded by
        a fairly heavy cardboard tubing.  One gets the propellant by slitting the tube
        lengthwise, and unwrapping it like a paper towel roll.  When this is done, the
        grey fire clay at either end of the propellant grain must be removed.  This is






        usually done gently with a plastic or brass knife. The material is exceptionally
        hard, and must be crushed to be used.  By gripping the grain on the widest
        setting on a set of pliers, and putting the grain and powder in a plastic bag,
        the powder will not break apart and shatter all over.  This should be done to
        all the large chunks of powder, and then it should be crushed like black powder.
        Rocket engines come in various sizes, ranging from 1/4 A - 2T to the incredibly
        powerful D engines.  The larger the engine, the more expensive.  D engines come
        in packages of three, and cost about $5.00 per package.  Rocket engines are
        perhaps the single most useful item sold in stores to a terrorist, since they
        can be used as is, or can be cannibalized for their explosive powder.
        
        
        2.04       RIFLE/SHOTGUN POWDER
        
             Rifle powder and shotgun powder are really the same from a practicle
        standpoint. They are both nitrocellulose based propellants. They will be
        referred to as gunpowder in all future references. Gunpowder is made by the
        action of concentrated nitric and sulfuric acid upon cotton. This material is
        then dissolved by solvents and then reformed in the desired grain size.  When
        dealing with gunpowder, the grain size is not nearly as important as that of
        black powder. Both large and small grained gunpowder burn fairly slowly
        compared to black powder when unconfined, but when it is confined, gunpowder
        burns both hotter and with more gaseous expansion, producing more pressure.
        Therefore, the grinding process that is often necessary for other propellants
        is not necessary for gunpowder.  Gunpowder costs about $9.00 per pound. Any
        idiot can buy it, since there are no restrictions on rifles or shotguns in the
        U.S.
        
        
        2.05       FLASH POWDER
        
        
              Flash powder is a mixture of powdered zirconium metal and various
        oxidizers. It is extremely sensitive to heat or sparks, and should be treated
        with more care than black powder, with which it should NEVER be mixed. It is
        sold in small containers which must be mixed and shaken before use. It is very
        finely powdered, and is available in three speeds: fast, medium, and slow. The
        fast flash powder is the best for using in explosives or detonators.
        
        
        
        
        
             It burns very rapidly, regardless of confinement or packing, with a hot
        white "flash", hence its name.  It is fairly expensive, costing about $11.00.
        It is sold in magic shops and theatre supply stores.
        
        
        2.06       AMMONIUM NITRATE
        
        
             Ammonium nitrate is a high explosive material that is often used as
        a commercial "safety explosive"  It is very stable, and is difficult to ignite
        with a match. It will only light if the glowing, red-hot part of a match is
        touching it. It is also difficult to detonate; (the phenomenon of detonation






        will be explained later) it requires a large shockwave to cause it to go high
        explosive. Commercially, it is sometimes mixed with a small amount of
        nitroglycerine to increase its sensitivity. Ammonium nitrate is used in the
        "Cold-Paks" or "Instant Cold", available in most drug stores. The "Cold Paks"
        consist of a bag of water, surrounded by a second plastic bag containing the
        ammonium nitrate. To get the ammonium nitrate, simply cut off the top of the
        outside bag, remove the plastic bag of water, and save the ammonium nitrate in
        a well sealed, airtight container, since it is rather hydroscopic, i.e. it
        tends to absorb water from the air. It is also the main ingredient in many
        fertilizers.
        
        
        2.1     ACQUIRING CHEMICALS
        
        
             The first section deals with getting chemicals legally. This section
        deals with "procuring" them. The best place to steal chemicals is a college.
        Many state schools have all of their chemicals out on the shelves in the
        labs, and more in their chemical stockrooms. Evening is the best time to enter
        lab buildings, as there are the least number of people in the buildings, and
        most of the labs will still be unlocked. One simply takes a bookbag, wears
        a dress shirt and jeans, and tries to resemble a college freshman. If anyone
        asks what such a person is doing, the thief can simply say that he is looking
        for the  polymer chemistry lab, or some other chemistry-related department
        other than the one they are in. One can usually find out where the various
        labs and  departments in a building are by calling the university. There
        are, of course other techniques for getting into labs after hours, such as
        placing a piece of cardboard in the latch of an unused door, such as a back
        exit. Then, all one needs to do is come back at a later hour. Also, before
        this is done, terrorists check for security systems. If one just walks into a
        lab, even if there is someone there, and walks out the back exit, and slip the
        cardboard in the latch before the door closes, the person in the lab will never
        know what happened. It is also a good idea to observe the building that one
        plans to rob at the time that one plans to rob it several days before the
        actual theft is done. This is advisable since the would-be thief should know
        when and if the campus security makes patrols through buildings. Of course, if
        none of these methods are successful, there is always section 2.11, but as a
        rule, college campus security is pretty poor, and nobody suspects another
        person in the building of doing anything wrong, even if they are there at an
        odd hour.
        
        
        2.11     TECHNIQUES FOR PICKING LOCKS
        
        
             If it becomes necessary to pick a lock to enter a lab, the world's
        most effective lockpick is dynamite, followed by a sledgehammer.  There are
        unfortunately, problems with noise and excess structural damage with these
        methods.  The next best thing, however, is a set of army issue lockpicks.
        
        
        
        
        
        These, unfortunately, are difficult to acquire. If the door to a lab is locked,






        but the deadbolt is not engaged, then there are other possibilities. The rule
        here is: if one can see the latch, one can open the door. There are several
        devices which facilitate freeing the latch from its hole in the wall. Dental
        tools, stiff wire ( 20 gauge ), specially bent aluminum from cans, thin pocket-
        knives, and credit cards are the tools of the trade. The way that all these
        tools and devices are uses is similar: pull, push, or otherwise move the latch
        out of its hole in the wall, and pull the door open. This is done by sliding
        whatever tool that you are using behind the latch, and pulling the latch out
        from the wall. To make an aluminum-can lockpick, terrorists can use an aluminum
        can and carefully cut off the can top and bottom. Cut off the cans' ragged
        ends. Then, cut the open-ended cylinder so that it can be flattened out into a
        single long rectangle. This should then be cut into inch wide strips. Fold the
        strips in 1/4 inch increments (1). One will have a long quadruple-thick 1/4
        inch wide strip of aluminum. This should be folded into an L-shape, a J-shape,
        or a U-shape. This is done by folding. The pieces would look like this:
        
        
         (1)
        
                _________________________________________________________    v
        1/4     |_______________________________________________________|    |
        1/4     |_______________________________________________________|    | 1 inch
        1/4     |_______________________________________________________|    |
        1/4     |_______________________________________________________|    |
                                                                             ^
        
             Fold along lines to make a single quadruple-thick piece of
        aluminum. This should then be folded to produce an L,J,or U shaped
        device that looks like this:
                               __________________________________________
                              / ________________________________________|
                             | |
                             | |          L-shaped
                             | |
                             | |
                             |_|
        
                               _____________________________
                              / ___________________________|
                             | |
                             | |     J-shaped
                             | |
                             | |________
                              \________|
        
                               _____________________
                              / ___________________|
                             | |
                             | |
                             | |     U-shaped
                             | |
                             | |____________________
                              \____________________|
        
        






             All of these devices should be used to hook the latch of a door and
        pull the latch out of its hole.  The folds in the lockpicks will be between
        the door and the wall, and so the device will not unfold, if it is made
        properly.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        2.2      LIST OF USEFUL HOUSEHOLD CHEMICALS AND THEIR AVAILABILITY
        
             Anyone can get many chemicals from hardware stores, supermarkets,
        and drug stores to get the materials to make explosives or other dangerous
        compounds.  A would-be terrorist would merely need a station wagon and some
        money to acquire many of the chemicals named here.
        
        
        Chemical                Used In                         Available at
        ________                _______                         ____________
        
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        alcohol, ethyl *       alcoholic beverages            liquor stores
                               solvents (95% min. for both)   hardware stores
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        ammonia +              CLEAR household ammonia        supermarkets/7-eleven
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        ammonium               instant-cold paks,             drug stores,
        nitrate                fertilizers                    medical supply stores
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        nitrous oxide          pressurizing whip cream        party supply stores
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        magnesium              firestarters                   surplus/camping stores
        ____________________________________________________________________________
        lecithin               vitamins                       pharmacies/drug stores
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        mineral oil            cooking, laxative              supermarket/drug stores
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        mercury @              mercury thermometers      supermarkets/hardware stores
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        sulfuric acid          uncharged car batteries        automotive stores
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        glycerine                     ?                       pharmacies/drug stores
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        sulfur                 gardening                     gardening/hardware store
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        charcoal               charcoal grills          supermarkets/gardening stores
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        sodium nitrate         fertilizer                     gardening store
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        cellulose (cotton)     first aid                   drug/medical supply stores
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        strontium nitrate      road flares                    surplus/auto stores,
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        fuel oil               kerosene stoves                surplus/camping stores,






        _____________________________________________________________________________
        bottled gas            propane stoves                 surplus/camping stores,
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        potassium permanganate water purification             purification plants
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        hexamine or            hexamine stoves                surplus/camping stores
        methenamine            (camping)
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        nitric acid ^          cleaning printing              printing shops
                               plates                         photography stores
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        iodine &               first aid                      drug stores
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        sodium perchlorate     solidox pellets                hardware stores
                               for cutting torches
        _____________________________________________________________________________
        
        
        
        
        
        notes: * ethyl alcohol is mixed with methyl alcohol when it is used as a
               solvent. Methyl alcohol is very poisonous. Solvent alcohol must be
               at least 95% ethyl alcohol if it is used to make mercury fulminate.
               Methyl alcohol may prevent mercury fulminate from forming.
        
        
             + Ammonia, when bought in stores comes in a variety of forms.  The
               pine and cloudy ammonias should not be bought; only the clear
               ammonia should be used to make ammonium triiodide crystals.
        
        
             @ Mercury thermometers are becoming a rarity, unfortunately.  They
               may be hard to find in most stores. Mercury is also used in mercury
               switches, which are available at electronics stores. Mercury is a
               hazardous substance, and should be kept in the thermometer or
               mercury switch until used. It gives off mercury vapors which will
               cause brain damage if inhaled.  For this reason, it is a good idea
               not to spill mercury, and to always use it outdoors. Also, do not
               get it in an open cut; rubber gloves will help prevent this.
        
        
             ^ Nitric acid is very difficult to find nowadays.  It is usually
               stolen by bomb makers, or made by the process described in a later
               section.  A desired concentration for making explosives about 70%.
        
        
             & The iodine sold in drug stores is usually not the pure crystaline
               form that is desired for producing ammonium triiodide crystals.
               To obtain the pure form, it must usually be acquired by a doctor's
               prescription, but this can be expensive.  Once again, theft is the
               means that terrorists result to.
        
        
        2.3      PREPARATION OF CHEMICALS






        
        2.31     NITRIC ACID
        
        
               There are several ways to make this most essential of all acids for
          explosives. One method by which it could be made will be presented. Once
          again, be reminded that these methods SHOULD NOT BE CARRIED OUT!!
        
             Materials:                             Equipment:
             DDDDDDDDD                              DDDDDDDDD
             sodium nitrate or                      adjustable heat source
             potassium nitrate
                                                    retort
             distilled water
                                                    ice bath
             concentrated
             sulfuric acid                          stirring rod
        
                                                    collecting flask with stopper
        
        
        1) Pour 32 milliliters of concentrated sulfuric acid into the retort.
        
        2) Carefully weigh out 58 grams of sodium nitrate, or 68 grams of potassium
        nitrate. and add this to the acid slowly.  If it all does not dissolve,
        carefully stir the solution with a glass rod until it does.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        3) Place the open end of the retort into the collecting flask, and place the
           collecting flask in the ice bath.
        
        4) Begin heating the retort, using low heat.  Continue heating until liquid
           begins to come out of the end of the retort.  The liquid that forms is nitric
           acid.  Heat until the precipitate in the bottom of the retort is almost dry,
           or until no more nitric acid is forming.  CAUTION: If the acid is headed too
           strongly, the nitric acid will decompose as soon as it is formed.  This
           can result in the production of highly flammable and toxic gasses that may
           explode.  It is a good idea to set the above apparatus up, and then get
           away from it.
        
        
             Potassium nitrate could also be obtained from store-bought black powder,
        simply by dissolving black powder in boiling water and filtering out
        the sulfur and charcoal. To obtain 68 g of potassium nitrate, it would be
        necessary to dissolve about 90 g of black powder in about one litre of
        boiling water. Filter the dissolved solution through filter paper in a funnel
        into a jar until the liquid that pours through is clear. The charcoal and
        sulfur in black powder are insoluble in water, and so when the solution of
        water is allowed to evaporate, potassium nitrate will be left in the jar.
        
        






        2.32     SULFURIC ACID
        
             Sulfuric acid is far too difficult to make outside of a laboratory or
        industrial plant.  However, it is readily available in an uncharged car battery.
        A person wishing to make sulfuric acid would simply remove the top of a car
        battery and pour the acid into a glass container.  There would probably be
        pieces of lead from the battery in the acid which would have to be removed,
        either by boiling or filtration.  The concentration of the sulfuric acid can
        also be increased by boiling it; very pure sulfuric acid pours slightly faster
        than clean motor oil.
        
        
        2.33     AMMONIUM NITRATE
        
             Ammonium nitrate is a very powerful but insensitive high-order
        explosive. It could be made very easily by pouring nitric acid into a large
        flask in an ice bath. Then, by simply pouring household ammonia into the flask
        and running away, ammonium nitrate would be formed. After the materials have
        stopped reacting, one would simply have to leave the solution in a warm place
        until all of the water and any unneutralized ammonia or acid have evaporated.
        There would be a fine powder formed, which would be ammonium nitrate. It must
        be kept in an airtight container, because of its tendency to pick up water from
        the air.  The crystals formed in the above process would have to be heated VERY
        gently to drive off the remaining water.
        
        
        3.0     EXPLOSIVE RECIPES
        
             Once again, persons reading this material MUST NEVER ATTEMPT TO PRODUCE
        ANY OF THE EXPLOSIVES DESCRIBED HEREIN.  IT IS ILLEGAL AND EXTREMELY DANGEROUS
        TO ATTEMPT TO DO SO.  LOSS OF LIFE AND/OR LIMB COULD EASILY OCCUR AS A RESULT
        OF ATTEMPTING TO PRODUCE EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS.
        
             These recipes are theoretically correct, meaning that an individual
        could conceivably produce the materials described.  The methods here are usually
        scaled-down industrial procedures.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        3.01     EXPLOSIVE THEORY
        
             An explosive is any material that, when ignited by heat or shock,
        undergoes rapid decomposition or oxidation.  This process releases energy that
        is stored in the material in the form of heat and light, or by breaking down
        into gaseous compounds that occupy a much larger volume that the original piece
        of material.  Because this expansion is very rapid, large volumes of air are
        displaced by the expanding gasses.  This expansion occurs at a speed greater
        than the speed of sound, and so a sonic boom occurs.  This explains the
        mechanics behind an explosion.  Explosives occur in several forms: high-order
        explosives which detonate, low order explosives, which burn, and primers, which
        may do both.






        
             High order explosives detonate.  A detonation occurs only in a high
        order explosive.  Detonations are usually incurred by a shockwave that passes
        through a block of the high explosive material.  The shockwave breaks apart
        the molecular bonds between the atoms of the substance, at a rate approximately
        equal to the speed of sound traveling through that material.  In a high
        explosive, the fuel and oxodizer are chemically bonded, and the shockwave breaks
        apart these bonds, and re-combines the two materials to produce mostly gasses.
        T.N.T., ammonium nitrate, and R.D.X. are examples of high order explosives.
        
             Low order explosives do not detonate; they burn, or undergo oxidation.
        when heated, the fuel(s) and oxodizer(s) combine to produce heat, light, and
        gaseous products.  Some low order materials burn at about the same speed under
        pressure as they do in the open, such as blackpowder. Others, such as gunpowder,
        which is correctly called nitrocellulose, burn much faster and hotter when they
        are in a confined space, such as the barrel of a firearm; they usually burn
        much slower than blackpowder when they are ignited in unpressurized conditions.
        Black powder, nitrocellulose, and flash powder are good examples of low order
        explosives.
        
             Primers are peculiarities to the explosive field.  Some of them, such as
        mercury filminate, will function as a low or high order explosive.  They are
        usually more sensitive to friction, heat, or shock, than the high or low
        explosives.  Most primers perform like a high order explosive, except that they
        are much more sensitive.  Still others merely burn, but when they are confined,
        they burn at a great rate and with a large expansion of gasses and a shockwave.
        Primers are usually used in a small amount to initiate, or cause to decompose,
        a high order explosive, as in an artillery shell.  But, they are also frequently
        used to ignite a low order explosive;  the gunpowder in a bullet is ignited by
        the detonation of its primer.
        
        
        3.1     IMPACT EXPLOSIVES
        
             Impact explosives are often used as primers.  Of the ones discussed
        here, only mercury fulminate and nitroglycerine are real explosives; Ammonium
        triiodide crystals decompose upon impact, but they release little heat and no
        light.  Impact explosives are always treated with the greatest care, and even
        the stupidest anarchist never stores them near any high or low explosives.
        
        
        3.11    AMMONIUM TRIIODIDE CRYSTALS
        
             Ammonium triiodide crystals are foul-smelling purple colored crystals
        that decompose under the slightest amount of heat, friction, or shock, if they
        are made with the purest ammonia (ammonium hydroxide) and iodine.  Such
        crystals are said to detonate when a fly lands on them, or when an ant walks
        across them.  Household ammonia, however, has enough impurities, such as soaps
        and abrasive agents, so that the crystals will detonate when thrown,crushed, or
        
        
        
        
        
        heated.  Upon detonation, a loud report is heard, and a cloud of purple iodine






        gas appears about the detonation site.  Whatever the unfortunate surface that
        the crystal was detonated upon will usually be ruined, as some of the iodine
        in the crystal is thrown about in a solid form, and iodine is corrosive.  It
        leaves nasty, ugly, permanent brownish-purple stains on whatever it contacts.
        Iodine gas is also bad news, since it can damage lungs, and it settles to the
        ground and stains things there also.  Touching iodine leaves brown stains on
        the skin that last for about a week, unless they are immediately and vigorously
        washed off.  While such a compound would have little use to a serious terrorist,
        a vandal could utilize them in damaging property.  Or, a terrorist could throw
        several of them into a crowd as a distraction, an action which would possibly
        injure a few people, but frighten almost anyone, since a small crystal that
        not be seen when thrown produces a rather loud explosion.  Ammonium triiodide
        crystals could be produced in the following manner:
        
             Materials                Equipment
             DDDDDDDDD                DDDDDDDDD
        
             iodine crystals          funnel and filter paper
        
                                      paper towels
             clear ammonia
             (ammonium hydroxide,     two throw-away glass jars
              for the suicidal)
        
        
        1) Place about two teaspoons of iodine into one of the glass jars.  The jars
           must both be throw away because they will never be clean again.
        
        2) Add enough ammonia to completely cover the iodine.
        
        3) Place the funnel into the other jar, and put the filter paper in the funnel.
           The technique for putting filter paper in a funnel is taught in every basic
           chemistry lab class: fold the circular paper in half, so that a semi-circle
           is formed.  Then, fold it in half again to form a triangle with one curved
           side.  Pull one thickness of paper out to form a cone, and place the cone
           into the funnel.
        
        4) After allowing the iodine to soak in the ammonia for a while, pour the
           solution into the paper in the funnel through the filter paper.
        
        5) While the solution is being filtered, put more ammonia into the first jar
           to wash any remaining crystals into the funnel as soon as it drains.
        
        6) Collect all the purplish crystals without touching the brown filter paper,
           and place them on the paper towels to dry for about an hour.  Make sure that
           they are not too close to any lights or other sources of heat, as they could
           well detonate. While they are still wet, divide the wet material into about
           eight chunks.
        
        7) After they dry, gently place the crystals onto a one square inch piece of
           duct tape.  Cover it with a similar piece, and gently press the duct tape
           together around the crystal, making sure not to press the crystal itself.
           Finally, cut away most of the excess duct tape with a pair of scissors, and
           store the crystals in a cool dry safe place.  They have a shelf life of
           about a week, and they should be stored in individual containers that can be






           thrown away, since they have a tendency to slowly decompose, a process which
           gives off iodine vapors, which will stain whatever they settle on.  One
           possible way to increase their shelf life is to store them in airtight
           containers.  To use them, simply throw them against any surface or place them
           where they will be stepped on or crushed.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        3.12      MERCURY FULMINATE
        
        
             Mercury fulminate is perhaps one of the oldest known initiating
        compounds.  It can be detonated by either heat or shock, which would make it
        of infinite value to a terrorist.  Even the action of dropping a crystal of
        the fulminate causes it to explode.  A person making this material would
        probably use the following procedure:
        
        
        
             MATERIALS                  EQUIPMENT
             DDDDDDDDD                  DDDDDDDDD
        
             mercury (5 g)              glass stirring rod
        
             concentrated nitric        100 ml beaker (2)
             acid (35 ml)
                                        adjustable heat
             ethyl alcohol (30 ml)      source
        
             distilled water            blue litmus paper
        
                                        funnel and filter paper
        
        
        
        1) In one beaker, mix 5 g of mercury with 35 ml of concentrated nitric acid,
           using the glass rod.
        
        2) Slowly heat the mixture until the mercury is dissolved, which is when the
           solution turns green and boils.
        
        3) Place 30 ml of ethyl alcohol into the second beaker, and slowly and carefully
            add all of the contents of the first beaker to it.  Red and/or brown fumes
           should appear. These fumes are toxic and flammable.
        
        4) After thirty to forty minutes, the fumes should turn white, indicating that
           the reaction is near completion.  After ten more minutes, add 30 ml of the
           distilled water to the solution.
        
        5) Carefully filter out the crystals of mercury fulminate from the liquid
           solution.  Dispose of the solution in a safe place, as it is corrosive
           and toxic.






        
        6) Wash the crystals several times in distilled water to remove as much excess
           acid as possible.  Test the crystals with the litmus paper until they are
           neutral.   This will be when the litmus paper stays blue when it touches the
           wet crystals
        
        7) Allow the crystals to dry, and store them in a safe place, far away from
           any explosive or flammable material.
        
        
               This procedure can also be done by volume, if the available mercury
          cannot be weighed.  Simply use 10 volumes of nitric acid and 10 volumes of
          ethanol to every one volume of mercury.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        3.13       NITROGLYCERINE
        
             Nitroglycerine is one of the most sensitive explosives, if it is not
        the most sensitive.  Although it is possible to make it safely, it is difficult.
        Many a young anarchist has been killed or seriously injured while trying to
        make the stuff.  When Nobel's factories make it, many people were killed by the
        all-to-frequent factory explosions.  Usually, as soon as it is made, it is
        converted into a safer substance, such as dynamite.  An idiot who attempts
        to make nitroglycerine would use the following procedure:
        
        
             MATERIAL               EQUIPMENT
             DDDDDDDD               DDDDDDDDD
        
             distilled water        eye-dropper
        
             table salt             100 ml beaker
        
             sodium bicarbonate     200-300 ml beakers (2)
        
             concentrated nitric    ice bath container
             acid (13 ml)           ( a plastic bucket serves well )
        
             concentrated sulfuric  centigrade thermometer
             acid (39 ml)
                                     blue litmus paper
             glycerine
        
        
        1) Place 150 ml of distilled water into one of the 200-300 ml beakers.
        
        2) In the other 200-300 ml beaker, place 150 ml of distilled water and about
           a spoonful of sodium bicarbonate, and stir them until the sodium bicarbonate
           dissolves.  Do not put so much sodium bicarbonate in the water so that some






           remains undissolved.
        
        3) Create an ice bath by half filling the ice bath container with ice, and
           adding table salt.  This will cause the ice to melt, lowering the overall
           temperature.
        
        4) Place the 100 ml beaker into the ice bath, and pour the 13 ml of concentrated
           nitric acid into the 100 ml beaker.  Be sure that the beaker will not spill
           into the ice bath, and that the ice bath will not overflow into the beaker
           when more materials are added to it.  Be sure to have a large enough ice bath
           container to add more ice.  Bring the temperature of the acid down to about 20
           degrees centigrade or less.
        
        5) When the nitric acid is as cold as stated above, slowly and carefully add the
           39 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid to the nitric acid.  Mix the two acids
           together, and cool the mixed acids to 10 degrees centigrade.  It is a good
           idea to start another ice bath to do this.
        
        6) With the eyedropper, slowly put the glycerine into the mixed acids, one drop
           at a time.  Hold the thermometer along the top of the mixture where the mixed
           acids and glycerine meet.  DO NOT ALLOW THE TEMPERATURE TO GET ABOVE 30
           DEGREES CENTIGRADE; IF THE TEMPERATURE RISES ABOVE THIS TEMPERATURE, RUN
           LIKE HELL!!!  The glycerine will start to nitrate immediately, and the
           temperature will immediately begin to rise.  Add glycerine until there is a
           thin layer of glycerine on top of the mixed acids.  It is always safest to
           make any explosive in small quantities.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        7) Stir the mixed acids and glycerine for the first ten minutes of nitration,
           adding ice and salt to the ice bath to keep the temperature of the solution
           in the 100 ml beaker well below 30 degrees centigrade.  Usually, the
           nitroglycerine will form on the top of the mixed acid solution, and the
           concentrated sulfuric acid will absorb the water produced by the reaction.
        
        8) When the reaction is over, and when the nitroglycerine is well below 30
           degrees centigrade, slowly and carefully pour the solution of nitroglycerine
           and mixed acid into the distilled water in the beaker in step 1.  The
           nitroglycerine should settle to the bottom of the beaker, and the water-acid
           solution on top can be poured off and disposed of. Drain as much of the
           acid-water solution as possible without disturbing the nitroglycerine.
        
        9) Carefully remove the nitroglycerine with a clean eye-dropper, and place it
           into the beaker in step 2.  The sodium bicarbonate solution will eliminate
           much of the acid, which will make the nitroglycerine more stable, and less
           likely to explode for no reason, which it can do.  Test the nitroglycerine
           with the litmus paper until the litmus stays blue.  Repeat this step if
           necessary, and use new sodium bicarbonate solutions as in step 2.
        
        10) When the nitroglycerine is as acid-free as possible, store it in a clean
            container in a safe place.  The best place to store nitroglycerine is
            far away from anything living, or from anything of any value.






            Nitroglycerine can explode for no apparent reason, even if it is stored
            in a secure cool place.
        
        
        3.14     PICRATES
        
             Although the procedure for the production of picric acid, or
        trinitrophenol has not yet been given, its salts are described first, since they
        are extremely sensitive, and detonate on impact.  By mixing picric acid with
        metal hydroxides, such as sodium or potassium hydroxide, and evaporating the
        water, metal picrates can be formed.  Simply obtain picric acid, or produce it,
        and mix it with a solution of (preferably) potassium hydroxide, of a mid range
        molarity.  (about 6-9 M)  This material, potassium picrate, is impact-sensitive,
        and can be used as an initiator for any type of high explosive.
        
        3.2      LOW-ORDER EXPLOSIVES
        
             There are many low-order explosives that can be purchased in gun
        stores and used in explosive devices. However, it is possible that a wise
        wise store owner would not sell these substances to a suspicious-looking
        individual. Such an individual would then be forced to resort to making
        his own low-order explosives.
        
        
        3.21     BLACK POWDER
        
        
             First made by the Chinese for use in fireworks, black powder was first
        used in weapons and explosives in the 12th century.  It is very simple to make,
        but it is not very powerful or safe.  Only about 50% of black powder is
        converted to hot gasses when it is burned; the other half is mostly very fine
        burned particles.  Black powder has one major problem: it can be ignited by
        static electricity.  This is very bad, and it means that the material must be
        made with wooden or clay tools.  Anyway, a misguided individual could
        manufacture black powder at home with the following procedure:
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
             MATERIALS               EQUIPMENT
             DDDDDDDDD               DDDDDDDDD
             potassium               clay grinding bowl
             nitrate (75 g)          and clay grinder
        
               or                         or
        
             sodium                  wooden salad bowl
             nitrate (75 g)          and wooden spoon
        
             sulfur (10 g)           plastic bags (3)
        






             charcoal (15 g)         300-500 ml beaker (1)
        
             distilled water         coffee pot or heat source
        
        
        1) Place a small amount of the potassium or sodium nitrate in the grinding bowl
           and grind it to a very fine powder.  Do this to all of the potassium or
           sodium nitrate, and store the ground powder in one of the plastic bags.
        
        2) Do the same thing to the sulfur and charcoal, storing each chemical in a
           separate plastic bag.
        
        3) Place all of the finely ground potassium or sodium nitrate in the beaker, and
            add just enough boiling water to the chemical to get it all wet.
        
        4) Add the contents of the other plastic bags to the wet potassium or sodium
           nitrate, and mix them well for several minutes.  Do this until there is no
           more visible sulfur or charcoal, or until the mixture is universally black.
        
        5) On a warm sunny day, put the beaker outside in the direct sunlight.  Sunlight
           is really the best way to dry black powder, since it is never too hot, but it
           is hot enough to evaporate the water.
        
        6) Scrape the black powder out of the beaker, and store it in a safe container.
           Plastic is really the safest container, followed by paper.  Never store black
           powder in a plastic bag, since plastic bags are prone to generate static
           electricity.
        
        
        3.22     NITROCELLULOSE
        
             Nitrocellulose is usually called "gunpowder" or "guncotton".  It is more
        stable than black powder, and it produces a much greater volume of hot gas.  It
        also burns much faster than black powder when it is in a confined space.
        Finally, nitrocellulose is fairly easy to make, as outlined by the following
        procedure:
        
        
             MATERIALS                    EQUIPMENT
             DDDDDDDDD                    DDDDDDDDD
             cotton  (cellulose)          two (2) 200-300 ml beakers
        
             concentrated                 funnel and filter paper
             nitric acid
                                          blue litmus paper
             concentrated
             sulfuric acid
        
             distilled water
        
        
        
        
        
        1) Pour 10 cc of concentrated sulfuric acid into the beaker.  Add to this






           10 cc of concentrated nitric acid.
        
        2) Immediately add 0.5 gm of cotton, and allow it to soak for exactly 3
           minutes.
        
        3) Remove the nitrocotton, and transfer it to a beaker of distilled water
           to wash it in.
        
        4) Allow the material to dry, and then re-wash it.
        
        5) After the cotton is neutral when tested with litmus paper, it is ready to
           be dried and stored.
        
        
        3.23     FUEL-OXODIZER MIXTURES
        
             There are nearly an infinite number of fuel-oxodizer mixtures that can
        be produced by a misguided individual in his own home.  Some are very effective
        and dangerous, while others are safer and less effective.  A list of working
        fuel-oxodizer mixtures will be presented, but the exact measurements of each
        compound are debatable for maximum effectiveness.  A rough estimate will be
        given of the percentages of each fuel and oxodizer:
        
        
        
         oxodizer, % by weight         fuel, % by weight    speed #     notes
        ================================================================================
         potassium chlorate 67%          sulfur 33%            5   friction/impact
                                                                   sensitive; unstable
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         potassium chlorate 50%          sugar 35%             5   fairly slow burning;
                                      charcoal 15%                   unstable
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         potassium chlorate 50%          sulfur 25%            8      extremely
                                      magnesium or                    unstable!
                                      aluminum dust 25%
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         potassium chlorate 67%          magnesium or          8          unstable
                                      aluminum dust 33%
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         sodium nitrate 65%            magnesium dust 30%      ?        unpredictable
                                       sulfur 5%                         burn rate
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         potassium permanganate 60%     glycerine 40%          4     delay before
                                                                     ignition depends
         WARNING: IGNITES SPONTANEOUSLY WITH GLYCERINE!!!            upon grain size
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         potassium permanganate 67%     sulfur 33%             5       unstable
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         potassium permangenate 60%     sulfur 20%             5       unstable
                                       magnesium or
                                       aluminum dust 20%
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         potassium permanganate 50%     sugar 50%              3          ?
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD






         potassium nitrate 75%         charcoal 15%            7      this is
                                       sulfur 10%                    black powder!
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         potassium nitrate 60%         powdered iron           1     burns very hot
                                       or magnesium 40%
        
        
        
        
        
         oxidizer, % by weight         fuel, % by weight    speed #     notes
        ================================================================================
         potassium chlorate 75%        phosphorus              8  used to make strike-
                                      sesquisulfide 25%            anywhere matches
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         ammonium perchlorate 70%     aluminum dust 30%        6     solid fuel for
                                      and small amount of               space shuttle
                                      iron oxide
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         potassium perchlorate 67%     magnesium or           10      flash powder
        (sodium perchlorate)          aluminum dust 33%
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         potassium perchlorate 60%    magnesium or             8      alternate
        (sodium perchlorate)          aluminum dust 20%               flash powder
                                      sulfur 20%
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         barium nitrate 30%           aluminum dust 30%        9       alternate
         potassium perchlorate 30%                                    flash powder
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         barium peroxide 90%          magnesium dust 5%       10       alternate
                                      aluminum dust 5%                flash powder
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         potassium perchlorate 50%     sulfur 25%              8       slightly
                                       magnesium or                    unstable
                                       aluminum dust 25%
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         potassium chlorate 67%        red phosphorus 27%      7     very unstable
         calcium carbonate 3%          sulfur 3%                     impact sensitive
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         potassium permanganate 50%    powdered sugar 25%      7       unstable;
                                       aluminum or                     ignites if
                                       magnesium dust 25%              it gets wet!
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
         potassium chlorate 75%        charcoal dust 15%       6        unstable
                                       sulfur 10%
        ================================================================================
        
        NOTE: Mixtures that uses substitutions of sodium perchlorate for potassium
              perchlorate become moisture-absorbent and less stable.
        
             The higher the speed number, the faster the fuel-oxodizer mixture burns
        AFTER ignition.  Also, as a rule, the finer the powder, the faster the rate of
        burning.
        
             As one can easily see, there is a wide variety of fuel-oxodizer mixtures






        that can be made at home.  By altering the amounts of fuel and oxodizer(s),
        different burn rates can be achieved, but this also can change the sensitivity
        of the mixture.
        
        
        3.24    PERCHLORATES
        
             As a rule, any oxidizable material that is treated with perchloric acid
        will become a low order explosive.  Metals, however, such as potassium or
        sodium, become excellent bases for flash-type powders.  Some materials that can
        be perchlorated are cotton, paper, and sawdust.  To produce potassium or sodium
        perchlorate, simply acquire the hydroxide of that metal, e.g. sodium or
        potassium hydroxide.  It is a good idea to test the material to be perchlorated
        with a very small amount of acid, since some of the materials tend to react
        explosively when contacted by the acid.  Solutions of sodium or potassium
        hydroxide are ideal.
        
        
        
        
        
        3.3     HIGH-ORDER EXPLOSIVES
        
             High order explosives can be made in the home without too much
        difficulty.  The main problem is acquiring the nitric acid to produce the high
        explosive.  Most high explosives detonate because their molecular structure is
        made up of some fuel and usually three or more NO2 ( nitrogen dioxide )
        molecules.  T.N.T., or Tri-Nitro-Toluene is an excellent example of such a
        material.  When a shock wave passes through an molecule of T.N.T., the
        nitrogen dioxide bond is broken, and the oxygen combines with the fuel, all in
        a matter of microseconds.  This accounts for the great power of nitrogen-based
        explosives.  Remembering that these procedures are NEVER TO BE CARRIED OUT,
        several methods of manufacturing high-order explosives in the home are listed.
        
        
        
        3.31     R.D.X.
        
             R.D.X., also called cyclonite, or composition C-1 (when mixed with
        plasticisers) is one of the most valuable of all military explosives.  This is
        because it has more than 150% of the power of T.N.T., and is much easier to
        detonate.  It should not be used alone, since it can be set off by a not-too
        severe shock.  It is less sensitive than mercury fulminate, or nitroglycerine,
        but it is still too sensitive to be used alone.  R.D.X. can be made by the
        surprisingly simple method outlined hereafter.  It is much easier to make in the
        home than all other high explosives, with the possible exception of ammonium
        nitrate.
        
        
             MATERIALS                    EQUIPMENT
             DDDDDDDDD                    DDDDDDDDD
        
             hexamine                     500 ml beaker
               or
             methenamine                  glass stirring rod






             fuel tablets (50 g)
                                          funnel and filter paper
             concentrated
             nitric acid (550 ml)         ice bath container
                                          (plastic bucket)
             distilled water
                                          centigrade thermometer
             table salt
                                          blue litmus paper
             ice
        
             ammonium nitrate
        
        1) Place the beaker in the ice bath, (see section 3.13, steps 3-4) and carefully
            pour 550 ml of concentrated nitric acid into the beaker.
        
        2) When the acid has cooled to below 20 degrees centigrade, add small amounts of
           the crushed fuel tablets to the beaker.  The temperature will rise, and it
           must be kept below 30 degrees centigrade, or dire consequences could result.
           Stir the mixture.
        
        3) Drop the temperature below zero degrees centigrade, either by adding more ice
           and salt to the old ice bath, or by creating a new ice bath.  Or, ammonium
           nitrate could be added to the old ice bath, since it becomes cold when it is
           put in water. Continue stirring the mixture, keeping the temperature below
           zero degrees centigrade for at least twenty minutes
        
        
        
        
        
        
        4) Pour the mixture into a litre of crushed ice.  Shake and stir the mixture,
           and allow it to melt.  Once it has melted, filter out the crystals, and
           dispose of the corrosive liquid.
        
        5) Place the crystals into one half a litre of boiling distilled water.  Filter
           the crystals, and test them with the blue litmus paper.  Repeat steps 4 and 5
           until the litmus paper remains blue.  This will make the crystals more stable
           and safe.
        
        6) Store the crystals wet until ready for use. Allow them to dry completely
           using them. R.D.X. is not stable enough to use alone as an explosive.
        
        7) Composition C-1 can be made by mixing 88.3% R.D.X. (by weight) with 11.1%
           mineral oil, and 0.6% lecithin. Kneed these material together in a plastic
           bag. This is a good way to desensitize the explosive.
        
        8) H.M.X. is a mixture of T.N.T. and R.D.X.; the ratio is 50/50, by weight.
           it is not as sensitive, and is almost as powerful as straight R.D.X.
        
        9) By adding ammonium nitrate to the crystals of R.D.X. after step 5, it should
           be possible to desensitize the R.D.X. and increase its power, since ammonium
           nitrate is very insensitive and powerful. Soduim or potassium nitrate could
           also be added; a small quantity is sufficient to stabilize the R.D.X.






        
        10) R.D.X. detonates at a rate of 8550 meters/second when it is compressed to a
            density of 1.55 g/cubic cm.
        
        
        3.32      AMMONIUM NITRATE
        
             Ammonium nitrate could be made by a terrorist according to the hap-
        hazard method in section 2.33, or it could be stolen from a construction site,
        since it is usually used in blasting, because it is very stable and insensitive
        to shock and heat.  A terrorist could also buy several Instant Cold-Paks from a
        drug store or medical supply store.  The major disadvantage with ammonium
        nitrate, from a terrorist's point of view, would be detonating it.  A rather
        powerful priming charge must be used, and usually with a booster charge.  The
        diagram below will explain.
        
                  _________________________________________
                  |       |                               |
          ________|       |                               |
             |        | T.N.T.|     ammonium nitrate      |
             |primer |booster|                            |
             |_______|       |                            |
                  |       |                               |
                  |_______|_______________________________|
        
             The primer explodes, detonating the T.N.T., which detonates, sending
             a tremendous shockwave through the ammonium nitrate, detonating it.
        
        
        3.33     ANFOS
        
             ANFO is an acronym for Ammonium Nitrate - Fuel Oil Solution.  An ANFO
        solves the only other major problem with ammonium nitrate: its tendency to pick
        up water vapor from the air.  This results in the explosive failing to detonate
        when such an attempt is made.  This is rectified by mixing 94% (by weight)
        ammonium nitrate with 6% fuel oil, or kerosene.  The kerosene keeps the ammonium
        nitrate from absorbing moisture from the air.  An ANFO also requires a large
        shockwave to set it off.
        
        
        
        
        
        3.34       T.N.T.
        
        
             T.N.T., or Tri-Nitro-Toluene, is perhaps the second oldest known high
        explosive. Dynamite, of course, was the first. It is certainly the best known
        high explosive, since it has been popularized by early morning cartoons. It
        is the standard for comparing other explosives to, since it is the most well
        known. In industry, a T.N.T. is made by a three step nitration process that is
        designed to conserve the nitric and sulfuric acids which are used to make the
        product. A terrorist, however, would probably opt for the less economical one
        step method. The one step process is performed by treating toluene with very
        strong (fuming) sulfuric acid. Then, the sulfated toluene is treated with very






        strong (fuming) nitric acid in an ice bath. Cold water is added the solution,
        and it is filtered.
        
        
        
        3.35     POTASSIUM CHLORATE
        
        
             Potassium chlorate itself cannot be made in the home, but it can be
        obtained from labs.  If potassium chlorate is mixed with a small amount of
        vaseline, or other petroleum jelly, and a shockwave is passed through it, the
        material will detonate with slightly more power than black powder.  It must,
        however, be confined to detonate it in this manner.  The procedure for making
        such an explosive is outlined below:
        
        
        
             MATERIALS                    EQUIPMENT
             DDDDDDDDD                    DDDDDDDDD
        
        
             potassium chlorate           zip-lock plastic bag
             (9 parts, by volume)
        
             petroleum jelly              clay grinding bowl
             (vaseline)                          or
             (1 part, by volume)          wooden bowl and wooden spoon
        
        
        
        1)  Grind the potassium chlorate in the grinding bowl carefully and slowly,
            until the potassium chlorate is a very fine powder.  The finer that it is
            powdered, the faster (better)  it will detonate.
        
        2)  Place the powder into the plastic bag.  Put the petroleum jelly into the
            plastic bag, getting as little on the sides of the bag as possible, i.e.
            put the vaseline on the potassium chlorate powder.
        
        3)  Close the bag, and kneed the materials together until none of the potassium
            chlorate is dry powder that does not stick to the main glob.  If necessary,
            add a bit more petroleum jelly to the bag.
        
        4)  The material must me used within 24 hours, or the mixture will react to
            greatly reduce the effectiveness of the explosive.  This reaction, however,
            is harmless, and releases no heat or dangerous products.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        3.36     DYNAMITE






        
             The name dynamite comes from the Greek word "dynamis", meaning power.
        Dynamite was invented by Nobel shortly after he made nitroglycerine. It was
        made because nitroglycerine was so dangerously sensitive to shock. A misguided
        individual with some sanity would, after making nitroglycerine (an insane act)
        would immediately convert it to dynamite. This can be done by adding various
        materials to the nitroglycerine, such as sawdust. The sawdust holds a large
        weight of nitroglycerine per volume. Other materials, such as ammonium nitrate
        could be added, and they would tend to desensitize the explosive, and increase
        the power.  But even these nitroglycerine compounds are not really safe.
        
        
        
        3.37     NITROSTARCH EXPLOSIVES
        
        
             Nitrostarch explosives are simple to make, and are fairly powerful.  All
        that need be done is treat various starches with a mixture of concentrated nitric
        and sulfuric acids.  10 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid is added to 10 ml of
        concentrated nitric acid.  To this mixture is added 0.5 grams of starch.  Cold
        water is added, and the apparently unchanged nitrostarch is filtered out.
        Nitrostarch explosives are of slightly lower power than T.N.T., but they are
        more readily detonated.
        
        
        
        3.38     PICRIC ACID
        
        
             Picric acid, also known as Tri-Nitro-Phenol, or T.N.P., is a military
        explosive that is most often used as a booster charge to set off another less
        sensitive explosive, such as T.N.T.  It another explosive that is fairly simple
        to make, assuming that one can acquire the concentrated sulfuric and nitric
        acids.  Its procedure for manufacture is given in many college chemistry lab
        manuals, and is easy to follow.  The main problem with picric acid is its
        tendency to form dangerously sensitive and unstable picrate salts, such as
        potassium picrate.  For this reason, it is usually made into a safer form, such
        as ammonium picrate, also called explosive D.  A social deviant would probably
        use a formula similar to the one presented here to make picric acid.
        
        
        
        
             MATERIALS                         EQUIPMENT
             DDDDDDDDD                         DDDDDDDDD
        
             phenol (9.5 g)                    500 ml flask
        
             concentrated                      adjustable heat source
             sulfuric acid (12.5 ml)
                                               1000 ml beaker
             concentrated nitric               or other container
             acid (38 ml)                      suitable for boiling in
        
             distilled water                   filter paper






                                               and funnel
        
                                               glass stirring rod
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        1) Place 9.5 grams of phenol into the 500 ml flask, and carefully add 12.5
           ml of concentrated sulfuric acid and stir the mixture.
        
        2) Put 400 ml of tap water into the 1000 ml beaker or boiling container and
           bring the water to a gentle boil.
        
        3) After warming the 500 ml flask under hot tap water, place it in the boiling
           water, and continue to stir the mixture of phenol and acid for about thirty
           minutes.  After thirty minutes, take the flask out, and allow it to cool for
           about five minutes.
        
        4) Pour out the boiling water used above, and after allowing the container to
           cool, use it to create an ice bath, similar to the one used in section 3.13,
           steps 3-4.  Place the 500 ml flask with the mixed acid an phenol in the ice
           bath.  Add 38 ml of concentrated nitric acid in small amounts, stirring the
           mixture constantly.  A vigorous but "harmless" reaction should occur.  When
           the mixture stops reacting vigorously, take the flask out of the ice bath.
        
        5) Warm the ice bath container, if it is glass, and then begin boiling more tap
           water.  Place the flask containing the mixture in the boiling water, and heat
           it in the boiling water for 1.5 to 2 hours.
        
        6) Add 100 ml of cold distilled water to the solution, and chill it in an ice
           bath until it is cold.
        
        7) Filter out the yellowish-white picric acid crystals by pouring the solution
           through the filter paper in the funnel.  Collect the liquid and dispose of it
           in a safe place, since it is corrosive.
        
        8) Wash out the 500 ml flask with distilled water, and put the contents of the
           filter paper in the flask.  Add 300 ml of water, and shake vigorously.
        
        9) Re-filter the crystals, and allow them to dry.
        
        10) Store the crystals in a safe place in a glass container, since they will
            react with metal containers to produce picrates that could explode
            spontaneously.
        
        
        3.39     AMMONIUM PICRATE
        
        
             Ammonium picrate, also called Explosive D, is another safety explosive.
        It requires a substantial shock to cause it to detonate, slightly less than that
        required to detonate ammonium nitrate.  It is much safer than picric acid, since






        it has little tendency to form hazardous unstable salts when placed in metal
        containers.  It is simple to make from picric acid and clear household ammonia.
        All that need be done is put the picric acid crystals into a glass container and
        dissolve them in a great quantity of hot water.  Add clear household ammonia in
        excess, and allow the excess ammonia to evaporate.  The powder remaining should
        be ammonium picrate.
        
        
        3.40   NITROGEN TRICHLORIDE
        
        
             Nitrogen trichloride, also known as chloride of azode, is an oily yellow
        liquid.  It explodes violently when it is heated above 60 degrees celsius, or
        when it comes in contact with an open flame or spark.  It is fairly simple to
        produce.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        1)  In a beaker, dissolve about 5 teaspoons of ammonium nitrate in water.
            Do not put so much ammonium nitrate into the solution that some of it
            remains undissolved in the bottom of the beaker.
        
        2)  Collect a quantity of chlorine gas in a second beaker by mixing hydrochloric
            acid with potassium permanganate in a large flask with a stopper and glass
            pipe.
        
        3)  Place the beaker containing the chlorine gas upside down on top of the
            beaker containing the ammonium nitrate solution, and tape the beakers
            together.  Gently heat the bottom beaker.  When this is done, oily yellow
            droplets will begin to form on the surface of the solution, and sink down
            to the bottom.  At this time, remove the heat source immediately.
        
            Alternately, the chlorine can be bubbled through the ammonium nitrate
            solution, rather than collecting the gas in a beaker, but this requires
            timing and a stand to hold the beaker and test tube.
        
            The chlorine gas can also be mixed with anhydrous ammonia gas, by gently
            heating a flask filled with clear household ammonia.  Place the glass tubes
            from the chlorine-generating flask and the tube from the ammonia-generating
            flask in another flask that contains water.
        
        4)  Collect the yellow droplets with an eyedropper, and use them immediately,
            since nitrogen trichloride decomposes in 24 hours.
        
        
        3.41     LEAD AZIDE
        
             Lead Azide is a material that is often used as a booster charge for
        other explosive, but it does well enough on its own as a fairly sensitive
        explosive.  It does not detonate too easily by percussion or impact, but it
        is easily detonated by heat from an igniter wire, or a blasting cap.  It is
        simple to produce, assuming that the necessary chemicals can be procured.






        
             By dissolving sodium azide and lead acetate in water in separate
        beakers, the two materials are put into an aqueous state.  Mix the two beakers
        together, and apply a gentle heat. Add an excess of the lead acetate
        solution, until no reaction occurs, and the precipitate on the bottom of the
        beaker stops forming.  Filter off the solution, and wash the precipitate in
        hot water. The precipitate is lead azide, and it must be stored wet for safety.
        If lead acetate cannot be found, simply acquire acetic acid, and put lead
        metal in it. Black powder bullets work well for this purpose.
        
        
        3.5     OTHER "EXPLOSIVES"
        
             The remaining section covers the other types of materials that can
        be used to destroy property by fire.  Although none of the materials
        presented here are explosives, they still produce explosive-style results.
        
        3.51     THERMIT
        
             Thermit is a fuel-oxodizer mixture that is used to generate tremendous
        amounts of heat. It was not presented in section 3.23 because it does not react
        nearly as readily. It is a mixture of iron oxide and aluminum, both finely
        powdered. When it is ignited, the aluminum burns, and extracts the oxygen from
        the iron oxide. This is really two very exothermic reactions that produce a
        combined temperature of about 2200 degrees C. This is half the heat produced by
        an atomic weapon. It is difficult to ignite, however, but when it is ignited,
        it is one of the most effective firestarters around.
        
        
        
        
        
             MATERIALS
             DDDDDDDDD
        
             powdered aluminum (10 g)
        
             powdered iron oxide (10 g)
        
        
        1) There is no special procedure or equipment required to make thermit.  Simply
           mix the two powders together, and try to make the mixture as homogenous as
           possible.  The ratio of iron oxide to aluminum is 50% / 50% by weight, and
           be made in greater or lesser amounts.
        
        2) Ignition of thermite can be accomplished by adding a small amount of
           potassium chlorate to the thermit, and pouring a few drops of sulfuric acid
           on it.  This method and others will be discussed later in section 4.33.  The
           other method of igniting thermit is with a magnesium strip.  Finally, by
           using common sparkler-type fireworks placed in the thermit, the mixture
           can be ignited.
        
        
        3.52     MOLOTOV COCKTAILS
        






        
             First used by Russians against German tanks, the Molotov cocktail is now
        exclusively used by terrorists worldwide. They are extremely simple to make, and
        can produce devastating results. By taking any highly flammable material, such
        as gasoline, diesel fuel, kerosene, ethyl or methyl alcohol, lighter fluid,
        turpentine, or any mixture of the above, and putting it into a large glass
        bottle, anyone can make an effective firebomb. After putting the flammable
        liquid in the bottle, simply put a piece of cloth that is soaked in the liquid
        in the top of the bottle so that it fits tightly. Then, wrap some of the cloth
        around the neck and tie it, but be sure to leave a few inches of lose cloth to
        light. Light the exposed cloth, and throw the bottle. If the burning cloth
        does not go out, and if the bottle breaks on impact, the contents of the bottle
        will spatter over a large area near the site of impact, and burst into flame.
        Flammable mixtures such as kerosene and motor oil should be mixed with a more
        volatile and flammable liquid, such as gasoline, to insure ignition. A mixture
        such as tar or grease and gasoline will stick to the surface that it strikes,
        and burn hotter, and be more difficult to extinguish. A mixture such as this
        must be shaken well before it is lit and thrown
        
        
        
        3.53     CHEMICAL FIRE BOTTLE
        
             The chemical fire bottle is really an advanced molotov cocktail.  Rather
        than using the burning cloth to ignite the flammable liquid, which has at best
        a fair chance of igniting the liquid, the chemical fire bottle utilizes the very
        hot and violent reaction between sulfuric acid and potassium chlorate.  When the
        container breaks, the sulfuric acid in the mixture of gasoline sprays onto the
        paper soaked in potassium chlorate and sugar.  The paper, when struck by the
        acid, instantly bursts into a white flame, igniting the gasoline.  The chance
        of failure to ignite the gasoline is less than 2%, and can be reduced to 0%, if
        there is enough potassium chlorate and sugar to spare.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
             MATERIALS                         EQUIPMENT
             DDDDDDDDD                         DDDDDDDDD
        
             potassium chlorate               glass bottle
             (2 teaspoons)                    (12 oz.)
        
             sugar (2 teaspoons)              cap for bottle,
                                              with plastic inside
        
             concentrated                     cooking pan with raised
             sulfuric acid (4 oz.)            edges
        






             gasoline (8 oz.)                 paper towels
        
                                              glass or plastic cup
                                              and spoon
        
        
        
        1) Test the cap of the bottle with a few drops of sulfuric acid to make sure
           that the acid will not eat away the bottle cap during storage.  If the
           acid eats through it in 24 hours, a new top must be found and tested, until
           a cap that the acid does not eat through is found.  A glass top is excellent.
        
        2) Carefully pour 8 oz. of gasoline into the glass bottle.
        
        3) Carefully pour 4 oz. of concentrated sulfuric acid into the glass bottle.
           Wipe up any spills of acid on the sides of the bottle, and screw the cap on
           the bottle.  Wash the bottle's outside with plenty of water.  Set it aside
           to dry.
        
        4) Put about two teaspoons of potassium chlorate and about two teaspoons of
           sugar into the glass or plastic cup.  Add about 1/2 cup of boiling water,
           or enough to dissolve all of the potassium chlorate and sugar.
        
        5) Place a sheet of paper towel in the cooking pan with raised edges.  Fold
           the paper towel in half, and pour the solution of dissolved potassium
           chlorate and sugar on it until it is thoroughly wet.  Allow the towel to
           dry.
        
        6) When it is dry, put some glue on the outside of the glass bottle containing
           the gasoline and sulfuric acid mixture.  Wrap the paper towel around the
           bottle, making sure that it sticks to it in all places.  Store the bottle
           in a place where it will not be broken or tipped over.
        
        7) When finished, the solution in the bottle should appear as two distinct
           liquids, a dark brownish-red solution on the bottom, and a clear solution
           on top.  The two solutions will not mix.  To use the chemical fire bottle,
           simply throw it at any hard surface.
        
        8) NEVER OPEN THE BOTTLE, SINCE SOME SULFURIC ACID MIGHT BE ON THE CAP, WHICH
           COULD TRICKLE DOWN THE SIDE OF THE BOTTLE AND IGNITE THE POTASSIUM CHLORATE,
           CAUSING A FIRE AND/OR EXPLOSION.
        
        9) To test the device, tear a small piece of the paper towel off the bottle,
           and put a few drops of sulfuric acid on it.  The paper towel should
           immediately burst into a white flame.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        3.54     BOTTLED GAS EXPLOSIVES






        
        
             Bottled gas, such as butane for refilling lighters, propane for propane
        stoves or for bunsen burners, can be used to produce a powerful explosion. To
        make such a device, all that a simple-minded anarchist would have to do would be
        to take his container of bottled gas and place it above a can of Sterno or other
        gelatinized fuel, and light the fuel and run. Depending on the fuel used, and
        on the thickness of the fuel container, the liquid gas will boil and expand to
        the point of bursting the container in about five minutes. In theory, the gas
        would immediately be ignited by the burning gelatinized fuel, producing a large
        fireball and explosion. Unfortunately, the bursting of the bottled gas container
        often puts out the fuel, thus preventing the expanding gas from igniting.  By
        using a metal bucket half filled with gasoline, however, the chances of ignition
        are better, since the gasoline is less likely to be extinguished.  Placing the
        canister of bottled gas on a bed of burning charcoal soaked in gasoline would
        probably be the most effective way of securing ignition of the expanding gas,
        since although the bursting of the gas container may blow out the flame of the
        gasoline, the burning charcoal should immediately re-ignite it.  Nitrous oxide,
        hydrogen, propane, acetylene, or any other flammable gas will do nicely.
        
        
        
        4.0     USING EXPLOSIVES
        
        
             Once a terrorist has made his explosives, the next logical step is to
        apply them. Explosives have a wide range of uses, from harassment, to vandalism,
        to murder. NONE OF THE IDEAS PRESENTED HERE ARE EVER TO BE CARRIED OUT, EITHER
        IN PART OR IN FULL!  DOING SO CAN LEAD TO PROSECUTION, FINES, AND IMPRISONMENT!
             The first step that a person that would use explosive would take would
        be to determine how big an explosive device would be needed to do whatever had
        to be done. Then, he would have to decide what to make his bomb with. He would
        also have to decide on how he wanted to detonate the device, and determine
        where the best placement for it would be. Then, it would be necessary to see
        if the device could be put where he wanted it without it being discovered or
        moved. Finally, he would actually have to sit down and build his explosive
        device. These are some of the topics covered in the next section.
        
        
        4.1     SAFETY
        
             There is no such thing as a "safe" explosive device.  One can only speak
        in terms of relative safety, or less unsafe.
        
        
        4.2     IGNITION DEVICES
        
             There are many ways to ignite explosive devices.  There is the classic
        "light the fuse, throw the bomb, and run" approach, and there are sensitive
        mercury switches, and many things in between.  Generally, electrical detonation
        systems are safer than fuses, but there are times when fuses are more
        appropriate than electrical systems; it is difficult to carry an electrical
        detonation system into a stadium, for instance, without being caught.  A device
        with a fuse or impact detonating fuse would be easier to hide.
        






        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        4.21     FUSE IGNITION
        
        
             The oldest form of explosive ignition, fuses are perhaps the favorite
        type of simple ignition system.  By simply placing a piece of waterproof fuse in
        a device, one can have almost guaranteed ignition.  Modern waterproof fuse is
        extremely reliable, burning at a rate of about 2.5 seconds to the inch.  It is
        available as model rocketry fuse in most hobby shops, and costs about $3.00 for
        a nine-foot length.  Fuse is a popular ignition system for pipe bombers because
        of its simplicity.  All that need be done is light it with a match or lighter.
             Of course, if the Army had fuses like this, then the grenade, which uses
        fuse ignition, would be very impracticle.  If a grenade ignition system can be
        acquired, by all means, it is the most effective.  But, since such things do not
        just float around, the next best thing is to prepare a fuse system which does
        not require the use of a match or lighter, but still retains its simplicity.
        One such method is described below:
        
        
             MATERIALS
             _________
        
             strike-on-cover type matches
        
             electrical tape or duct tape
        
             waterproof fuse
        
        1) To determine the burn rate of a particular type of fuse, simply measure a
           6 inch or longer piece of fuse and ignite it.  With a stopwatch, press the
           start button the at the instant when the fuse lights, and stop the watch when
           the fuse reaches its end.  Divide the time of burn by the length of fuse, and
           you have the burn rate of the fuse, in seconds per inch.  This will be shown
           below:
        
             Suppose an eight inch piece of fuse is burned, and its complete time
             of combustion is 20 seconds.
        
        
        
             20 seconds
             DDDDDDDDDD  = 2.5 seconds per inch.
             8 inches
        
        
             If a delay of 10 seconds was desired with this fuse, divide the desired
              time by the number of seconds per inch:
        






             10 seconds
             DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD = 4 inches
             2.5 seconds / inch
        
        NOTE: THE LENGTH OF FUSE HERE MEANS LENGTH OF FUSE TO THE POWDER.  SOME FUSE,
              AT LEAST AN INCH, SHOULD BE INSIDE THE DEVICE.  ALWAYS ADD THIS EXTRA
              INCH, AND PUT THIS EXTRA INCH AN INCH INTO THE DEVICE!!!
        
        
        2) After deciding how long a delay is desired before the explosive device is
           to go off, add about 1/2 an inch to the premeasured amount of fuse, and
           cut it off.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        3) Carefully remove the cardboard matches from the paper match case.  Do not
           pull off individual matches; keep all the matches attached to the cardboard
           base.  Take one of the cardboard match sections, and leave the other one
           to make a second igniter.
        
        4) Wrap the matches around the end of the fuse, with the heads of the matches
           touching the very end of the fuse.  Tape them there securely, making sure not
           to put tape over the match heads.  Make sure they are very secure by pulling
           on them at the base of the assembly.  They should not be able to move.
        
        5) Wrap the cover of the matches around the matches attached to the fuse, making
           sure that the striker paper is below the match heads and the striker faces
           the match heads.  Tape the paper so that is fairly tight around the matches.
           Do not tape the cover of the striker to the fuse or to the matches.  Leave
           enough of the match book to pull on for ignition.
        
                  _____________________
                  \                   /
                   \                 /  ------ match book cover
                    \               /
                     |    M|f|M ---|------- match head
                     |    A|u|A    |
                     |    T|s|T    |
                     |    C|e|C    |
                     |tapeH|.|Htape|
                     |     |f|     |
                     |#####|u|#####|-------- striking paper
                     |#####|s|#####|
                     \     |e|     /
                      \    |.|    /
                       \   |f|   /
                        \  |u|  /
                        |ta|s|pe|
                        |ta|e|pe|
                           |.|
                           |f|
                           |u|






                           |s|
                           |e|
                           |.|
                           |_|
        
        
             The match book is wrapped around the matches, and is taped to itself.
             The matches are taped to the fuse.  The striker will rub against the
             matcheads when the match book is pulled.
        
        6) When ready to use, simply pull on the match paper.  It should pull the
           striking paper across the match heads with enough friction to light them.
           In turn, the burning matcheads will light the fuse, since it adjacent to the
           burning match heads.
        
        
        
        4.22     IMPACT IGNITION
        
             Impact ignition is an excellent method of ignition for spontaneous
        terrorist activities.  The problem with an impact-detonating device is that it
        must be kept in a very safe container so that it will not explode while being
        transported to the place where it is to be used.  This can be done by having a
        removable impact initiator.
        
        
        
        
        
             The best and most reliable impact initiator is one that uses factory
        made initiators or primers. A no. 11 cap for black powder firearms is one such
        primer. They usually come in boxes of 100, and cost about $2.50. To use such
        a cap, however, one needs a nipple that it will fit on. Black powder nipples
        are also available in gun stores. All that a person has to do is ask for a
        package of nipples and the caps that fit them.  Nipples have a hole that goes
        all the way through them, and they have a threaded end, and an end to put the
        cap on. A cutaway of a nipple is shown below:
        
                           ________________
                          |                |
                          _                |
                         | |                 |
                  _______| |^^^^^^^^|        |
                  |      ___________|          |
                  |     |                      |
           no. 11       |_______|                |
           percussion    _______                 | ------- threads for screwing
           cap here     |       |                |         nipple onto bomb
                  |     |___________           |
                  |_______         |           |
                       | |^^^^^^^^^|         |
                       |_|                   |
                                           |
                          |________________|
        






        
             When making using this type of initiator, a hole must be drilled into
        whatever container is used to make the bomb out of. The nipple is then screwed
        into the hole so that it fits tightly. Then, the cap can be carried and placed
        on the bomb when it is to be thrown. The cap should be bent a small amount
        before it is placed on the nipple, to make sure that it stays in place.  The
        only other problem involved with an impact detonating bomb is that it must
        strike a hard surface on the nipple to set it off. By attaching fins or a small
        parachute on the end of the bomb opposite the primer, the bomb, when thrown,
        should strike the ground on the primer, and explode. Of course, a bomb with
        mercury fulminate in each end will go off on impact regardless of which end it
        strikes on, but mercury fulminate is also likely to go off if the person
        carrying the bomb is bumped hard.
        
        4.23     ELECTRICAL IGNITION
        
             Electrical ignition systems for detonation are usually the safest and
        most reliable form of ignition. Electrical systems are ideal for demolition
        work, if one doesn't have to worry so much about being caught. With two spools
        of 500 ft of wire and a car battery, one can detonate explosives from a "safe",
        comfortable distance, and be sure that there is nobody around that could get
        hurt. With an electrical system, one can control exactly what time a device
        will explode, within fractions of a second. Detonation can be aborted in  less
        than a second's warning, if a person suddenly walks by the detonation sight, or
        if a police car chooses to roll by at the time. The two best electrical igniters
        are military squibs and model rocketry igniters. Blasting caps for construction
        also work well. Model rocketry igniters are sold in packages of six, and cost
        about $1.00 per pack. All that need be done to use them is connect it to two
        wires and run a current through them. Military squibs are difficult to get,
        but they are a little bit better, since they explode when a current is run
        through them, whereas rocketry igniters only burst into flame. Military squibs
        can be used to set off sensitive high explosives, such as R.D.X., or potassium
        chlorate mixed with petroleum jelly. Igniters can be used to set off black
        powder, mercury fulminate, or guncotton, which in turn, can set of a high order
        explosive.
        
        
        
        
        
        4.24     ELECTRO-MECHANICAL IGNITION
        
             Electro-mechanical ignition systems are systems that use some type of
        mechanical switch to set off an explosive charge electrically.  This type of
        switch is typically used in booby traps or other devices in which the person
        who places the bomb does not wish to be anywhere near the device when it
        explodes.  Several types of electro-mechanical detonators will be discussed
        
        
        4.241     Mercury Switches
        
             Mercury switches are a switch that uses the fact that mercury metal
        conducts electricity, as do all metals, but mercury metal is a liquid at
        room temperatures. A typical mercury switch is a sealed glass tube with
        two electrodes and a bead of mercury metal. It is sealed because of mercury's






        nasty habit of giving off brain-damaging vapors. The diagram below may help
        to explain a mercury switch.
        
                                 ______________
                             A  /              \   B
              _____wire +______/___________     \
                               \   ( Hg )  |    /
                                \ _(_Hg_)__|___/
                                           |
                                           |
                                    wire - |
                                           |
                                           |
        
             When the drop of mercury ("Hg" is mercury's atomic symbol) touches both
        contacts, current flows through the switch.  If this particular switch was in
        its present position, A---B, current would be flowing, since the mercury can
        touch both contacts in the horizontal position.
             If, however, it was in the | position, the drop of mercury would only
        touch the + contact on the A side. Current, then couldn't flow, since mercury
        does not reach both contacts when the switch is in the vertical position.
             This type of switch is ideal to place by a door. If it were placed in
        the path of a swinging door in the verticle position, the motion of the door
        would knock the switch down, if it was held to the ground by a piece if tape.
        This would tilt the switch into the verticle position, causing the mercury to
        touch both contacts, allowing current to flow through the mercury, and to the
        igniter or squib in an explosive device. Imagine opening a door and having it
        slammed in your face by an explosion.
        
        
        4.242     Tripwire Switches
        
             A tripwire is an element of the classic booby trap.  By placing a nearly
        invisible line of string or fishing line in the probable path of a victim, and
        by putting some type of trap there also, nasty things can be caused to occur.
        If this mode of thought is applied to explosives, how would one use such a
        tripwire to detonate a bomb.  The technique is simple.  By wrapping the tips of
        a standard clothespin with aluminum foil, and placing something between them,
        and connecting wires to each aluminum foil contact, an electric tripwire can
        be made,  If a piece of wood attached to the tripwire was placed between the
        contacts on the clothespin, the clothespin would serve as a switch.  When the
        tripwire was pulled, the clothespin would snap together, allowing current to
        flow between the two pieces of aluminum foil, thereby completing a circuit,
        which would have the igniter or squib in it.  Current would flow between
        the contacts to the igniter or squib, heat the igniter or squib, causing it
        it to explode.
        
        
        
        
        
        
                            __________________________________
                            \_foil___________________________/
         Insert strip of      ----------------------------spring






         wood with trip-      _foil__________________________
         wire between foil   /_______________________________\
         contacts.
        
        
        Make sure that the aluminum foil contacts do not touch the spring, since
        the spring also conducts electricity.
        
        
        4.243     Radio Control Detonators
        
        
             In the movies, every terrorist or criminal uses a radio controlled
        detonator to set off explosives.  With a good radio detonator, one can be
        several miles away from the device, and still control exactly when it explodes,
        in much the same way as an electrical switch.  The problem with radio detonators
        is that they are rather costly.  However, there could possibly be a reason that
        a terrorist would wish to spend the amounts of money involved with a RC (radio
        control) system and use it as a detonator.  If such an individual wanted to
        devise an RC detonator, all he would need to do is visit the local hobby store
        or toy store, and buy a radio controlled toy.  Taking it back to his/her abode,
        all that he/she would have to do is detach the solenoid/motor that controls the
        motion of the front wheels of a RC car, or detach the solenoid/motor of the
        elevators/rudder of a RC plane, or the rudder of a RC boat, and re-connect the
        squib or rocket engine igniter to the contacts for the solenoid/motor.  The
        device should be tested several times with squibs or igniters, and fully
        charged batteries should be in both he controller and the receiver (the part
        that used to move parts before the device became a detonator).
        
        
        4.3     DELAYS
        
             A delay is a device which causes time to pass from when a device is
        set up to the time that it explodes.  A regular fuse is a delay, but it would
        cost quite a bit to have a 24 hour delay with a fuse.  This section deals with
        the different types of delays that can be employed by a terrorist who wishes to
        be sure that his bomb will go off, but wants to be out of the country when it
        does.
        
        
        4.31     FUSE DELAYS
        
             It is extremely simple to delay explosive devices that employ fuses for
        ignition.  Perhaps the simplest way to do so is with a cigarette.  An average
        cigarette burns for about 8 minutes. The higher the "tar" and nicotine rating,
        the slower the cigarette burns. Low "tar" and nicotine cigarettes burn quicker
        than the higher "tar" and nicotine cigarettes, but they are also less likely to
        go out if left unattended, i.e. not smoked. Depending on the wind or draft in
        a given place, a high "tar" cigarette is better for delaying the ignition of
        a fuse, but there must be enough wind or draft to give the cigarette enough
        oxygen to burn. People who use cigarettes for the purpose of delaying fuses
        will often test the cigarettes that they plan to use in advance to make sure
        they stay lit and to see how long it will burn. Once a cigarettes burn rate
        is determined, it is a simple matter of carefully putting a hole all the way
        through a cigarette with a toothpick at the point desired, and pushing






        the fuse for a device in the hole formed.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                                    |=|
                                    |=| ---------- filter
                                    |=|
                                    | |
                                    | |
                                    |o| ---------- hole for fuse
         cigarette ------------     | |
                                    | |
                                    | |
                                    | |
                                    | |
                                    | |
                                    | |
                                    | |
                                    | |
                                    |_| ---------- light this end
        
        
        
             A similar type of device can be make from powdered charcoal and a sheet
        of paper.  Simply roll the sheet of paper into a thin tube, and fill it with
        powdered charcoal. Punch a hole in it at the desired location, and insert a
        fuse. Both ends must be glued closed, and one end of the delay must be doused
        with lighter fluid before it is lit. Or, a small charge of gunpowder mixed with
        powdered charcoal could conceivably used for igniting such a delay. A chain of
        charcoal briquettes can be used as a delay by merely lining up a few bricks
        of charcoal so that they touch each other, end on end, and lighting the first
        brick. Incense, which can be purchased at almost any novelty or party supply
        store, can also be used as a fairly reliable delay. By wrapping the fuse
        about the end of an incense stick, delays of up to 1/2 an hour are possible.
             Finally, it is possible to make a relatively slow-burning fuse in the
        home. By dissolving about one teaspoon of black powder in about 1/4 a cup of
        boiling water, and, while it is still hot, soaking in it a long piece of all
        cotton string, a slow-burning fuse can be made. After the soaked string dries,
        it must then be tied to the fuse of an explosive device. Sometimes, the
        end of the slow burning fuse that meets the normal fuse has a charge of black
        powder or gunpowder at the intersection point to insure ignition, since the
        slow-burning fuse does not burn at a very high temperature. A similar type of
        slow fuse can be made by taking the above mixture of boiling water and black
        powder and pouring it on a long piece of toilet paper. The wet toilet paper
        is then gently twisted up so that it resembles a firecracker fuse, and is
        allowed to dry.
        
        
        
        4.32     TIMER DELAYS






        
        
             Timer delays, or "time bombs" are usually employed by an individual who
        wishes to threaten a place with a bomb and demand money to reveal its location
        and means to disarm it.  Such a device could be placed in any populated place
        if it were concealed properly.  There are several ways to build a timer delay.
        By simply using a screw as one contact at the time that detonation is desired,
        and using the hour hand of a clock as the other contact, a simple timer can be
        made. The minute hand of a clock should be removed, unless a delay of less
        than an hour is desired.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                    ___________________________________  to igniter      from igniter
                    |                                  |
                    |               12                 |      :            :
                    |         11           1           |      :            :
                    |                                  |      :            :
                    |     10                   2       |      :            :
                    |                 o................|......:            :
                    |                                  |                   :
                    |   9                         3    |                   :
                    |                                  |                   :
                    |                                  |                   :
                    |    8                      4      |                   :
                    |                        o.........|......             :
                    |          7             5         |     :             :
                    |                 6                |     :.+.....-.....:
                    |__________________________________|     __|_____|
                                                |           |
                                                |  battery  |
                  o - contacts                  |           |
                  ..... - wire                  |           |
                                                |___________|
        
             This device is set to go off in eleven hours.  When the hour hand of the
        clock reaches the contact near the numeral 5, it will complete the circuit,
        allowing current to flow through the igniter or squib.
        
             The main disadvantage with this type of timer is that it can only be set
         for a maximum time of 12 hours.  If an electronic timer is used, such as that in
        an electronic clock, then delays of up to 24 hours are possible.  By removing
        the speaker from an electronic clock, and attaching the wires of a squib or
        igniter to them, a timer with a delay of up to 24 hours can be made.  To utilize
        this type of timer, one must have a socket that the clock can be plugged into.
        All that one has to do is set the alarm time of the clock to the desired time,
        connect the leads, and go away.  This could also be done with an electronic
        watch, if a larger battery were used, and the current to the speaker of the
        watch was stepped up via a transformer.  This would be good, since such a timer






        could be extremely small.  The timer in a VCR (Video Cassette Recorder) would
        be ideal.  VCR's can usually be set for times of up to a week.  The leads from
        the timer to the recording equipment would be the ones that an igniter or squib
        would be connected to.  Also, one can buy timers from electronics stores that
        would be ideal.  Finally, one could employ a digital watch, and use a relay, or
        electro-magnetic switch to fire the igniter, and the current of the watch would
        not have to be stepped up.
        
        
        4.33     CHEMICAL DELAYS
        
        
             Chemical delays are uncommon, but they can be extremely effective in
        some cases.  If a glass container is filled with concentrated sulfuric acid,
        and capped with several thicknesses of aluminum foil, or a cap that it will eat
        through, then it can be used as a delay.  Sulfuric acid will react with aluminum
        foil to produce aluminum sulfate and hydrogen gas, and so the container must be
        open to the air on one end so that the pressure of the hydrogen gas that is
        forming does not break the container. See diagram on following page.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                        _               _
                       | |             | |
                       | |             | |
                       | |             | |
                       | |_____________| |
                       | |             | |
                       | |  sulfuric   | |
                       | |             | |
                       | |  acid       | |
                       | |             | |---------- aluminum foil
                       | |_____________| |           (several thicknesses)
                       |_________________|
        
        
             The aluminum foil is placed over the bottom of the container and secured
        there with tape.  When the acid eats through the aluminum foil, it can be used
        to ignite an explosive device in several ways.
        
             1) Sulfuric acid is a good conductor of electricity.  If the acid that
                eats through the foil is collected in a glass container placed
                underneath the foil, and two wires are placed in the glass container,
                 a current will be able to flow through the acid when both of the
                wires are immersed in the acid.
        
             2) Sulfuric acid reacts very violently with potassium chlorate.  If
                the acid drips down into a container containing potassium chlorate,






                the potassium chlorate will burst into flame.  This flame can be
                used to ignite a fuse, or the potassium chlorate can be the igniter
                for a thermit bomb, if some potassium chlorate is mixed in a 50/50
                ratio with the thermit, and this mixture is used as an igniter for
                the rest of the thermit.
        
             3) Sulfuric acid reacts with potassium permangenate in a similar way.
        
        
        
        4.4     EXPLOSIVE CONTAINERS
        
        
             This section will cover everything from making a simple firecracker to
        a complicated scheme for detonating an insensitive high explosive, both of which
        are methods that could be utilized by perpetrators of terror.
        
        
        4.41     PAPER CONTAINERS
        
        
             Paper was the first container ever used for explosives, since it was
        first used by the Chinese to make fireworks. Paper containers are usually very
        simple to make, and are certainly the cheapest. There are many possible uses
        for paper in containing explosives, and the two most obvious are in firecrackers
        and rocket engines. Simply by rolling up a long sheet of paper, and gluing it
        together, one can make a simple rocket engine. Perhaps a more interesting and
        dangerous use is in the firecracker. The firecracker shown here is one of
        Mexican design. It is called a "polumna", meaning "dove". The process of their
        manufacture is not unlike that of making a paper football. If one takes a sheet
        of paper about 16 inches in length by 1.5 inches wide, and fold one corner so
        that it looks like this:
        
        
        
        
        
        
               ________________________________________________________
               |                                                      |\
               |                                                      | \
               |                                                      |  \
               |______________________________________________________|___\
        
               and then fold it again so that it looks like this:
        
               _______________________________________________________
               |                                                     /|
               |                                                    / |
               |                                                   /  |
               |__________________________________________________/___|
        
              A pocket is formed.  This pocket can be filled with black powder, pyrodex,
        flash powder, gunpowder,rocket engine powder, or any of the quick-burning fuel-
        oxodizer mixtures that occur in the form of a fine powder.  A fuse is then






        inserted, and one continues the triangular folds, being careful not to spill
        out any of the explosive.  When the polumna is finished, it should be taped
        together very tightly, since this will increase the strength of the container,
        and produce a louder and more powerful explosion when it is lit.  The finished
        polumna should look like a 1/4 inch - 1/3 inch thick triangle, like the one
        shown below:
        
        
                     ^
                    / \  ----- securely tape all corners
                   /   \
                  /     \
                 /       \
                /         \
               /           \____________________________
              /_____________\__/__/__/__/__/__/__/__/__/  ---------- fuse
        
        
        
        
        4.42     METAL CONTAINERS
        
        
             The classic pipe bomb is the best known example of a metal-contained
        explosive.  Idiot anarchists take white tipped matches and cut off the match
        heads.  They pound one end of a pipe closed with a hammer, pour in the white-
        tipped matches, and then pound the other end closed.  This process often kills
        the fool, since when he pounds the pipe closed, he could very easily cause
        enough friction between the match heads to cause them to ignite and explode the
        unfinished bomb.  By using pipe caps, the process is somewhat safer, and the
        less stupid anarchist would never use white tipped matches in a bomb.  He would
        buy two pipe caps and threaded pipe (fig. 1).  First, he would drill a hole in
        one pipe cap, and put a fuse in it so that it will not come out, and so powder
        will not escape during handling.  The fuse would be at least 3/4 an inch long
        inside the bomb.  He would then screw the cap with the fuse in it on tightly,
        possibly putting a drop of super glue on it to hold it tight.  He would then
        pour his explosive powder in the bomb.  To pack it tightly, he would take a
        large wad of tissue paper and, after filling the pipe to the very top, pack the
        powder down, by using the paper as a ramrod tip, and pushing it with a pencil
        or other wide ended object, until it would not move any further.  Finally, he
        would screw the other pipe cap on, and glue it. The tissue paper would help
        prevent some of the powder from being caught in the threads of the pipe or pipe
        cap from being crushed and subject to friction, which might ignite the powder,
        causing an explosion during manufacture. An assembled bomb is shown in fig. 2.
        
        
        
        
        
        
             _________           _______________          __________
             |       |     ^^^^^^               ^^^^^^    |        |
             | |vvvvv|    |_________________________|     |vvvvvv| |
             | |                                                 | |
             | |                                                 | |






             | |                                                 | |
             | |                                                 | |
             | |           ___________________________           | |
             | |          |                           |          | |
             | |^^^^^|     vvvvvv_______________vvvvvv    |^^^^^^| |
             |_______|                                    |________|
        
             fig 1. Threaded pipe and endcaps.
        
        
        
                  ________                                ________
                  | _____|________________________________|_____ |
                  | |__________________________________________| |
                  | |: : : : |- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -| |
                  | | tissue | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - |_|
                  | | : : :  |- - - low order explosive - - ----------------------
                  | | paper  | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - |-|    fuse
                  | |: : : : |- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -| |
                  | |________|_________________________________| |
                  | |__________________________________________| |
                  |______|                                |______|
        
                  endcap                pipe               endcap
                                                           w/ hole
        
             fig. 2  Assembled pipe bomb.
        
        
             This is one possible design that a mad bomber would use.  If, however,
        he did not have access to threaded pipe with endcaps, he could always use a
        piece of copper or aluminum pipe, since it is easily bent into a suitable
        position.  A major problem with copper piping, however, is bending and folding
        it without tearing it; if too much force is used when folding and bending copper
        pipe, it will split along the fold.  The safest method for making a pipe bomb
        out of copper or aluminum pipe is similar to the method with pipe and endcaps.
        First, one flattens one end of a copper or aluminum pipe carefully, making sure
        not to tear or rip the piping.  Then, the flat end of the pipe should be folded
        over at least once, if this does not rip the pipe.  A fuse hole should be
        drilled in the pipe near the now closed end, and the fuse should be inserted.
        Next, the bomb-builder would fill the bomb with a low order explosive, and pack
        it with a large wad of tissue paper.  He would then flatten and fold the other
        end of the pipe with a pair of pliers.  If he was not too dumb, he would do this
        slowly, since the process of folding and bending metal gives off heat, which
        could set off the explosive.  A diagram is presented below:
        
                                                             ________
             _______________________________________________/       |
             |                                                      |
             |                                                  o   |
             |______________________________________________        |
                                                            \_______|
        
             fig. 1  pipe with one end flattened and fuse hole drilled (top view)
        






        
        
        
        
        
        
                                                          ______
             ____________________________________________/  |  |
             |                                              |  |
             |                                            o |  |
             |___________________________________________   |  |
                                                         \__|__|
        
             fig. 2  pipe with one end flattened and folded up (top view)
        
                                      ____________ fuse hole
                                      |
                                      v
             _________________________________________________
             |                             \ |____ |
             |                              \____| |
             |                               ______|
             |                              /
             |_____________________________/__________________
        
             fig. 3  pipe with flattened and folded end (side view)
        
                                                        _________________ fuse
                                                       /
                                                       |
              ________   ______________________________|___   _______
              |  ____|  /     |- - - - - - - - - - -| - -  \  |___  |
              |  |_____/tissue| - - - - - - - - - - - -|- - \_____| |
              |________ paper |- - -  low order explosive -  _______|
                    \         | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - /
                     \_____________________________________/
        
        
             fig. 4  completed bomb, showing tissue paper packing and explosive
                        (side view)
        
        
        
        
              A CO2 cartridge from a B.B gun is another excellent container for
        a low-order explosive.  It has one minor disadvantage: it is time consuming
        to fill.  But this can be rectified by widening the opening of the cartridge
        with a pointed tool.  Then, all that would have to be done is to fill the
        CO2 cartridge with any low-order explosive, or any of the fast burning fuel-
        oxodizer mixtures, and insert a fuse.  These devices are commonly called
        "crater makers".
        
             A CO2 cartridge also works well as a container for a thermit incendiary
        device, but it must be modified. The opening in the end must be widened, so
        that the ignition mixture, such as powdered magnesium, does not explode. The






        fuse will ignite the powdered magnesium, which, in turn, would ignite the
        thermit.
             The previously mentioned designs for explosive devices are fine for
        low-order explosives, but are unsuitable for high-order explosives, since the
        latter requires a shockwave to be detonated. A design employing a smaller
        low-order explosive device inside a larger device containing a high-order
        explosive would probably be used. It would look something like:
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                                                 _______________________ fuse
                                                 |
                                                 |
                                                 |
              _________                          |           _________
              |   ____|__________________________|___________|____   |
              |   | * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *|* * * * * * *  |   |
              |   |  * * * * * *  high explosive | * * * * * * * |   |
              |   | * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *|* * * * * * *  |   |
              |   |  *  ______    _______________|_    ______  * |   |
              |   | * * |  __|   /   - - - - - - | \   |__  | *  |   |
              |   |  *  |  |____/   low explosive - \____|  |  * |   |
              |   | * * |_______  - - - - - - - - -  _______| *  |   |
              |   |  * * * * *  \  - - - - - - - -  /  * * * * * |   |
              |   | * * * * * *  \_________________/  * * * * *  |   |
              |   |  * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * |   |
              |   | * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *  |   |
              |   |  * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * |   |
              |   |______________________________________________|   |
              |_______|                                      |_______|
        
        
             If the large high explosive container is small, such as a CO2 cartridge,
        then a segment of a hollow radio antenna can be made into a low-order pipe bomb,
        which can be fitted with a fuse, and inserted into the CO2 cartridge.
        
        4.43     GLASS CONTAINERS
        
        
             Glass containers can be suitable for low-order explosives, but there
        are problems with them.  First, a glass container can be broken relatively
        easily compared to metal or plastic containers.  Secondly, in the
        not-too-unlikely event of an "accident", the person making the device would
        probably be seriously injured, even if the device was small.  A bomb made out of
        a sample perfume bottle-sized container exploded in the hands of one boy, and he
        still has pieces of glass in his hand.  He is also missing the final segment of
        his ring finger, which was cut off by a sharp piece of flying glass...
        
             Nonetheless, glass containers such as perfume bottles can be used by






        a demented individual, since such a device would not be detected by metal
        detectors in an airport or other public place.  All that need be done is fill
        the container, and drill a hole in the plastic cap that the fuse fits tightly
        in, and screw the cap-fuse assembly on.
        
        
                            ________________________  fuse
                            |
                            |
                            |
                       _____|_____
                       | ___|___ |
                       | >  |  < |  drill hole in cap, and insert fuse;
                       | >  |  < |  be sure fuse will not come out of cap
                       | >  |  < |
                       |    |    |
                       |         |
                       |         |
                       |         |  screw cap on bottle
                       |         |
                       |         |
                       V         V
        
        
        
        
        
                         _________
                        <         >
                        <         >
                        <         >
                          /     \
                         /       \
                        /         \
                       |           |  fill bottle with low-order explosive
                       |           |
                       |           |
                       |           |
                       |           |
                       |___________|
        
        
             Large explosive devices made from glass containers are not practicle,
        since glass is not an exceptionally strong container.  Much of the explosive
        that is used to fill the container is wasted if the container is much larger
        than a 16 oz. soda bottle.  Also, glass containers are usually unsuitable for
        high explosive devices, since a glass container would probably not withstand
        the explosion of the initiator; it would shatter before the high explosive was
        able to detonate.
        
        
        
        4.44     PLASTIC CONTAINERS
        
        






             Plastic containers are perhaps the best containers for explosives, since
        they can be any size or shape, and are not fragile like glass. Plastic piping
        can be bought at hardware or plumbing stores, and a device much like the ones
        used for metal containers can be made. The high-order version works well with
        plastic piping. If the entire device is made out of plastic, it is not
        detectable by metal detectors. Plastic containers can usually be shaped by
        heating the container, and bending it at the appropriate place. They can be
        glued closed with epoxy or other cement for plastics. Epoxy alone can be used
        as an endcap, if a wad of tissue paper is placed in the piping. Epoxy with a
        drying agent works best in this type of device.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                       ||               ||
                       ||               ||
                       ||\_____________/||
                       ||               ||
                       ||     epoxy     ||
                       ||_______________||
                       ||               ||
                       ||    tissue     ||
                       ||     paper     ||
                       ||_______________||
                       ||***************||
                       ||***************||
                       ||***************||
                       ||***************||
                       ||** explosive **||
                       ||***************||
                       ||***********-----------------------  fuse






                       ||***************||
                       ||DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD||
                       ||               ||
                       ||    tissue     ||
                       ||     paper     ||
                       ||_______________||
                       ||               ||
                       ||     epoxy     ||
                       || _____________ ||
                       ||/             \||
                       ||               ||
                       ||               ||
        
        
             One end must be made first, and be allowed to dry completely before the
        device can be filled with powder and fused.  Then, with another piece of tissue
        paper, pack the powder tightly, and cover it with plenty of epoxy.  PVC pipe
        works well for this type of device, but it cannot be used if the pipe had an
        inside diameter greater than 3/4 of an inch.  Other plastic puttys can be used
        int this type of device, but epoxy with a drying agent works best.
        
        
        
        
        4.5     ADVANCED USES FOR EXPLOSIVES
        
        
             The techniques presented here are those that could be used by a person
        who had some degree of knowledge of the use of explosives.  Some of this
        information comes from demolitions books, or from military handbooks.  Advanced
        uses for explosives usually involved shaped charges, or utilize a minimum amount
        of explosive to do a maximum amount of damage.  They almost always involve high-
        order explosives.
        
        
        4.51     SHAPED CHARGES
        
        
             A shaped charge is an explosive device that, upon detonation, directs
        the explosive force of detonation at a small target area. This process can be
        used to breach the strongest armor, since forces of literally millions of pounds
        of pressure per square inch can be generated. Shaped charges employ high-order
        explosives, and usually electric ignition systems. KEEP IN MIND THAT ALL
        EXPLOSIVES ARE DANGEROUS, AND SHOULD NEVER BE MADE OR USED!!
        
        
        
        
        
                       An example of a shaped charge is shown below.
        
        
                          + wire ________           _______ - wire
                                         |         |
                                         |         |






                                         |         |
         _                      _________|_________|____________
         ^                     | ________|_________|__________ |
         |                     | |       |         |         | |
         |                     | |       \ igniter /         | |
         |                     | |        \_______/          | |
         |                     | |     priming charge        | |
         |                     | |   (mercury fulminate)     | |
         |                     | |             ^             | |
         |                     | |            / \            | |
         |                     | |           /   \           | |
         |                     | |          /     \          | |
         |                     | |         /       \         | |
         |                     | |        /         \        | |
         |                     | |       /           \       | |
                               | |      /             \      | |
         8 inches high         | |     /               \     | |
                               | |    /       high      \    | |
         |                     | |   /      explosive    \   | |
         |                     | |  /        charge       \  | |
         |                     | | /                       \ | |
         |                     | |/                         \| |
         |                     | |             ^             | |
         |                     | |            / \            | |
         |                     | |           /   \           | |
         |                     | |          /     \          | |
         |                     | |         /       \         | |
         |                     | |        /         \        | |
         |                     | |       /           \       | |
         |                     | |      /             \      | |
         |                     | |     /               \     | |
         |                     | |    /                 \    | | ------- 1/2 inch
         |                     | |   /                   \   | |         thick steel
         |                     | |  /                     \  | |         pipe
         |                     | | /                       \ | |
         |                     | |/                         \| |
         |      hole for       | |                           | |     hole for
         |      screw          | |                           | |      screw
         |                     | |                           | |
         V_______   ___________| |                           | |___________  ________
         |______|   |____________|                           |_____________| |______|
        
                                 |<------- 8 inches -------->|
        
             If a device such as this is screwed to a safe, for example, it would
        direct most of the explosive force at a point about 1 inch away from the opening
        of the pipe. The basis for shaped charges is a cone-shaped opening in the
        explosive material.  This cone should have an angle of 45 degrees.  A device
        such as this one could also be attached to a metal surface with a powerful
        electromagnet.
        
        
        
        
        






        
        
        
        
        
        4.52     TUBE EXPLOSIVES
        
        
             A variation on shaped charges, tube explosives can be used in ways that
        shaped charges cannot. If a piece of 1/2 inch plastic tubing was filled with
        a sensitive high explosive like R.D.X., and prepared as the plastic explosive
        container in section 4.44, a different sort of shaped charge could be produced;
        a charge that directs explosive force in a circular manner. This type of
        explosive could be wrapped around a column, or a doorknob, or a telephone pole.
        The explosion would be directed in and out, and most likely destroy whatever
        it was wrapped around. In an unbent state, a tube explosive would look like
        this:
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        






        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                       ||      ||
                       ||      ||
                       ||\____/||
                       || epoxy||
                       ||______||
                       ||      ||
                       ||tissue||
                       || paper||
                       ||______||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       || RDX  ||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||
                       ||******||






                       ||******||
                       || ____ ||
                       || | s| ||
                       || | q| ||
                       || | u| ||
                       || | i| ||
                       || | b| ||
                       || | b| ||
                       || |__| ||
                       ||__||__||
                       ||tissue||
                       || paper||
                       ||__||__||
                       ||  ||  ||
                       || epoxy||
                       ||  ||  ||
                       || _||_ ||
                       ||/ || \||
                       ||  ||  ||
                       ||  ||  ||
                           ||_______ + wire ______________
                           |
                           |________ - wire ______________
        
        
        
        
        
        
             When an assassin or terrorist wishes to use a tube bomb, he must wrap
        it around whatever thing he wishes to destroy, and epoxy the ends of the tube
        bomb together.  After it dries, he/she can connect wires to the squib wires,
        and detonate the bomb, with any method of electric detonation.
        
        
        
        4.53     ATOMIZED PARTICLE EXPLOSIONS
        
        
             If a highly flammable substance is atomized, or, divided into very small
        particles, and large amounts of it is burned in a confined area, an explosion
        similar to that occurring in the cylinder of an automobile is produced. The
        tiny droplets of gasoline burn in the air, and the hot gasses expand rapidly,
        pushing the cylinder up. Similarly, if a gallon of gasoline was atomized and
        ignited in a building, it is very possible that the expanding gassed would push
        the walls of the building down. This phenomenon is called an atomized particle
        explosion. If a person can effectively atomize a large amount of a highly
        flammable substance and ignite it, he could bring down a large building, bridge,
        or other structure. Atomizing a large amount of gasoline, for example, can be
        extremely difficult, unless one has the aid of a high explosive. If a gallon
        jug of gasoline was placed directly over a high explosive charge, and the charge
        was detonated, the gasoline would instantly be atomized and ignited. If this
        occurred in a building, for example, an atomized particle explosion would surely
        occur. Only a small amount of high explosive would be necessary to accomplish
        this feat, about 1/2 a pound of T.N.T. or 1/4 a pound of R.D.X.  Also, instead






        of gasoline, powdered aluminum could be used. It is necessary that a high
        explosive be used to atomize a flammable material, since a low-order explosion
        does not occur quickly enough to atomize or ignite the flammable material.
        
        
        
        
        4.54     LIGHTBULB BOMBS
        
        
        
             An automatic reaction to walking into a dark room is to turn on the
        light.  This can be fatal, if a lightbulb bomb has been placed in the overhead
        light socket.  A lightbulb bomb is surprisingly easy to make.  It also comes
        with its own initiator and electric ignition system.  On some lightbulbs, the
        lightbulb glass can be removed from the metal base by heating the base of a
        lightbulb in a gas flame, such as that of a blowtorch or gas stove.  This must
        be done carefully, since the inside of a lightbulb is a vacuum.  When the glue
        gets hot enough, the glass bulb can be pulled off the metal base.  On other
        bulbs, it is necessary to heat the glass directly with a blowtorch or
        oxy-acetylene torch.  When the bulb is red hot, a hole must be carefully poked
        in the bulb, remembering the vacuum state inside the bulb.  In either case,
        once the bulb and/or base has cooled down to room temperature or lower, the
        bulb can be filled with an explosive material, such as black powder.  If the
        glass was removed from the metal base, it must be glued back on to the base
        with epoxy.  If a hole was put in the bulb, a piece of duct tape is sufficient
        to hold the explosive in the in the bulb.  Then, after making sure that the
        socket has no power by checking with a working lightbulb, all that need be
        done is to screw the lightbulb bomb into the socket.  Such a device has been
        used by terrorists or assassins with much success, since nobody can search the
        room for a bomb without first turning on the light.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        4.55     BOOK BOMBS
        
        
             Concealing a bomb can be extremely difficult in a day and age where
        perpetrators of violence run wild.  Bags and briefcases are often searched
        by authorities whenever one enters a place where an individual might intend
        to set off a bomb.  One approach to disguising a bomb is to build what is
        called a book bomb; an explosive device that is entirely contained inside of
        a book.  Usually, a relatively large book is required, and the book must be of
        the hardback variety to hide any protrusions of a bomb.  Dictionaries, law
        books, large textbooks, and other such books work well.  When an individual
        makes a bookbomb, he/she must choose a type of book that is appropriate for
        the place where the book bomb will be placed.  The actual construction of a
        book bomb can be done by anyone who possesses an electric drill and a coping
        saw.  First, all of the pages of the book must be glued together.  By pouring






        an entire container of water-soluble glue into a large bucket, and filling
        the bucket with boiling water, a glue-water solution can be made that will
        hold all of the book's pages together tightly.  After the glue-water solution
        has cooled to a bearable temperature, and the solution has been stirred well,
        the pages of the book must be immersed in the glue-water solution, and each
        page must be thoroughly soaked.  It is extremely important that the covers of
        the book do not get stuck to the pages of the book while the pages are drying.
        Suspending the book by both covers and clamping the pages together in a vice
        works best.  When the pages dry, after about three days to a week, a hole must
        be drilled into the now rigid pages, and they should drill out much like wood.
        Then, by inserting the coping saw blade through the pages and sawing out a
        rectangle from the middle of the book, the individual will be left with a shell
        of the book's pages.  The pages, when drilled out, should look like this:
        
        
                       ________________________
                       | ____________________ |
                       | |                  | |
                       | |                  | |
                       | |                  | |
                       | |                  | |
                       | |                  | |
                       | |                  | |
                       | |                  | |
                       | |                  | |
                       | |                  | |
                       | |                  | |
                       | |                  | |
                       | |__________________| |
                       |______________________|
        
                         (book covers omitted)
        
        
             This rectangle must be securely glued to the back cover of the book.
        After building his/her bomb, which usually is of the timer or radio controlled
        variety, the bomber places it inside the book.  The bomb itself, and whatever
        timer or detonator is used, should be packed in foam to prevent it from rolling
        or shifting about.  Finally, after the timer is set, or the radio control has
        been turned on, the front cover is glued closed, and the bomb is taken to its
        destination.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        4.56     PHONE BOMBS
        
        
             The phone bomb is an explosive device that has been used in the past






        to kill or injure a specific individual.  The basic idea is simple: when the
        person answers the phone, the bomb explodes.  If a small but powerful high
        explosive device with a squib was placed in the phone receiver, when the
        current flowed through the receiver, the squib would explode, detonating the
        high explosive in the person's hand.  Nasty.  All that has to be done is
        acquire a squib, and tape the receiver switch down. Unscrew the mouthpiece
        cover, and remove the speaker, and connect the squib's leads where it was.
        Place a high explosive putty, such as C-1 (see section 3.31) in the receiver,
        and screw the cover on, making sure that the squib is surrounded by the C-1.
        Hang the phone up, and leave the tape in place.  When the individual to whom
        the phone belongs attempts to answer the phone, he will notice the tape, and
        remove it.  This will allow current to flow through the squib.  Note that
        the device will not explode by merely making a phone call; the owner of the
        phone must lift up the receiver, and remove the tape.  It is highly probable
        that the phone will be by his/her ear when the device explodes...
        
        
        5.0     SPECIAL AMMUNITION FOR PROJECTILE WEAPONS
        
        
             Explosive and/or poisoned ammunition is an important part of a social
        deviant's arsenal.  Such ammunition gives the user a distinct advantage over
        individual who use normal ammunition, since a grazing hit is good enough to
        kill.  Special ammunition can be made for many types of weapons, from crossbows
        to shotguns.
        
        
        5.1     SPECIAL AMMUNITION FOR PRIMITIVE WEAPONS
        
        
             For the purposes of this publication, we will call any weapon primitive
        that does not employ burning gunpowder to propel a projectile forward.  This
        means blowguns, bows and crossbows, and wristrockets.
        
        
        
        5.11     BOW AND CROSSBOW AMMUNITION
        
        
             Bows and crossbows both fire arrows or bolts as ammunition.  It is
        extremely simple to poison an arrow or bolt, but it is a more difficult matter
        to produce explosive arrows or bolts.  If, however, one can acquire aluminum
        piping that is the same diameter of an arrow or crossbow bolt, the entire
        segment of piping can be converted into an explosive device that detonates
        upon impact, or with a fuse.  All that need be done is find an aluminum tube
        of the right length and diameter, and plug the back end with tissue paper and
        epoxy.  Fill the tube with any type of low-order explosive or sensitive high-
        order explosive up to about 1/2 an inch from the top.  Cut a slot in the piece
        of tubing, and carefully squeeze the top of the tube into a round point, making
        sure to leave a small hole.  Place a no. 11 percussion cap over the hole, and
        secure it with super glue.  Finally, wrap the end of the device with electrical
        or duct tape, and make fins out of tape.  Or, fins can be bought at a sporting
        goods store, and glued to the shaft.  The finished product should look like:
        
        






        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                       _____
                       |   | ---------- no. 11 percussion cap
                       ||*||
                        |*|
                        |*|
                        |*|
                        |*|
                        |*|
                        |*| ----------- aluminum piping
                        |*|
                        |e|
                        |x|
                        |p|
                        |l|
                        |o|
                        |s|
                        |i|
                        |v|
                        |e|
                        |*|
                        |*|
                        |*|
                        |*|
                        |*|
                        |*|
                        |*|
                       /|_|\
                      / |t| \
                      | |p| |
                      | |_| |
                      | |e| | -------- fins
                      | |p| |
                      | |y| |
                      |_|_|_|
                        |_|
        
        
             tp: tissue paper
        
             epy: epoxy
        
             When the arrow or bolt strikes a hard surface, the percussion cap
        explodes, igniting or detonating the explosive.
        
        
        5.12     SPECIAL AMMUNITION FOR BLOWGUNS
        
        






             The blowgun is an interesting weapon which has several advantages.
        A blowgun can be extremely accurate, concealable, and deliver an explosive
        or poisoned projectile.  The manufacture of an explosive dart or projectile
        is not difficult.  Perhaps the most simple design for such involves the use
        of a pill capsule, such as the kind that are taken for headaches or allergies.
        Such a capsule could easily be opened, and the medicine removed.  Next, the
        capsule would be re-filled with an impact-sensitive explosive.  An additional
        high explosive charge could be placed behind the impact-sensitive explosive,
        if one of the larger capsules were used.  Finally, the explosive capsule would
        be reglued back together, and a tassel or cotton would be glued to the end
        containing the high explosive, to insure that the impact-detonating explosive
        struck the target first.  Such a device would probably be about 3/4 of an inch
        long, not including the tassel or cotton, and look something like this:
        
        
        
        
        
                         ____________________
                        /mercury |           \-----------------------
                       (fulminate|   R.D.X.   )---------------------- } tassels
                        \________|___________/-----------------------
        
        
        
        
        5.13     SPECIAL AMMUNITION FOR WRISTROCKETS AND SLINGSHOTS
        
        
             A modern wristrocket is a formidable weapon.  It can throw a shooter
        marble about 500 ft. with reasonable accuracy.  Inside of 200 ft., it could well
        be lethal to a man or animal, if it struck in a vital area.  Because of the
        relatively large sized projectile that can be used in a wristrocket, the
        wristrocket can be adapted to throw relatively powerful explosive projectiles.
        A small segment of aluminum pipe could be made into an impact-detonating device
        by filling it with an impact-sensitive explosive material.  Also, such a pipe
        could be filled with a low-order explosive, and fitted with a fuse, which would
        be lit before the device was shot.  One would have to make sure that the fuse
        was of sufficient length to insure that the device did not explode before it
        reached its intended target.  Finally, .22 caliber caps, such as the kind that
        are used in .22 caliber blank guns, make excellent exploding ammunition for
        wristrockets, but they must be used at a relatively close range, because of
        their light weight.
        
        
        
        
        5.2     SPECIAL AMMUNITION FOR FIREARMS
        
        
             When special ammunition is used in combination with the power and
        rapidity of modern firearms, it becomes very easy to take on a small army with
        a single weapon. It is possible to buy explosive ammunition, but that can be
        difficult to do. Such ammunition can also be manufactured in the home.  There
        is, however, a risk involved with modifying any ammunition.  If the ammunition






        is modified incorrectly, in such a way that it makes the bullet even the
        slightest bit wider, an explosion in the barrel of the weapon will occur.  For
        this reason, NOBODY SHOULD EVER ATTEMPT TO MANUFACTURE SUCH AMMUNITION.
        
        
        5.21     SPECIAL AMMUNITION FOR HANDGUNS
        
        
             If an individual wished to produce explosive ammunition for his/her
        handgun, he/she could do it, provided that the person had an impact-sensitive
        explosive and a few simple tools.  One would first purchase all lead bullets,
        and then make or acquire an impact-detonating explosive.  By drilling a hole
        in a lead bullet with a drill, a space could be created for the placement of
        an explosive.  After filling the hole with an explosive, it would be sealed
        in the bullet with a drop of hot wax from a candle.  A diagram of a completed
        exploding bullet is shown below.
        
                              _o_ ------------ drop of wax
                             /|*|\
                            | |*|-|----------- impact-sensitive explosive
                            | |_| |
                            |_____|
        
             This hollow space design also works for putting poison in bullets.
        
        
        
        
        
        5.22     SPECIAL AMMUNITION FOR SHOTGUNS
        
             Because of their large bore and high power, it is possible to create
        some extremely powerful special ammunition for use in shotguns. If a shotgun
        shell is opened at the top, and the shot removed, the shell can be re-closed.
        Then, if one can find a very smooth, lightweight wooden dowel that is close to
        the bore width of the shotgun, a person can make several types of shotgun-
        launched weapons. Insert the dowel in the barrel of the shotgun with the
        shell without the shot in the firing chamber. Mark the dowel about six inches
        away from the end of the barrel, and remove it from the barrel. Next, decide
        what type of explosive or incendiary device is to be used. This device can be a
        chemical fire bottle (sect. 3.43), a pipe bomb (sect 4.42), or a thermit bomb
        (sect 3.41 and 4.42). After the device is made, it must be securely attached to
        the dowel. When this is done, place the dowel back in the shotgun. The bomb or
        incendiary device should be on the end of the dowel. Make sure that the device
        has a long enough fuse, light the fuse, and fire the shotgun. If the projectile
        is not too heavy, ranges of up to 300 ft are possible. A diagram of a shotgun
        projectile is shown below:
        
        
        
        
                       ____
                       ||  |
                       ||  |
                       ||  | ----- bomb, securely taped to dowel






                       ||  |
                       ||__|
                       || |
                       || | ------- fuse
                       || |
                       ||
                       ||
                       ||
                       || --------- dowel
                       ||
                       ||
                       ||
                       ||
                       ||
                       || --------- insert this end into shotgun
        
        
        
        
        5.3     SPECIAL AMMUNITION FOR COMPRESSED AIR/GAS WEAPONS
        
        
             This section deals with the manufacture of special ammunition for
        compressed air or compressed gas weapons, such as pump B.B guns, CO2 B.B guns,
        and .22 cal pellet guns.  These weapons, although usually thought of as kids
        toys, can be made into rather dangerous weapons.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        5.31     SPECIAL AMMUNITION FOR B.B GUNS
        
        
             A B.B gun, for this manuscript, will be considered any type of rifle or
        pistol that uses compressed air or CO2 gas to fire a projectile with a caliber
        of .177, either B.B, or lead pellet. Such guns can have almost as high a muzzle
        velocity as a bullet-firing rifle. Because of the speed at which a .177 caliber
        projectile flies, an impact detonating projectile can easily be made that has a
        caliber of .177. Most ammunition for guns of greater than .22 caliber use
        primers to ignite the powder in the bullet. These primers can be bought at gun
        stores, since many people like to reload their own bullets. Such primers
        detonate when struck by the firing pin of a gun. They will also detonate if
        they are thrown at a hard surface at a great speed. Usually, they will also fit
        in the barrel of a .177 caliber gun. If they are inserted flat end first, they
        will detonate when the gun is fired at a hard surface. If such a primer is






        attached to a piece of thin metal tubing, such as that used in an antenna, the
        tube can be filled with an explosive, be sealed, and fired from a B.B gun. A
        diagram of such a projectile appears below:
        
        
                     _____ primers _______
                    |                    |
                    |                    |
                    |                    |
                    V                    V
                  ______                ______
                  | ________________________ |-------------------
                  | ****** explosive ******* |------------------- } tassel or
                  | ________________________ |-------------------   cotton
                  |_____                _____|-------------------
                            ^
                            |
                            |
                            |_______ antenna tubing
        
             The front primer is attached to the tubing with a drop of super glue.
        The tubing is then filled with an explosive, and the rear primer is glued on.
        Finally, a tassel, or a small piece of cotton is glued to the rear primer, to
        insure that the projectile strikes on the front primer.  The entire projectile
        should be about 3/4 of an inch long.
        
        
        
        5.32     SPECIAL AMMUNITION FOR .22 CALIBER PELLET GUNS
        
        
             A .22 caliber pellet gun usually is equivalent to a .22 cal rifle, at
        close ranges.  Because of this, relatively large explosive projectiles can be
        adapted for use with .22 caliber air rifles.  A design similar to that used in
        section 5.12 is suitable, since some capsules are about .22 caliber or smaller.
        Or, a design similar to that in section 5.31 could be used, only one would have
        to purchase black powder percussion caps, instead of ammunition primers, since
        there are percussion caps that are about .22 caliber.  A #11 cap is too small,
        but anything larger will do nicely.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        6.0     ROCKETS AND CANNONS
        
        
             Rockets and cannon are generally thought of as heavy artillery.






        Perpetrators of violence do not usually employ such devices, because they are
        difficult or impossible to acquire.  They are not, however, impossible to make.
        Any individual who can make or buy black powder or pyrodex can make such things.
        A terrorist with a cannon or large rocket is, indeed, something to fear.
        
        
        
        6.1     ROCKETS
        
        
             Rockets were first developed by the Chinese several hundred years
        before Christ.  They were used for entertainment, in the form of fireworks.
        They were not usually used for military purposes because they were inaccurate,
        expensive, and unpredictable.  In modern times, however, rockets are used
        constantly by the military, since they are cheap, reliable, and have no recoil.
        Perpetrators of violence, fortunately, cannot obtain military rockets, but they
        can make or buy rocket engines.  Model rocketry is a popular hobby of the space
        age, and to launch a rocket, an engine is required.  Estes, a subsidiary of
        Damon, is the leading manufacturer of model rockets and rocket engines.  Their
        most powerful engine, the "D" engine, can develop almost 12 lbs. of thrust;
        enough to send a relatively large explosive charge a significant distance.
        Other companies, such as Centuri, produce even larger rocket engines, which
        develop up to 30 lbs. of thrust.  These model rocket engines are quite reliable,
        and are designed to be fired electrically.  Most model rocket engines have
        three basic sections.  The diagram below will help explain them.
        
        
             __________________________________________________________
             |_________________________________________________________| -- cardboard
              \  clay  | - - - - - - - - - - | * * * | . . . .|c|            casing
               \_______|  - - - - - - - - -  | * * * |  . . . |l|
                ______ _ - - - thrust - - -  | smoke | eject  |a|
               / clay  |  - - - - - - - - -  | * * * | . . . .|y|
              /________|_____________________|_______|________|_|_______
             |_________________________________________________________| -- cardboard
                                                      casing
        
        
             The clay nozzle is where the igniter is inserted.  When the area labeled
        "thrust" is ignited, the "thrust" material, usually a large single grain of a
        propellant such as black powder or pyrodex, burns, forcing large volumes of hot,
        rapidly expanding gasses out the narrow nozzle, pushing the rocket forward.
        After the material has been consumed, the smoke section of the engine is
        ignited.  It is usually a slow-burning material, similar to black powder that
        has had various compounds added to it to produce visible smoke, usually black,
        white, or yellow in color.  This section exists so that the rocket will be seen
        when it reaches its maximum altitude, or apogee.  When it is burned up, it
        ignites the ejection charge, labeled "eject".  The ejection charge is finely
        powdered black powder.  It burns very rapidly, exploding, in effect.  The
        explosion of the ejection charge pushes out the parachute of the model rocket.
        It could also be used to ignite the fuse of a bomb...
        
        
        
        






        
        
        
        
        
        
        
             Rocket engines have their own peculiar labeling system.  Typical engine
        labels are: 1/4A-2T, 1/2A-3T, A8-3, B6-4, C6-7, and D12-5.  The letter is an
        indicator of the power of an engine.  "B" engines are twice as powerful as "A"
        engines, and "C" engines are twice as powerful as "B" engines, and so on.  The
        number following the letter is the approximate thrust of the engine, in pounds.
        the final number and letter is the time delay, from the time that the thrust
        period of engine burn ends until the ejection charge fires; "3T" indicates a
        3 second delay.
        
        
        NOTE: an extremely effective rocket propellant can be made by mixing aluminum
              dust with ammonium perchlorate and a very small amount of iron oxide.
              The mixture is bound together by an epoxy.
        
        
        
        6.11     BASIC ROCKET BOMB
        
        
             A rocket bomb is simply what the name implies: a bomb that is delivered
        to its target by means of a rocket.  Most people who would make such a device
        would use a model rocket engine to power the device.  By cutting fins from balsa
        wood and gluing them to a large rocket engine, such as the Estes "C" engine, a
        basic rocket could be constructed.  Then, by attaching a "crater maker", or CO2
        cartridge bomb to the rocket, a bomb would be added.  To insure that the fuse of
        the "crater maker" (see sect. 4.42) ignited, the clay over the ejection charge
        of the engine should be scraped off with a plastic tool.  The fuse of the bomb
        should be touching the ejection charge, as shown below.
        
        
                  ____________ rocket engine
                  |                         _________ crater maker
                  |                         |
                  |                         |
                  V                         |
             _______________________________V_
             |_______________________________|  ______________________
              \   | - - - - - -|***|::::|      /# # # # # # # # # # # \
               \__| - - - - - -|***|::::|  ___/  # # # # # # # # # # # \
                __  - - - - - -|***|::::|---fuse--- # #  explosive  # # )
               /  | - - - - - -|***|::::|  ___   # # # # # # # # # # # /
              /___|____________|___|____|____ \_______________________/
             |_______________________________|
        
        
             thrust> - - - - - -
             smoke>  ***
             ejection charge> ::::






        
        
             Duct tape is the best way to attach the crater maker to the rocket
        engine.  Note in the diagram the absence of the clay over the ejection charge
        Many different types of explosive payloads can be attached to the rocket, such
        as a high explosive, an incendiary device, or a chemical fire bottle.
        
        
        
           Either four or three fins must be glued to the rocket engine to insure that
        the rocket flies straight. The fins should look like the following diagram:
        
        
        
        
        
                  |\
                  | \
                  |  \
                  |   \  <--------- glue this to rocket engine
                  |    \
                  |     \
                  |      \
                  |       |
                  |       |
                  |       |
          leading edge    |
           ------->       |
                  |       |
                  |       |  trailing edge
                  |       |    <--------
                  |       |
                  |       |
                  |       |
                  |       |
                   \_____/
        
        
             The leading edge and trailing edge should be sanded with sandpaper so
        that they are rounded.  This will help make the rocket fly straight.  A two
        inch long section of a plastic straw can be attached to the rocket to launch it
        from.  A clothes hanger can be cut and made into a launch rod.  The segment of
        a plastic straw should be glued to the rocket engine adjacent to one of the fins
        of the rocket.  A front view of a completed rocket bomb is shown below.
        
        
        
                                      |
                   fin                | <------ fin
                    |                 |           |
                    |                 |           |
                    |               __|__         |
                    V              /     \        V
                   ---------------|       |---------------
                                   \_____/






                                      |o <----------- segment of plastic straw
                                      |
                                      |
                                      | <------ fin
                                      |
                                      |
        
             By cutting a coat hanger at the indicated arrows, and bending it, a
        launch rod can be made.  After a fuse is inserted in the engine, the rocket is
        simply slid down the launch rod, which is put through the segment of plastic
        straw. The rocket should slide easily along a coathanger, such as the one
        illustated on the following page:
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                                ____
                               /    \
                              |      |
                  cut here _____     |
                               |     |
                               |     |
                               |    / \
                               V   /   \
                 _________________/     \________________
                /                                        \
               /                                          \
              /____________________________________________\
                                           ^
                                           |
                                           |
                            and here ______|
        
        
             Bend wire to this shape:
        
        
                                 _______ insert into straw
                                 |
                                 |
                                 |
                                 V
                  ____________________________________________
                  \
                   \






                    \
                     \
                      \  <--------- bend here to adjust flight angle
                       |
                       |
                       |
                       |
                       |
                       | <---------- put this end in ground
                       |
        
        
        
        6.12     LONG RANGE ROCKET BOMB
        
        
             Long range rockets can be made by using multi-stage rockets.  Model
        rocket engines with an "0" for a time delay are designed for use in multi-
        stage rockets.  An engine such as the D12-0 is an excellent example of such an
        engine.  Immediately after the thrust period is over, the ejection charge
        explodes.  If another engine is placed directly against the back of an "0"
        engine, the explosion of the ejection charge will send hot gasses and burning
        particles into the nozzle of the engine above it, and ignite the thrust section.
         This will push the used "0" engine off of the rocket, causing an overall loss of
        weight.  The main advantage of a multi-stage rocket is that it loses weight as
        travels, and it gains velocity.  A multi-stage rocket must be designed somewhat
        differently than a single stage rocket, since, in order for a rocket to fly
        straight, its center of gravity must be ahead of its center of drag.  This is
        accomplished by adding weight to the front of the rocket, or by moving the
        center of drag back by putting fins on the rocket that are well behind the
        rocket.  A diagram of a multi-stage rocket appears on the following page:
        
        
        
        
        
        
                            ___
                           /   \
                           |   |
                           | C |
                           | M | ------ CM: Crater Maker
                           |   |
                           |   |
                           |___|
                           |   |
                           |   |
                           |   |
                           | C | ------ C6-5 rocket engine
                          /| 6 |\
                         / | | | \
                        /  | 5 |  \
                       /   |___|   \ ---- fin
                      /   /|   |\   \
                     /   / |   | \   \






                    /   /  |   |  \   \
                   /   /   | C |   \   \
                  |   /    | 6 |    \   |
                  |  /     | | |     \  |
                  | /      | 0 |      \ |
                  |/       |___|       \|
                  |       /     \       |
                  \______/   ^   \______/ ------- fin
                             |
                             |
                             |
                             |
                             C6-0 rocket engine
        
        
             The fuse is put in the bottom engine.
        
        
             Two, three, or even four stages can be added to a rocket bomb to give it
        a longer range.  It is important, however, that for each additional stage, the
        fin area gets larger.
        
        
        
        6.13     MULTIPLE WARHEAD ROCKET BOMBS
        
        
             "M.R.V." is an acronym for Multiple Reentry Vehicle.  The concept is
        simple: put more than one explosive warhead on a single missile.  This can be
        done without too much difficulty by anyone who knows how to make crater-makers
        and can buy rocket engines.  By attaching crater makers with long fuses to a
        rocket, it is possible that a single rocket could deliver several explosive
        devices to a target. Such a rocket might look like the diagram on the
        following page:
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                      ___
                     /   \
                     |   |
                     | C |
                     | M |
                     |___|
                  ___|   |___






                  |  |   |  |
                  |  | T |  |
                 / \ | U | / \
                /   \| B |/   \
                |   || E ||   |
                | C ||   || C |
                | M ||   || M |
                |   ||___||   |
                \___/| E |\___/
                     | N |
                    /| G |\
                   / | I | \
                  /  | N |  \
                 /   | E |   \
                /    |___|    \
               / fin/  |  \ fin\
              |    /   |   \    |
               \__/    |    \__/
        
                       ^
                       |____ fin
        
        
             The crater makers are attached to the tube of rolled paper with tape.
        the paper tube is made by rolling and gluing a 4 inch by 8 inch piece of paper.
        The tube is glued to the engine, and is filled with gunpowder or black powder.
        Small holes are punched in it, and the fuses of the crater makers are inserted
        in these holes.  A crater maker is glued to the open end of the tube, so that
        its fuse is inside the tube.  A fuse is inserted in the engine, or in the bottom
        engine if the rocket bomb is multi stage, and the rocket is launched from the
        coathanger launcher, if a segment of a plastic straw has been attached to it.
        
        
        
        6.2     CANNON
        
        
             The cannon is a piece of artillery that has been in use since the
        11th century.  It is not unlike a musket, in that it is filled with powder,
        loaded, and fired.  Cannons of this sort must also be cleaned after each shot,
        otherwise, the projectile may jam in the barrel when it is fired, causing the
        barrel to explode.  A sociopath could build a cannon without too much trouble,
        if he/she had a little bit of money, and some patience.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        






        
        
        
        
        6.21     BASIC PIPE CANNON
        
        
             A simple cannon can be made from a thick pipe by almost anyone.  The
        only difficult part is finding a pipe that is extremely smooth on its interior.
        This is absolutely necessary; otherwise, the projectile may jam.  Copper or
        aluminum piping is usually smooth enough, but it must also be extremely thick to
        withstand the pressure developed by the expanding hot gasses in a cannon.  If
        one uses a projectile such as a CO2 cartridge, since such a projectile can be
        made to explode, a pipe that is about 1.5 - 2 feet long is ideal.  Such a pipe
        MUST have walls that are at least 1/3 to 1/2 an inch thick, and be very smooth
        on the interior.  If possible, screw an endplug into the pipe.  Otherwise, the
        pipe must be crimped and folded closed, without cracking or tearing the pipe.
        A small hole is drilled in the back of the pipe near the crimp or endplug.
        Then, all that need be done is fill the pipe with about two teaspoons of
        grade blackpowder or pyrodex, insert a fuse, pack it lightly by ramming a wad
        of tissue paper down the barrel, and drop in a CO2 cartridge.  Brace the cannon
        securely against a strong structure, light the fuse, and run.  If the person is
        lucky, he will not have overcharged the cannon, and he will not be hit by
        pieces of exploding barrel.  Such a cannon would look like this:
        
                     __________________ fuse hole
                     |
                     |
                     V
              ________________________________________________________________
             | |______________________________________________________________|
             |endplug|powder|t.p.| CO2 cartridge
             | ______|______|____|____________________________________________
             |_|______________________________________________________________|
        
        
             An exploding projectile can be made for this type of cannon with a CO2
        cartridge. It is relatively simple to do. Just make a crater maker, and
        construct it such that the fuse projects about an inch from the end of the
        cartridge. Then, wrap the fuse with duct tape, covering it entirely, except for
        a small amount at the end. Put this in the pipe cannon without using a tissue
        paper packing wad. When the cannon is fired, it will ignite the end of the fuse,
        and shoot the CO2 cartridge. The explosive-filled cartridge will explode in
        about three seconds, if all goes well. Such a projectile would look like this:
        
        
                   ___
                  /   \
                  |   |
                  | C |
                  | M |
                  |   |
                  |   |
                  |\ /|
                  | | | ---- tape






                  |_|_|
                    |
                    | ------ fuse
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        6.22     ROCKET FIRING CANNON
        
        
             A rocket firing cannon can be made exactly like a normal cannon; the
        only difference is the ammunition. A rocket fired from a cannon will fly
        further than a rocket alone, since the action of shooting it overcomes the
        initial inertia. A rocket that is launched when it is moving will go further
        than one that is launched when it is stationary. Such a rocket would resemble
        a normal rocket bomb, except it would have no fins. It would look like this:
        
        
                   ___
                  /   \
                  |   |
                  | C |
                  | M |
                  |   |
                  |   |
                  |___|
                  | E |
                  | N |
                  | G |
                  | I |
                  | N |
                  | E |
                  |___|
        
        
             the fuse on such a device would, obviously, be short, but it would not
        be ignited until the rocket's ejection charge exploded.  Thus, the delay before
        the ejection charge, in effect, becomes the delay before the bomb explodes.
        Note that no fuse need be put in the rocket; the burning powder in the cannon
        will ignite it, and simultaneously push the rocket out of the cannon at a high
        velocity.
        
        
        
        7.0     PYROTECHNICA ERRATA
        
        






             There are many other types of pyrotechnics that a perpetrator of
        violence might employ. Smoke bombs can be purchased in magic stores, and large
        military smoke bombs can be bought through adds in gun and military magazines.
        Also, fireworks can also be used as weapons of terror. A large aerial display
        rocket would cause many injuries if it were to be fired so that it landed on the
        ground near a crowd of people. Even the "harmless" pull-string fireworks, which
        consists of a sort of firecracker that explodes when the strings running
        through it are pulled, could be placed inside a large charge of a sensitive
        high explosive. Tear gas is another material that might well be useful
        to the sociopath, and such a material could be instantly disseminated over
        a large crowd by means of a rocket-bomb, with nasty effects.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        7.1     SMOKE BOMBS
        
        
             One type of pyrotechnic device that might be employed by a terrorist in
        many way would be a smoke bomb.  Such a device could conceal the getaway route,
        or cause a diversion, or simply provide cover.  Such a device, were it to
        produce enough smoke that smelled bad enough, could force the evacuation of a
        building, for example.  Smoke bombs are not difficult to make.  Although the
        military smoke bombs employ powdered white phosphorus or titanium compounds,
        such materials are usually unavailable to even the most well-equipped terrorist.
        Instead, he/she would have to make the smoke bomb for themselves.
        
             Most homemade smoke bombs usually employ some type of base powder, such
        as black powder or pyrodex, to support combustion.  The base material will burn
        well, and provide heat to cause the other materials in the device to burn, but
        not completely or cleanly.  Table sugar, mixed with sulfur and a base material,
        produces large amounts of smoke.  Sawdust, especially if it has a small amount
        of oil in it, and a base powder works well also.  Other excellent smoke
        ingredients are small pieces of rubber, finely ground plastics, and many
        chemical mixtures.  The material in road flares can be mixed with sugar and
        sulfur and a base powder produces much smoke.  Most of the fuel-oxodizer
        mixtures, if the ratio is not correct, produce much smoke when added to a base
        powder.  The list of possibilities goes on and on.  The trick to a successful
        smoke bomb also lies in the container used.  A plastic cylinder works well, and
        contributes to the smoke produced.  The hole in the smoke bomb where the fuse
        enters must be large enough to allow the material to burn without causing an
        explosion.  This is another plus for plastic containers, since they will melt
        and burn when the smoke material ignites, producing an opening large enough to
        prevent an explosion.






        
        
        7.2     COLORED FLAMES
        
             Colored flames can often be used as a signaling device for terrorists.
        by putting a ball of colored flame material in a rocket; the rocket, when the
        ejection charge fires, will send out a burning colored ball.  The materials that
        produce the different colors of flames appear below.
        
        
        COLOR               MATERIAL                        USED IN
        DDDDD               DDDDDDDD                        DDDDDDD
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        red                 strontium                      road flares,
                            salts                          red sparklers
                            (strontium nitrate)
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        green               barium salts                   green sparklers
                            (barium nitrate)
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        yellow              sodium salts                   gold sparklers
                            (sodium nitrate)
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        blue                powdered copper                blue sparklers,
                            old pennies
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        white               powdered magnesium             firestarters,
                            or aluminum                    aluminum foil
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        purple              potassium permanganate         purple fountains,
                                                           treating sewage
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
        
        
        
        
        
        7.3     TEAR GAS
        
             A terrorist who could make tear gas or some similar compound could use
        it with ease against a large number of people.  Tear gas is fairly complicated
        to make, however, and this prevents such individuals from being able to utilize
        its great potential for harm.  One method for its preparation is shown below.
        
             EQUIPMENT
             _________
        
             1.  ring stands (2)
             2.  alcohol burner
             3.  erlenmeyer flask, 300 ml
             4.  clamps (2)
             5.  rubber stopper
             6.  glass tubing
             7.  clamp holder
             8.  condenser






             9.  rubber tubing
             10.  collecting flask
             11.  air trap
             12.  beaker, 300 ml
        
        
             MATERIALS
             _________
        
             10 gms  glycerine
        
             2 gms sodium bisulfate
        
             distilled water
        
        
        1.)  In an open area, wearing a gas mask, mix 10 gms of glycerine with 2 gms
             of sodium bisulfate in the 300 ml erlenmeyer flask.
        
        2.)  Light the alcohol burner, and gently heat the flask.
        
        3.)  The mixture will begin to bubble and froth; these bubbles are tear gas.
        
        4.)  When the mixture being heated ceases to froth and generate gas, or a brown
             residue becomes visible in the tube, the reaction is complete.  Remove the
             heat source, and dispose of the heated mixture, as it is corrosive.
        
        5.)  The material that condenses in the condenser and drips into the collecting
             flask is tear gas.  It must be capped tightly, and stored in a safe place.
        
        
        7.4     FIREWORKS
        
        
             While fireworks cannot really be used as an effective means of terror,
        they do have some value as distractions or incendiaries.  There are several
        basic types of fireworks that can be made in the home, whether for fun, profit,
        or nasty uses.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        7.41     FIRECRACKERS
        
        
             A simple firecracker can be made from cardboard tubing and epoxy.
        The instructions are below:
        
             1) Cut a small piece of cardboard tubing from the tube you are using.






                "Small" means anything less than 4 times the diameter of the tube.
        
             2) Set the section of tubing down on a piece of wax paper, and fill
                it with epoxy and the drying agent to a height of 3/4 the diameter
                of the tubing.  Allow the epoxy to dry to maximum hardness, as
                specified on the package.
        
             3) When it is dry, put a small hole in the middle of the tube, and
                insert a desired length of fuse.
        
             4) Fill the tube with any type of flame-sensitive explosive.  Flash
                powder, pyrodex, black powder, potassium picrate, lead azide,
                nitrocellulose, or any of the fast burning fuel-oxodizer mixtures
                will do nicely.  Fill the tube almost to the top.
        
             5) Pack the explosive tightly in the tube with a wad of tissue paper
                and a pencil or other suitable ramrod.  Be sure to leave enough space
                 for more epoxy.
        
             6) Fill the remainder of the tube with the epoxy and hardener, and allow
                 it to dry.
        
             7) For those who wish to make spectacular firecrackers, always use
                flash powder, mixed with a small amount of other material for
                colors.  By crushing the material on a sparkler, and adding it
                to the flash powder, the explosion will be the same color as the
                sparkler.   By adding small chunks of sparkler material, the
                device will throw out colored burning sparks, of the same color
                as the sparkler.  By adding powdered iron, orange sparks will
                be produced.  White sparks can be produced from magnesium shavings,
                or from small, LIGHTLY crumpled balls of aluminum foil.
        
                Example:  Suppose I wish to make a firecracker that will explode
                       with a red flash, and throw out white sparks.  First,
                       I would take a road flare, and finely powder the material
                       inside it.   Or, I could take a red sparkler, and finely
                       powder it.  Then, I would mix a small amount of this
                       material with the flash powder.  (NOTE: FLASH POWDER
                       MAY REACT WITH SOME MATERIALS THAT IT IS MIXED WITH, AND
                       EXPLODE SPONTANEOUSLY!)  I would mix it in a ratio of
                       9 parts flash powder to 1 part of flare or sparkler
                       material, and add about 15 small balls of aluminum foil
                       I would store the material in a plastic bag overnight
                       outside of the house, to make sure that the stuff doesn't
                       react.  Then, in the morning, I would test a small amount
                       of it, and if it was satisfactory, I would put it in the
                       firecracker.
        
             8) If this type of firecracker is mounted on a rocket engine,
                professional to semi-professional displays can be produced.
        
        
        
        
        






        
        
        
        
        7.42     SKYROCKETS
        
        
             An impressive home made skyrocket can easily be made in the home from
        model rocket engines.  Estes engines are recommended.
        
             1) Buy an Estes Model Rocket Engine of the desired size, remembering
                that the power doubles with each letter.  (See sect. 6.1 for details)
        
             2) Either buy a section of body tube for model rockets that exactly
                fits the engine, or make a tube from several thicknesses of paper
                and glue.
        
             3) Scrape out the clay backing on the back of the engine, so that
                the powder is exposed.  Glue the tube to the engine, so that the
                tube covers at least half the engine.  Pour a small charge of
                flash powder in the tube, about 1/2 an inch.
        
             4) By adding materials as detailed in the section on firecrackers,
                various types of effects can be produced.
        
             5) By putting Jumping Jacks or bottle rockets without the stick
                in the tube, spectacular displays with moving fireballs or
                   M.R.V.'s can be produced.
        
             6) Finally, by mounting many home made firecrackers on the tube with
                the fuses in the tube, multiple colored bursts can be made.
        
        
        7.43     ROMAN CANDLES
        
             Roman candles are impressive to watch.  They are relatively difficult
        to make, compared to the other types of home-made fireworks, but they are
        well worth the trouble.
        
             1) Buy a 1/2 inch thick model rocket body tube, and reinforce it
                with several layers of paper and/or masking tape.  This must
                be done to prevent the tube from exploding.  Cut the tube into
                about 10 inch lengths.
        
             2) Put the tube on a sheet of wax paper, and seal one end with epoxy
                and the drying agent.  About 1/2 of an inch is sufficient.
        
             3) Put a hole in the tube just above the bottom layer of epoxy,
                and insert a desired length of water proof fuse.  Make sure that
                the fuse fits tightly.
        
             4) Pour about 1 inch of pyrodex or gunpowder down the open end of the
                tube.
        
             5) Make a ball by powdering about two 6 inch sparklers of the desired






                color.  Mix this powder with a small amount of flash powder and
                a small amount of pyrodex, to have a final ratio (by volume) of
                60% sparkler material / 20% flash powder / 20% pyrodex.  After
                mixing the powders well, add water, one drop at a time, and mixing
                continuously, until a damp paste is formed.  This paste should
                be moldable by hand, and should retain its shape when left alone.
                Make a ball out of the paste that just fits into the tube.  Allow
                the ball to dry.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
             6) When it is dry, drop the ball down the tube.  It should slide down
                fairly easily.  Put a small wad of tissue paper in the tube, and pack
                 it gently against the ball with a pencil.
        
             7) When ready to use, put the candle in a hole in the ground, pointed
                in a safe direction, light the fuse, and run.  If the device works,
                a colored fireball should shoot out of the tube to a height of
                about 30 feet.  This height can be increased by adding a slightly
                larger powder charge in step 4, or by using a slightly longer tube.
        
             8) If the ball does not ignite, add slightly more pyrodex in step 5.
        
             9) The balls made for roman candles also function very well in rockets,
                producing an effect of falling colored fireballs.
        
        
        
        8.0     LISTS OF SUPPLIERS AND MORE INFORMATION
        
        
             Most, if not all, of the information in this publication can be obtained
         through a public or university library.  There are also many publications that
        are put out by people who want to make money by telling other people how to
        make explosives at home.  Adds for such appear frequently in paramilitary
        magazines and newspapers.  This list is presented to show the large number of
        places that information and materials can be purchased from.   It also includes
        fireworks companies and the like.
        
        
        COMPANY NAME AND ADDRESS               WHAT COMPANY SELLS
        DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD               DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
        
         FULL AUTO CO. INC.                     EXPLOSIVE RECIPES,
         P.O. BOX 1881                          PAPER TUBING
         MURFREESBORO, TN
         37133
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        
         UNLIMITED                              CHEMICALS AND FUSE
         BOX 1378-SN






         HERMISTON, OREGON
         97838
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        
         AMERICAN FIREWORKS NEWS                FIREWORKS NEWS MAGAZINE WITH
         SR BOX 30                              SOURCES AND TECHNIQUES
         DINGMAN'S FERRY, PENNSYLVANIA
         18328
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        
         BARNETT INTERNATIONAL INC.             BOWS, CROSSBOWS, ARCHERY MATERIALS,
         125 RUNNELS STREET                     AIR RIFLES
         P.O. BOX 226
         PORT HURON, MICHIGAN
         48060
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        
         CROSSMAN AIR GUNS                      AIR GUNS
         P.O. BOX 22927
         ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
         14692
        
        
        
        
        
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        
         EXECUTIVE PROTECTION PRODUCTS INC.     TEAR GAS GRENADES,
         316 CALIFORNIA AVE.                    PROTECTION DEVICES
         RENO, NEVADA
         89509
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        
         BADGER FIREWORKS CO. INC.              CLASS "B" AND "C" FIREWORKS
         BOX 1451
         JANESVILLE, WISCONSIN
         53547
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        
         NEW ENGLAND FIREWORKS CO. INC.         CLASS "C" FIREWORKS
         P.O. BOX 3504
         STAMFORD, CONNECTICUTT
         06095
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        
         RAINBOW TRAIL                          CLASS "C" FIREWORKS
         BOX 581
         EDGEMONT, PENNSYLVANIA
         19028
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        
         STONINGTON FIREWORKS INC.              CLASS "C" AND "B" FIREWORKS
         4010 NEW WILSEY BAY U.25 ROAD
         RAPID RIVER, MICHIGAN






         49878
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        
         WINDY CITY FIREWORKS INC.              CLASS "C" AND "B" FIREWORKS
         P.O. BOX 11                            (GOOD PRICES!)
         ROCHESTER, INDIANNA
         46975
        _______________________________________________________________________________
        
        
        BOOKS
        DDDDD
        
        THE ANARCHIST'S COOKBOOK
        
        THE IMPROVISED MUNITIONS MANUAL
        
        MILITARY EXPLOSIVES
        
        FIRES AND EXPLOSIONS
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        9.0     CHECKLIST FOR RAIDS ON LABS
        
             In the end, the serious terrorist would probably realize that if he/she
        wishes to make a truly useful explosive, he or she will have to steal the
        chemicals to make the explosive from a lab.  A list of such chemicals in order
        of priority would probably resemble the following:
        
             LIQUIDS                    SOLIDS
             _______                    ______
        
             ____     Nitric Acid        ____     Potassium Perchlorate
             ____     Sulfuric Acid      ____     Potassium Chlorate
             ____     95% Ethanol        ____     Picric Acid (usually a powder)
             ____     Toluene            ____     Ammonium Nitrate
             ____     Perchloric Acid    ____     Powdered Magnesium
             ____     Hydrochloric Acid  ____     Powdered Aluminum
        
                                 ____    Potassium Permanganate






                                 ____    Sulfur
                                 ____    Mercury
                                 ____    Potassium Nitrate
                                 ____    Potassium Hydroxide
                                 ____    Phosphorus
                                 ____    Sodium Azide
                                 ____    Lead Acetate
                                 ____    Barium Nitrate
        
        
        10.0     USEFUL PYROCHEMISTRY
        
             In general, it is possible to make many chemicals from just a few basic
        ones.  A list of useful chemical reactions is presented.  It assumes knowledge
        of general chemistry; any individual who does not understand the following
        reactions would merely have to read the first five chapters of a high school
        chemistry book.
        
        
        1.  potassium perchlorate from perchloric acid and potassium hydroxide
             K(OH)       +     HClO     ---->     KClO     +    H O
                           4              4           2
        
        2.  potassium nitrate from nitric acid and potassium hydroxide
              "       +     HNO     ---->     KNO     +     "
                          3             3
        
        3.  ammonium perchlorate from perchloric acid and ammonium hydroxide
             NH OH       +     HClO     ---->     NH ClO     +     "
               3              4                 3   4
        
        4.  ammonium nitrate from nitric acid and ammonium hydroxide
                NH OH       +     HNO     ---->     NH NO     +     "
               3             3                      3  3
        
        5.  powdered aluminum from acids, aluminum foil, and magnesium
        
        A.     aluminum foil    +    6HCl    ---->   2AlCl   +   3H
                                                        3            2
        
        B.     2AlCl  (aq)   +    3Mg    ---->  3MgCl (aq)   +  2Al
                  3                                  2
        
        
        
        
        
        
             The Al will be a very fine silvery powder at the bottom of the container
        which must be filtered and dried.   This same method works with nitric and
        sulfuric acids, but these acids are too valuable in the production of high
        explosives to use for such a purpose, unless they are available in great excess.
        
        
        






        11.0     ABOUT THE AUTHOR
        
        
             The author, who wishes his name to be unknown, is presently attending
        a college in the United States of America, majoring in Engineering.  He was
        raised by his parents on the East Coast, and received his high school education
        there.  He first became interested in pyrotechnics when he was about eight years
        of age.  At age twelve, he produced his first explosive device; it was slightly
        more powerful than a large firecracker.  He continued to produce explosive
        devices for several years.  He also became interested in model rocketry, and has
        built several rockets from kits, and designed his own rockets.  While in high
        school, the author became affiliated with CHAOS, and eventually became the
        head of Gunzenbomz Pyro-Technologies.  At this time, at age 18, he produced
        his first high explosive device, putting a 1 foot deep crater in an associate's
        back yard.  He had also produced many types of rockets, explosive ammunition,
        and other pyrotechnic devices.  While he was heading Gunzenbomz Pyro-
        Technologies, he was injured when a home made device exploded in his hand; he
        did not make the device.  The author learned, however, and  then decided to
        reform, and although he still constructs an occasional explosive device, he
        chooses to abstain from their production.  An occasional rocket that produces
        effects similar to that of professional displays can sometimes be seen in the
        midnight sky near his college, and the Fourth of July is still his favorite day
        of the year.
        
        
                       Pax et Discordia,
        
                       the Author
        
        
        From Lunatic Labs UnLtd. 415-278-7421
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        






          Date: 12:45 am  Tue Mar 12, 1991     Public 26/79
          From: Peregrine #36                  Things that go BOOM!
            To: Dark Angel #1                  
         Title: CaCO3 and HOH
             >> This message is a reply
        
            Only make ACETYLENE GAS!!!  The reason why the gunpowder does not blow is
        because 80 percent of the OXYGEN in the canister has been replaced by
        ACETYLENE!!!  You should try something with a little more KICK, like maybe a
        quart bell jar, with a pint canning jar inside, the space inbetween filled
        with water, and various jagged metal objects of your choice, then punch a hole 
        about 1/2 inch in diameter in the top of the smaller jar's lid (make sure you
        get the WATER TIGHT lids, else this thing will blow in your face) and melt
        about 1 1/2 bars of soap, and make SURE that the hole is COMPLETELY covered. 
        Then pour some diesel fuel into the smaller jar (better yet, just get a tub
        filled with the stuff (large enough to hold the sodium, or cesium {if you are
        lucky enough to be able to FIND it} AND the container it is held in.  as the
        stuff is packed in deisel OIL (you can replace the fuel with the oil, but it
        is by FAR more expensive) and transfer the sodium (cesium) into the pint jar.  
        Pour off the excess and wipe all traces of fuel/oil off of the threads of the
        pint jar, replace it in the quart jar (maybe I should have been more explicit, 
        this should be the FIRST step)  THEN fill the space in between with whatever
        able to totally immerse the pint jar lid.  Screw the cap on TIGHTLY and now
        you have an incindeary/anti-personnell weapon that has a time delay, turn it
        upside down, balance it on the quart jar lid, and when the water chews its way 
        through the plug, the cesium/sodium, and water combine, (sodium will burn
        BRIGHTLY in the water vapor in the air, (hence why it is packed in deisel oil) 
        and will EXPLODE when in contact with water, cesium is about the same, but
        with about four times the force/unit of quantity).  NOW THAT would do a little 
        bit of damage don't ya think?
        
        YFNEITS....
        
        Peregrine Falcon
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        






               3**==>/Everything You Always Wanted To Know About Explosives\<==**3
        
                      :              Written by -MANY- people             :  
                      :                            |\/|                   : 
                      :        Put Together By The |  |ad Rutabega        : 
                
                                      ==>/Atomic Bomb\<==       
                                      ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
                    The   following   paper   is  taken  from  The   journal   of  
                Irreproducible Results,  Volume 25/Number 4/1979.   P.O.  Box 234  
                Chicago Heights, Illinois 60411 Subscription's 1 year for $3.70 
                
                     1. INTRODUCTION 
                
                     Worldwide  controversy  has  been  generated  recently  from  
                several   court  decisions  in  the  United  States  which   have  
                restricted   popular  magazines  from  printing  articles   which  
                describe how to make an atomic bomb.  The reason usually given by  
                the courts is that national security would be compromised if such  
                information were generally available.   But, since it is commonly  
                known  that all of the information is publicly available in  most  
                major  metropolitan libraries,  obviously the court's  officially  
                stated  position is covering up a more important factor;  namely,  
                that  such  atomic  devices would prove  too  difficult  for  the  
                average  citizen to construct.   The United States courts  cannot  
                afford  to insult the vast majorities by insinuating that they do  
                not have the intelligence of a cabbage,  and thus the  "official"  
                press releases claim national security as a blanket restriction. 
          
                  The  rumors  that have unfortunately occurred as  a  result  of  
                widespread  misinformation can (and must) be cleared up now,  for  
                the  construction  project this month is the  construction  of  a  
                thermonuclear   device,   which  will  hopefully  clear  up   any  
                misconceptions you might have about such a project.   We will see  
                how  easy  it  is to make a device of your very own in  ten  easy  
                steps,  to  have  and  hold as  you  see  fit,  without  annoying  
                interference from the government or the courts. 
          
                  The  project  will  cost between $5,000  and  $30,000  dollars,  
                depending  on how fancy you want the final product to be.   Since  
                last week's column,  "Let's Make a Time Machine", was received so  
                well  in the new step-by-step format,  this month's  column  will  
                follow the same format. 
          
                2. CONSTRUCTION METHOD 
          
                1.  First,  obtain  about  50  pounds (110 kg) of  weapons  grade  
                Plutonium  at your local supplier (see NOTE 1).  A nuclear  power  
                plant  is  not  recommended,   as  large  quantities  of  missing  
                Plutonium tends to make plant engineers unhappy.  We suggest that  
                you  contact  your local terrorist organization,  or perhaps  the  
                Junior Achievement in your neighborhood. 
          
                2.   Please  remember that Plutonium,  especially  pure,  refined  
                Plutonium,  is somewhat dangerous.  Wash your hands with soap and  






                warm  water  after handling the material,  and don't  allow  your  
                children  or  pets  to  play in it or  eat  it.   Any  left  over  
                Plutonium dust is excellent as an insect repellant.  You may wish  
                to  keep the substance in a lead box if you can find one in  your  
                local junk yard, but an old coffee can will do nicely. 
          
                3.  Fashion together a metal enclosure to house the device.  Most  
                common  varieties  of sheet metal can be bent  to  disguise  this  
                enclosure as, for example, a briefcase, a lunch pail, or a Buick.   
                Do not use tinfoil. 
          
                4.   Arrange the Plutonium into two hemispheral shapes, separated  
                by  about  4 cm.   Use rubber cement to hold the  Plutonium  dust  
                together. 
          
                5.   Now get about 100 pounds (220 kg) of trinitrotoluene  (TNT).   
                Gelignite is much better, but messier to work with.  Your helpful  
                hardware man will be happy to provide you with this item. 
          
                6.  Pack the TNT around the hemisphere arrangement constructed in  
                step  4.   If  you cannot find Gelignite,  fell free to  use  TNT  
                packed  in  with Playdo or any modeling clay.   Colored  clay  is  
                acceptable, but there is no need to get fancy at this point. 
          
                7.   Enclose the structure from step 6 into the enclosure made in  
                step  3.   Use  a  strong glue such as "Crazy Glue" to  bind  the  
                hemisphere   arrangement   against  the  enclosure   to   prevent  
                accidental  detonation  which  might  result  from  vibration  or  
                mishandling. 
          
                8.   To detonate the device, obtain a radio controlled (RC) servo  
                mechanism,  as  found  in RC model airplanes and  cars.   With  a  
                modicum of effort,  a remote plunger can be made that will strike  
                a  detonator cap to effect a small explosion.   These  detonatior  
                caps can be found in the electrical supply section of your  local  
                supermarket.   We  recommend  the "Blast-O-Mactic" brand  because  
                they are no deposit-no return. 
          
                9.   Now  hide  the  completed  device  from  the  neighbors  and  
                children.  The garage is not recommended because of high humidity  
                and the extreme range of temperatures experienced there.  Nuclear  
                devices  have  been  known to  spontaneously  detonate  in  these  
                unstable  conditions.   The hall closet or under the kitchen sink  
                will be perfectly suitable. 
          
                10.   Now  you  are the proud owner of  a  working  thermonuclear  
                device!   It  is a great ice-breaker at parties,  and in a pinch,  
                anc be used for national defense. 
          
                3. THEORY OF OPERATION 
          
                   The  device basically works when the detonated TNT  compresses  
                the  Plutonium  into a critical mass.   The  critical  mass  then  
                produces  a  nuclear chain recation similar to the  domino  chain  
                reaction  (discussed  in  this column,  "Dominos on  the  March",  






                March,  1968).   The chain reaction then promptly produces a  big  
                thermonuclear  reaction.   And  there you have it,  a 10  megaton  
                explosion! 
          
                4. NEXT MONTH'S COLUMN 
          
                   In  next  month's  column,  we will learn how  to  clone  your  
                neighbor's wife in six easy steps.   This project promises to  be  
                an  exciting  weekend  full of fun and  profit.   Common  kitchen  
                utensils will be all you need.  See you next month! 
          
                5. NOTES 
          
                   1. Plutonium (PU), atomic number 94, is a radioactive metallic  
                element  formed  by  the decay of Neptunium  and  is  similar  in  
                chemical structure to Uranium, Saturium, Jupiternium, and Marisum. 
                 
                6. PREVIOUS MONTH'S COLUMNS 
           
                    1. Let's Make Test Tube Babies! May, 1979 
           
                    2. Let's Make a Solar System! June, 1979 
           
                    3. Let's Make a Economic Recession! July, 1979 
           
                    4. Let's Make an Anti-Gravity Machine! August, 1979 
           
                    5. Let's Make Contact with an Alien Race! September, 1979 
          
          
          
                                      ==>/Black Powder\<==          
                                      ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~     
         ZBDD>>>Basic Black Powder<<<DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDB? 
         3CDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDBDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD? From THE AMERICAN       33 
         33 You can write to this->3By Charles L. Hill     3 Fireworks News March '8933 
         33 address and send a     3306 Frances Ave.,      3 S.R. Box 30             33 
         33 self adderssed stamped 3Endwell, NY 13760      3 Dingmans Ferry, PA      33 
         33 envelope asking for    @DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDY 18328 $16.95 A year     33 
         33 a list and info on limited fireworks items (shipment avilible UPS).      33 
         @ADDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDAY 
         Typed By     |\/|        
                  The |  |ad Rutabega  
          
              Our Topic this time invilves the preperation of some basic black powder 
         which has a myriad of uses in our craft.  It also provides the base for more 
         simple theory. 
              There exists a general relationship between the burning rate of a  
         composition and ertin physical aspects of the composition, as well as the 
         techniques used for incorporating it's ingredients.   Let's examine a  
         formulation calling for 76 grams of Potassium Nitrate or Saltpetre (KNO3), 
         15 grams of charcoal (C) and 10 Grams of sulfer (S). But.... each of these 
         is in the form of a round ball. We could hold these together and try to ignite 
         this mixture to no avail.  We could break the balls down to pea sized  
         proportions but something is wrong! There is no incorporation.  On the other 






         hand, if we reduce each ingredient to say 200 mesh and mix thoroughly and then  
         apply flame, we will get a pleasing "whoosh" we all know and love.  The key  
         then would seem to be Particle Size.  The smaller the particle size the more 
         ingredients can be in contact with each other, and more importantly, the more 
         Surface Area we have to work with. 
              Now our simple theory can get more complicated since the topic of surface 
         area can then lead into flame propagation, thermal transfer, and crystaline  
         physics.  Well, lets just conclude that the more surface area we have based 
         on the reduction of particle size, a given mixture will burn or react faster. 
              Okay back to Basic Black Powder.  The Formula is well known: 
         KNO3........75% 
         C...........15% 
         S...........10% 
          
         If I wanted to make 150 grams of this mixture, how much of each ingredient 
         would I need?...  Answer, 112.4g KNO3, 22.5g C, 15g S.  When prepering this 
         mixture I weigh each component deperately.  There are several ways to mix  
         this composition and the quality of each comp is effected by each. I could 
         simply screen KNO3 a few times through a 40 mesh screen and then screen the 
         sulfer once or twice  then I would combine all the ingreadients and screen  
         the mixture four or five times until I have a uniform grey-black mixture. 
         Depending on the inital mesh size of the KNO3,I may find this mix adequite as  
         a base meal for fountians or gerbs.  It may also be dampened and granulated 
         through hardware cloth and used as polvorone or rough powder.  I would try  
         making some of this screened meal, ignite about 10g OUTDOORS in a PROPER AREA 
          and note it's burning charicteristics. 
              I can do some somple things to improve this mixture.  Using the shaker 
         mill I can reduce the particle size of the KNO3 to that of talcum powder.  A 
         simple mill can be made of a leingth of 2 inch cardboard morter tube.  I can 
         glue and nail a wooden plug in one end and use a tight fitting wooden plug 
         for the other end.  Loading loading the tube about a third fill of hardened  
         lead balls.  I fill the tube another third full of KNO3.  Then taking out the 
         days frustration on this poor device I shake the tar out of it until the 
         oxidizer is pulverized.  There comes a point when further shaking is futile. 
         Practice will show when.  Another thing I can do is to shake the C and S 
         together and then screen it with the pulverized oxidizer.  I DO NOT  
         RECCOMEND shaknig and oxidiers with fuels in the mill.  Since these shaker 
         mills are so easy and cheap to construct, a number can be made for specific 
         purposes. 
              I would take the milled mixture and compare its burning charictersitics 
         with the screened only comp.  One should see a noticible differance.  This 
         simple milling has reduced the particle size, increased the surface area, and 
         improved the performance of the comp. Shaking the Sulfer and Charcoal has also 
         helped in making a more intimate mixture of the ingreadients.CLH 
          
         That's it if you want to see more you can subscribe to THE AMERICAN FIREWORKS 
         NEWS for $16.95 at the address in the beginning if this text file.   
          
         here are some other catalogs etc. you might want 
          
         Liqudation sale 
         we were legislated out of buisness. 
         complete line of fountians etc. 
         SEASONAL MECHERANDISE 
         Box 426 






         South Milwaukee WI 53172 
         send for sale catalog 
         -------------------------------- 
         PYROTECHNICS (a book) by G.W. Weingart 244 pages $10.00 
         Many more availble send $2.00 for sale catalog 
         ALPHA PUBLICATIONS 
         PO Box 92-JD 
         Sharon Center, OH 44274 
         --------------------------------- 
         
         Well there you go al you Piros out there 
         look for more textfiles coming soon 
         
         
         //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 
         //                                                            // 
         //          |\/|                                              // 
         //     The  |  |ad Rutabega<<<<<<<<<                          // 
         //                                                            // 
         //                                                            //  
         /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 
         
                                    ==>/Smoke Screens\<==                           
                                    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
                                         by: Sour Apple    
          
           An interestiong aspect of explosives is the extra ingredients which can be 
         added to give the explosion characteristics it would not normally have.  A 
         somke bomb is like this, in sense that it is not only useful to create 
         confusion and chaos, but also for smoking persons out of an enclosed area, as 
         well as signaling. 
          
         ______________________________________________________________________________ 
          
         Formulas for the preparation of a black smoke screen: 
          
         1) magnesium powder   19                          2) magnesium powder   20 
            hexachloroethane   60                             hexachloroethane   60 
            naphthalene        21                             naphthalene        20 
          
         3) hexachloroethane   55.8                        4) black powder FFF   50 
            alpha naphol       14                             potassium nitrate  10 
            athracene           4.6                           coal tar           20 
            aluminum powder     9.3                           powdered charcoal  15 
            smokless powder    14                             paraffin            5 
            naphthalene         2.3 
         ______________________________________________________________________________ 
          
         Formulas for the preparation of a white smoke screen: 
          
         1) potassium chlorate 44                          2) zinc dust          28 
            sulfur flour       15                             zinc oxide         22 
            zinc dust          40                             hexachloroethane   50 
            sodium bicarbonate  1 
          






         3) zinc dust          66.67 
            hexachloroethane   33.33 
         ______________________________________________________________________________ 
          
         Formulas for the preparation of a yellow smoke screen: 
          
         1) potassium chlorate 25                          2) potassium chlorate 30 
            paranitraniline    50                             naphthalene azodimethyl 
            lactrose           25                             aniline            50 
                                                              powdered sugar     20 
          
         3) potassium chlorate 21.4 
            naphthalene        50 
            azodimethyl aniline 2.7 
            auramine           38 
            sodium bicarbonate 28.5 
         ______________________________________________________________________________ 
          
         Formulas for the preparation of a green smoke screen: 
          
         1) potassium nitrate  20 
            red arsenic        20 
            sulfer flour       20 
            antimony sulfide   20 
            black powder FFF   20 
         ______________________________________________________________________________ 
          
         Formulas for the preparation of a red smoke screen: 
          
         1) potassium chlorate  20                         2) potassium chlorate 26 
            lactose             20                            diethylaminorosindone 
            paranitraniline red 60                                               48 
                                                              powdered sugar     26 
          
         3) potassium chlorate  27.4                       4) potassium 
            methylaminoanthra-                                perchlorate        25 
            quinone             42.5                          antimony sulfide   20 
            sodium bicarbonate  19.5                          rhodamine red      50 
            sulfur flour        10.6                          dextrin             5 
         ______________________________________________________________________________ 
          
         I will NOT be held responsible by the actions of the people that try this stuff 
         and I present this as information only. 
          
                                       
                                       ==>/Fireworks\<== 
                                       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
         HERE IS A LIST OF MAIL ORDER FIREWORKS SUPPLY.  YOU CAN ALSO GET FUSES OF ALL 
         TYPES FROM MANY OF THESE GOOD FOLKS.  BE PREPARED TO SIGN A 'SWORN' STATEMNET 
         THAT YOU ARE NOT UNDERAGE...NO BIG DEAL.  ($ MEANS THE COST OF THE CATALOGUE!) 
         BLUE ANGEL / POBOX 26-SOF / COLUMNIANA, OH 44408  ($2.00) 
         EAGLE FIREWORKS / DEPT. 102 / POBOX 800 / CLACKAMAS, OR 97015 ($1.00) 
         NEPTUNE FIREWORKS / POBOX 398 / DEPT G / DANIA, FL 33004 ($1.00) 
         OLDE GLORY FIREWORKS / POBOX 2863 / RAPID CITY, SD 57709   1-800-843-8758 
         ACE FIREWORKS / POBOX 221 / DEPT F / CONNEAUT, OH 44030 ($1.00) 






         MOUNTAIN STATES NOVELTY / POBOX 90007 / CASPER, WY 82609 / ($1.00) 
         GREAT LAKES FIREWORKS / POBOX 5324 / CLEVELAND, OH 44883 ($0.50) 
          
         SMOKE GRENADES: 
         PHOENIX SYSTEMS / POBOX 3339-B / EVERGREEN, CO 80439 / 303-674-2653 
         YANKEE MFG. CO. / 59 CHASE STREET / BEVERLY, MA 01915 / 617-922-8262 
          
                                        ==>/Oil & Gas\<== 
         If you want to really scare someone, get a salad dressing bottle (for humor) 
         and put some saflower oil in it. Then put a TINY bit of gas on that heavy oil. 
         Light it the normal way(like a gas bomb)and throw it at someone.  When the gas 
         lights, it will look deadly, but the saflower oil won't light, it will just 
         turn black and start to smoke like nothing you have ever seen. 
         :::::::::::::::::::::::Karl Marx. 
         
         
                                    ==>/Jewish Lightning\<== 
          
         THE BURNING OF A BUILDING IN ORDER TO COLLECT INSURANCE BENEFITS IS 
         COMMONLY TERMED JEWISH LIGHTENING (NO OFFENSE TO ANYONE IS INTENDED). 
         THE EASIEST (THOUGH NOT CHEAPEST) WAY TO TORCH YOUR OWN DOMICILE  
         WITHOUT BEING DETECTED BY THE FIRE MARSHALL, IS TO USE A REMOTE DEVICE. 
         FIRST YOU WILL NEED A SOUND DETECTION DEVICE, SUCH AS THE TYPE THEY USE 
         FOR BURGLAR ALARMS. ALL THIS DEVICE NEED DO IS TURN ON AN ELECTRICAL 
         APPLIANCE WHEN SOUND IS DETECTED.  NEXT, OPEN THE BACK OF YOUR TELEVISION 
         UP AND SCRAPE THE PROTECTIVE WAX OFF THE PICTURE TUBE. THIS SUCKER  
         HEATS UP WHEN YOU HAVE YOUR TV ON, AND THE COATING PROTECTS THE REST 
         OF THE SET FROM THE TUBE. NEXT MAKE A SMALL (VERY SMALL) HOLE IN ONE 
         OF YOUR NATURAL GAS LINES (SO THERE IS A SMALL AMOUNT OF GAS IN THE HOUSE). 
         IF YOU DON'T HAVE GAS, LEAVE SOME NEWSPAPERS OR RAGS AROUND THE TV. 
         NEXT HOOK THE TV UP TO THE SOUND DETECTOR AND TURN THE DETECTOR ON. 
         NOW YOUR SET. ALL YOU NEED DO IS LEAVE YOUR HOUSE (MAKING SURE THE 
         NEIGHBORS SEE YOU) AND CALL YOUR HOUSE NUMBER FROM A PHONE BOOTH. 
         WHEN THE PHONE RINGS, IT WILL CAUSE THE DETECTOR TO TURN THE TV ON, HEAT 
         UP THE TUBE AND IGNITE THE GAS. THE RESULT IS POOF!!!!  
          NOTE: I CAN'T RECOMMEND OR CONDONE THIS PRACTICE DUE TO ITS DANGER 
          TO HUMAN LIFE. THIS IS POSTED FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND I 
          TAKE NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR WHAT USERS OF THIS SYSTEM DO WITH THIS 
          INFO... 
         
                    THE BARON 
         
          
         
                             
                                     ==>/ELECTRIC FUSE\<==             
                             
         
           Take a medium grade of steel wool and pull  a  strand out of it.Attach it to 
         the  ends  of two pieces of copper wire by  wrapping it around a few turns and 
         then  pinch  on a small piece of solder to  bind the  strand  to the wire. You 
         want  about 1/2  inch of steel strand between the wires. Number 18 or 20 is a 
         good  size wire to use. Cut a 1/2 by 1 inch  piece  of  cardboard  of the type 
         used  in  match covers.  Place a small pile  of  powdered  match  head  in the 
         center  and  press it  flat. place the wires  so the steel strand is on top of 






         and   in   contact  with  the  powder. Sprinkle  on  more  powder to cover the 
         strand. The strand should be surounded with  powder  and not touching anything 
         else  except  the wires  at  its ends. Place  a piece of blackmatch in contact 
         with  the powder.  Now  put a piece of masking  tape  on  top  of the lot, and 
         fold it under on the two ends. Press it down  so  it  sticks  all  around  the 
         powder.  The  wires are sticking out on one  side and  the  blackmatch  on the 
         other. A single fla 
         
                
                                  ==>/HIJACK A SCHOOL BUS\<==  
                                  DONATED BY : THE LEPRECHAUN 
              BEFORE I START, I WOULD JUST LIKE TO CLARIFY A FEW POINTS. FIRST, THIS 
          SCHEME HAS ONLY BEEN TRIED ON THE BLUE JAY SERIES OF YELLOW BUSSES...I CANNOT 
          GUARANTEE THAT IT WILL WORK ON OTHER TYPES OF SCHOOL BUSES. THE SECOND POINT 
          THAT THIS SYSTEM RELIES ON THE FACT THAT OPENING THE EMERGENCY DOOR OF A 
          SCHOOL BUS WILL SET OF AN ALARM. IN ORDER TO THWART THIS SCHEME, MANY BUS 
          IVERS HAVE DISABLED THIS. BE SURE THHAT THEY HAVE NOT DONE SO BEFORE YOU 
          START. 
           
              THE FIRST STEP IN HIJACKING A SCHOOL BUS IS TO GET TO THE BUS YARD, UN- 
         NOTICED ON THE BUS, AFTER EVERYONE ELSE HAS GOTTEN OFF. IN ORDER TO DO THIS, 
         SLIP QUIETLY ONTO THE BUS, SNEAK BACK TO THE LAST SEAT, AND DUCK DOWN. DO 
         NOT BE NOTICED!! THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT!! 
             NEXT, WAIT UNTIL THE BUS GETS TO BUS YARD. WHEN, AND ONLY WHEN IT 
         BRAKES, MAKE SURE THE BUS DRIVER IS LOOKING THE OTHER WAY, AND QUIETLY  
         AND UP. WITH ONE SWIFT MOTION, OPEN THE EMERGENCY EXIT AND LEAP OUT. WITH 
         LUCK, THE BUS DRIVER WILL NOT LOOK BACK UNTIL YOU ARE OUT OF SIGHT. THIS IS 
         THE MOST DIFFICULT STEP. IF POSSIBLE, AND SOMEONE WHO IS WILLING TO LET YOU 
         PRACTICE ON THERE SCHOOL BUS... WHEN YOU ARE OUT OF THE BUS, CROUCH 
         DOWN AND WALK UNDER THE BUS TOWARD THE FONT. WHEN YOU GET TO THE FRONT, WAIT 
         UNTIL THE BUS DRIVER GOES TO THE BACK, AND JUMPS OUT OF THE BUS LOOKING FOR 
         YOU. IF HE DOES NOT DO SO, THROW SOMETHING THAT WILL ATTRACT HIS ATTENTION 
         OUT FROM UNDER BUS, LIKE A SPARE TIRE (WHICH CAN BE HIDDEN ON YOUR PERSON). 
         WHEN HE IS OUT OF THE BUS, QUICKLY CLIMB IN THE FRONT (IT IS VERY EASY TO 
         PRY THE FRONT DOOR OPEN...) AND DRIVE AWAY AS FAST AS YOU CAN. YOU NOW OWN 
         A SCHOOL BUS, HAVE PHUN! 
          
         NOTE: THE ABOVE PROCEDURE RELIES ON THE FACT THAT THE AVERAGE SCHOOL BUS 
         DRIVER HAS AN I.Q. LOWER THAT THE SCHOOL BUS NUMBER. IF THE DRIVERS ARE ON 
         STRIKE, AND THE PRINCIPAL IS DRIVING YOUR BUS, DO IT! REMEMBER, PATIENCE IS  
         A VIRTUE... 
         > PROVIDED BY WILLY WONKA <<< 
         
         
         
                                ==>/THE CHEMIST'S CORNER\<== 
                               ARTICLE #2: HOUSEHOLD CHEMICALS 
         
         
             THIS ARTICLE DEALS WITH INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO DO SOME INTERESTING 
         EXPERIMENTS WITH COMMON HOUSEHOLD CHEMICALS.SOMEMAY OR MAY NOT WORK DEPENDING  
         ON THE CONCENTRATION OF CERTAIN CHEMICALS IN DIFFERENT AREAS AND BRANDS. I 
         WOULD SUGGEST THAT THE PERSON DOING THESE EXPERIMENTS HAVE SOME KNOWLEDGE OF 
         CHEMISTRY, ESPECIALLY FOR THE MORE DANGEROUS EXPERIMENTS. 
          






         I AM NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY INJURY OR DAMAGE CAUSED BY PEOPLE USING THIS 
         INFORMATION. IT IS PROVIDED FOR USE BY PEOPLE KNOWLEDGABLE IN CHEMISTRY WHO 
         ARE INTERESTED IN SUCH EXPERIMENTS AND CAN SAFELY HANDLE SUCH EXPERIMENTS. 
          
         ============================================================================== 
          
          
         I. A LIST OF HOUSEHOLD CHEMICALS AND THEIR COMPOSITION 
          
         VINEGAR: 3-5% ACETIC ACID 
         BAKING SODA: SODIUM BICARBONATE 
         DRAIN CLEANERS: SODIUM HYDROXIDE 
         SANI-FLUSH: 75% SODIUM BISULFATE 
         AMMONIA WATER: AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE 
         CITRUS FRUIT: CITRIC ACID 
         TABLE SALT: SODIUM CHLORIDE 
         SUGAR: SUCROSE 
         MILK OF MAGNESIA- MAGNESIUM HYDROXIDE 
         TINCTURE OF IODINE- 47% ALCOHOL, 4% 
                             IODINE 
         RUBBING ALCOHOL- 70 OR 99% (DEPENDS 
                          ON BRAND) ISOPROPYL 
                          ALCOHOL (DO NOT DRINK) 
          
          
          
         EXP #1: YE OLD FIZZ EXPERIMENT 
          
          MIX VINEGAR WITH BAKING SODA. IT PRODUCES SODIUM ACETATE AND CARBONIC 
         ACID. CARBONIC ACID QUICKLY DECOMPOSES INTO CARBON DIOXIDE AND WATER, 
         RESULTING IN THE "FIZZ".  THIS SIMPLE REACTION CAN BE CONTAINED 
         IN A SMALL BOTTLE OR SOMETHING, AND WHEN ENOUGH PRESSURE BUILDS UP IT WILL 
         BREAK OPEN. I SINCERELY DOUBT THAT IT WILL BLOW "ALL FOUR WALLS OFF THE 
         HOUSE" AS SOME LOSER WROTE IN HIS SAFEHOUSE ARTICLE. THE SAME BASIC THING 
         CAN BE DONE WITH DRY ICE & WATER, BAKING POWDER & WATER, CITRIC ACID & 
         BAKING SODA, AND MANY OTHER COMBINATIONS. 
         
         EXP #2: A FRUITY BATTERY 
         
         IF YOU'RE EVER IN NEED OF A LITTLE POWER, GET YOUR HANDS ON THESE: 
         
         A CITRUS FRUIT (LEMON, ORANGE, ETC) 
         A SMALL ZINC STRIP 
         A SMALL COPPER STRIP 
         
          JUST STICK THE ZINC STRIP IN ONE END OF A LEMON AND A COPPER STRIP IN THE 
         OTHER. YOU NOW HAVE A 1.5 VOLT BATTERY! JUST ATTACH THE WIRES TO THE COPPER & 
         ZINC STRIPS... 
         
         
         EXP #3: GENERATING CHLORINE GAS 
          
         THIS IS SLIGHTLY MORE DANGEROUS THAN THE OTHER TWO EXPERIMENTS, SO YOU 
         SHOULD KNOW WHAT YOU'RE DOING BEFORE YOU TRY THIS.. 
          






          EVER WONDER WHY AMMONIA BOTTLES ALWAYS SAY 'DO NOT MIX WITH CHLORINE BLEACH', 
         AND VISA-VERSA? THAT'S BECAUSE IF YOU MIX AMMONIA WATER WITH AJAX OR 
         SOMETHING LIKE IT, IT WILL GIVE OFF CHLORINE GAS. TO CAPTURE IT, GET A 
         LARGE BOTTLE AND PUT AJAX IN THE BOTTOM. THEN POUR SOME AMMONIA DOWN 
         INTO THE BOTTLE. SINCE THE CHLORINE IS HEAVIER THAN AIR, IT WILL STAY DOWN IN 
         THERE UNLESS YOU USE LARGE AMOUNTS OF EITHER AJAX OR AMMONIA (DON'T!). FOR 
         SOMETHING FUN TO DO WITH CHLORINE STAY TUNED.... 
          
          
         EXP #4: CHLORINE + TURPENTINE 
          
          TAKE A SMALL CLOTH OR RAG AND SOAK IT IN TURPENTINE. QUICKLY DROP IT INTO THE 
         BOTTLE OF CHLORINE. IT SHOULD GIVE OFF A LOT OF BLACK SMOKE AND PROBABLY START 
         BURNING... 
         
          
         EXP #5: GENERATING HYDROGEN GAS 
          
          TO GENERATE HYDROGEN, ALL YOU NEED IS AN ACID AND A METAL THAT WILL REACT 
         WITH THAT ACID. TRY VINEGAR (ACETIC ACID) WITH ZINC, ALUMINUM, MAGNESIUM, 
         ETC. YOU CAN COLLECT HYDROGEN IN SOMETHING IF YOU NOTE THAT IT IS 
         LIGHTER THAN AIR.... LIGHT A SMALL AMOUNT AND IT BURNS WITH A SMALL *POP*. 
          
          ANOTHER WAY OF CREATING HYDROGEN IS BY THE ELECTROLYSIS OF WATER. THIS 
         INVOLVES SEPERATING WATER (H2O) INTO HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN BY AN ELECTRIC 
         CURRENT. TO DO THIS, YOU NEED A 6-12 VOLT BATTERY, TWO TEST TUBES, A LARGE 
         BOWL, TWO CARBON ELECTRODES (TAKE THEM OUT OF AN UNWORKING 6-12 VOLT BATTERY), 
         AND TABLE SALT. DISSOLVE THE SALT IN A LARGE BOWL FULL OF WATER. SUBMERGE THE 
         TWO TEST TUBES IN THE WATER AND PUT THE ELECTRODES IN SIDE THEM,WITH THE MOUTH 
         OF THE TUBE AIMING DOWN. CONNECT THE BATTERY TO SOME WIRE GOING DOWN TO THE 
         ELECTRODES. THIS WILL WORK FOR A WHILE, BUT CHLORINE WILL BE GENERATED ALONG 
         WITH THE OXYGEN WHICH WILL UNDOUBTEDLY CORRODE YOUR COPPER WIRES LEADING TO 
         THE CARBON ELECTRODES... (THE TABLE SALT IS BROKEN UP INTO CHLORINE AND 
         SODIUM IONS, THE CHLORINE COMES OFF AS A GAS WITH OXYGEN WHILE SODIUM REACTS 
         WITH THE WATER TO FORM SODIUM HYDROXIDE....). THEREFORE, IF YOU CAN 
         GET YOUR HANDS ON SOME SULFURIC ACID, USE IT INSTEAD. IT WILL NOT AFFECT THE 
         REACTION OTHER THAN MAKING THE WATER CONDUCT ELECTRICITY. 
          
          
         EXP #6: HYRDOGEN + CHLORINE 
          
          TAKE THE TEST TUBE OF HYDROGEN AND COVER THE MOUTH WITH YOUR THUMB. KEEP 
         IT INVERTED, AND BRING IT NEAR THE BOTTLE OF CHLORINE (NOT ONE THAT HAS 
         REACTED WITH TURPENTINE). SAY "GOODBYE TEST TUBE", AND DROP IT INTO THE 
         BOTTLE. THE HYDROGEN AND CHLORINE SHOULD REACT AND POSSIBLY EXPLODE 
         (DEPENDING ON PURITY AND A MOUNT OF EACH GAS). AN INTERESTING THING ABOUT 
         THIS IS THEY WILL NOT REACT IF IT IS DARK AND NO HEAT OR OTHER ENERGY IS 
         AROUND. WHEN A LIGHT IS TURNED ON, ENOUGH ENERGY IS PRESENT TO CAUSE THEM 
         TO REACT... 
         
         EXP #7: PREPARATION OF OXYGEN 
         
         GET SOME HYDROGEN PEROXIDE (FROM A DRUG STORE) AND MANGANESE DIOXIDE (FROM 
         A BATTERY- IT'S A BLACK POWDER). MIX THE TWO IN A BOTTLE, AND THEY GIVE OFF 
         OXYGEN. IF THE BOTTLE IS STOPPERED, PRESSURE WILL BUILD UP AND SHOOT IT 






         OFF. TRY LIGHTING A WOOD SPLINT AND STICKING IT (WHEN ONLY GLOWING) INTO 
         THE BOTTLE. THE OXYGEN WILL MAKE IT BURST INTO FLAME. EXPERIMENT WITH IT. 
         THE OXYGEN WILL ALLOW THINGS TO BURN BETTER... 
          
         EXP #8: ALCOHOL 
          
          BUY SOME RUBBING ALCOHOL IN A DRUG STORE. USUALLY THIS IS EITHER 70% OR 
         99% ALCOHOL AND BURNS JUST GREAT. YOU CAN SOAK A TOWEL IN WATER AND THEN IN 
         ACOHOL, LIGHT THE TOWEL, AND WHEN IT FINISHES BURNING THE ALCOHOL, THE FLAME 
         SHOULD GO OUT AND LEAVE THE TOWEL UNHARMED. NICE FOR "PARTY TRICKS", ETC. 
         
         EXP #9: IODINE? 
         
         TINCTURE OF IODINE CONTAINS MAINLY ALCOHOL AND A LITTLE IODINE. TO 
         SEPERATE THEM, PUT THE TINCTURE OF IODINE IN A METAL LID TO A BOTTLE AND 
         HEAT IT OVER A CANDLE. HAVE A STAND HOLDING ANOTHER METAL LID DIRECTLY OVER 
         THE TINCTURE (ABOUT 4-6 INCHES ABOVE IT) WITH ICE ON TOP OF IT. THE ALCOHOL 
         SHOULD EVAPORATE, AND THE IODINE SHOULD SUBLIME, BUT SHOULD REFORM IODINE 
         CRYSTALS ON THE COLD METAL LID DIRECTLY ABOVE. IF THIS WORKS(I HAVEN'T TRIED), 
         YOU CAN USE THE IODINE ALONG WITH HOUSEHOLD AMMONIA TO FORM NITROGEN 
         TRIIODIDE (DISCUSSED IN ARTICLE #1). 
          
         EXP #10: GRAIN-ELEVATOR EXPLOSION! 
          
         WANT TO TRY YOUR OWN 'GRAIN-ELEVATOR EXPLOSION'? GET A CANDLE AND SOME 
         FLOUR... LIGHT THE CANDLE AND PUT SOME FLOUR IN YOUR HAND. TRY VARIOUS WAYS OF 
         GETTING THE FLOUR TO LEAVE YOUR HAND AND BECOME DUST RIGHT OVER THE CANDLE 
         FLAME. THE ENORMOUS SURFACE AREA ALLOWS ALL THE TINY DUST PARTICLES TO BURN, 
         WHICH THEY DO AT ABOUT THE SAME TIME, COMBINING TO FORM A FIREBALL EFFECT. IN 
         GRAIN ELEVATORS, MUCH THE SAME THING HAPPENS. IF YOU CAN GET YOUR HANDS ON 
         SOME LYCOPODIUM POWDER, DO. THIS WILL WORK MUCH BETTER, CREATING HUGE 
         FIREBALLS THAT ARE UNEXPECTED. 
          
          
         THAT'S ENOUGH FOR NOW... MORE TO COME 
          
          
          
                             >> MX148 40 mm grenade launcer << 
          
         Manufacturer: Department of the United States Army 
          
         Calibre:                  40 mm 
         Dimensions:               Length 41.9 cm 
                                   Barrel length 25.4 cm 
         Weight:                   1.4 kg 
         Range:                    400 m 
         Sight:                    Articulated arm with adjust- 
                                     able rear aperture and bost 
                                     foresight 
         Operation:                Breech loader, manual 
         Muzzle velocity:          74.5 m/sec 
         Ammunition:               Cased projectiles 
          
         This is a low-weight, 40 mm grenade launcher for 






         use in conjunction with the M16 and M16A1 rifles. 
         It is manually loaded by pushing the pistol-grip and 
         barrel assembly forward, and insertion a round into 
         the exposed chamber. The weapon is then closed and 
         manually cocked by pulling back on a cocking handle. 
         The trigger extends back on the right-hand side to a 
         position just forward and below the rifle trigger. The sight 
         in an articulated adjustable rear aperture and post fore- 
         sight combination, graduated for rangers out to 450 m. 
         Though this weapon was used in small numbers during 
         the Vietnam war it was never fully adopted and was 
         subsequently superseded by the M203. 
         
                         >>>> in service in small numbers, but ((-obsolescent-)) 
         
               written by:   THE NAPALM BABY 
               more text files to come in the WW /// SERIES 
         
         
                                             
                           HOW TO MAKE A WORKING LETTER-BOMB  
                                          BY                   
                                   THE REBEL WARHEAD           
                                               
          
          
           LETTER BOMBS ARE VERY SIMPLE TO MAKE, BUT THE DIFFICULT PART IS MAKING SURE 
         IT WILL DETONATE PROPERLY, OR THAT IT IS NOT OBVIOUS THAT IT IS A BOMB. 
          
         MIXTURES: 
          
           ABOUT 75% ALUMINUM POWDER WITH 25% IRON POWDER IS BEST.  THIS IS A LIGHT 
         VERSION OF THERMITE, SINCE IT IS IN AN ENCLOSED SPACE (THE ENVELOPE, AS 
         DESCRIBED BELOW A WAYS). 
           MIX THE ABOVE WELL.  THE IDEA IS THIS:  IRON CAN BURN, AT A VERY HIGH 
         TEMPERATURE, BUT IT NEEDS A LITTLE HELP. THIS IS WHAT THE ALUMINUM IS 
         FOR. ALUMINUM BURNS AT A RELATIVELY LOW TEMPERATURE, SO IT IS USED AS A 
         CATALYST OF SORTS. MAGNESIUM IS USED TO FLASH-IGNITE THE ALUMINUM, WHICH 
         THEN BURNS THE IRON, AT A SUITABLE TEMPERATURE. SINCE THIS IS GOING OFF 
         IN AN ENCLOSED SPACE, IT WILL BURN MUCH HOTTER AND SLOWER AND WITH MORE 
         VIOLENCE THAN A NORMAL MIX. I ADVISE YOU PLAY WITH THIS FOR A WHILE, 
         LEARNING YOUR MIXTURE. 
          
         NOW FOR THE FUN STUFF: 
         
         GET AN INSULATED (PADDED) ENVELOPE, THE TYPE THAT IS DOUBLE LAYERED. 
         SEPERATE THE LAYERS. IN THE INNER LAYER GOES THE WONDERFUL MIXTURE, 
         ONE YOU ARE SATISFIED WITH. KEEP THIS SECTION SEPARATE, BUT IT MIGHT 
         BE HANDLE TO TOP IT OFF WITH SOME MAGNESIUM. THE OUTER LAYER CAN BE 
         EITHER MAGNESIUM, FOR A FLASH BOMB, OR POSSIBLY A MATERIAL OF YOUR OWN 
         CHOICE. 
          
         NOW FOR THE DIFFICULT PART! 
         
         THE FUSE...   WE CAN MAKE A FUSE FROM ANOTHER SET OF CHEMICALS: 






         IODINE CRYSTALS, AND AMONIUM HYDROXIDE, IN LIQUID FORM. MIX THESE TOGETHER, 
         IN ABOUT AND EQUAL AMOUNT, BUT YOU MIGHT WANT TO USE A HEAVY AMOUNT OF 
         IODINE IF PRESSED FOR TIME. THESE FORM A NEW CRYSTALLINE STRUCTURE, ABOUT 
         AND INCH LONG. THESE ARE HIGHLY VOLATILE, AND I ADVISE KEEPING THEM 
         PROTECTED. THEY HAVE ABOUT THE IMPACT POWER OF AN M-100 FOR A TEASPOON. 
         I PUT THESE IN A PROTECTIVE CARD-BOARD LINING, AND PUT THEM AT THE TOP OF 
         THE ENVELOPE. RIG THIS SO IT PUTS PRESSURE ON THE CRYTALS WHEN THE 
         PACKAGE IS OPENED, BUT NOT FROM JUST SQUEEZING THE ENVELOPE. THIS IS 
         TRICKY, AND I CAN'T EXPLAIN IT HERE. SEAL THIS UP, AND YOU HAVE A WORKING 
         LETTER BOMB.   BY THE WAY, SINCE THE BULK OF LETTER 
         BOMBS ARE EASILY RECOGNIZABLE, THEY RARELY MAKE IT PAST THE POST OFFICE. 
         
         ***** 
         I FROWN UPON THE USE OF LETTER BOMBS AS A MEANS OF GETTING EVEN BECAUSE 
         YOU NEVER KNOW WHO IT IS GOING TO DETONATE AROUND, OR THAT IT WILL 
         EVEN BE THEM.  THERE ARE SIMPLER WAYS OF GETTING EVEN, SO TAKE ONE OF THEM. 
         IT IS ALSO A FEDERAL OFFENCE TO MAKE AND SEND ONE.  PROCEDE AT YOUR OWN 
          
         RISK. 
         ***** 
         HOW TO AVOID LETTER BOMBS: 
         SINCE YOU MADE IT THIS FAR INTO THE FILE, I WILL TELL YOU HOW TO AVOID 
         BEING DETONATED WITH A LETTER BOMB YOU MAY HAVE HAD SENT TO YOU. 
          
         1)  NEVER OPEN A LETTER BOMB THE WAY IT WANTS TO BE OPENED!  THIS IS 
             THE WAY OF POSSIBLY AVOIDING THE FUSE.  IF IT IS SET TO DETONATE 
             ON CONTACT WITH AIR, THEN THIS WILL NOT WORK. 
         2)  DON'T SQUEEZE, BEND, OR ANYTHING! 
         3)  IF IT LOOKS LIKE A BOMB, THEN DON'T EVEN TOUCH IT!  THIS IS 
              THE BEST WAY TO AVOID PROBLEMS! 
          
                       
                                  ==>/HOW TO MAKE M-80'S\<==           
          
           
            This file deals with how to make M-80's or similair type small explos- 
         ive charges that make LOUD noises. 
           
            The hardest part with making M-80's is the powder.  The kind of powder that 
         you want is the silver type used in  firecrackers.  It is made of Potassium 
         Perchlorate KCIO , Aluminium & Sulfur. You can take apart firecrackers...or, 
         you can make it out of the above ingredients.  Get each of these in as fine 
         of powder as you can.  Obtain a postage or any small scale and mix them BY  
         WEIGHT in the folloing ratios. 
           
         1 pt.  - Powdered sulfur 
         1 pt.  - Powdered Aluminium 
         2 pts. - Potassium Perchlorate KCIO 
                                            4 
           
         DO NOT use potassium chlorate, it will explode violently when mixed with  
         sulfur. 
           
         Stir the powder well with a piece of wood in a plastic bowl. 
           






           
            Next, you will need something to  contain the powder in.  Get some thick 
         cardboard tubing with a diameter of 1/2 to 3/4"  You can find tubing anywhere. 
         I have found a gold mine where I work, I just grab the Cardboard tubes regis- 
         ter receipt tape is wrapped around. The thicker the sides of the tube are, 
         the better.  The actual M-80 I have. (Not Home Made) is 1 1/2" long and has 
         a diameter of 1/2". 
           
            Third, you will need fuse, where I live, a sporting goods store sells it 
         under the name to cannon fuse for 15 cents a foot, but it really should be 
         Waterproof fuse.  You can pull it out of any number of fireworks. 
           
            If you have gotten all that, now you need end-plugs.  I personally use one 
         of those hot melt glue guns.  Works great.  You can use Elmers Glue-All but 
         it takes a long time to dry.  Or, you can get a piece of wood dowel that  
         telescopes into your tube, cut 1/4" thick discs and smear Elmer's on them 
           
         To Assemble: 
           
            Put in one endplug, with whatever method you are using, let it dry, 
         harden or whatever it has to do. Drill your fuse hole in the center of the  
         tube.  Put in the fuse and pour the powder in.  Put in the other endplug. 
         Glue or whatever and Viola, a M-80. Don't worry about pouring hot glue on 
         the powder mixture, it won't ignite. 
          
            I have never had a homemade M-80 I wasn't proud of. The powder mixture  
         detailed above has some astonishing capabillity.  Use the above well, and 
         try not to hurt yourself (or anyone else.)  unless you hate them that is... 
          
          
                                >Mace Substitute< 
             3 PARTS: Alchohol 
           1/2 PARTS: Iodine 
           1/2 PARTS: Salt 
          
          Or: 
          
             3 PARTS: Alchohol 
             1 PARTS: Iodized Salt (Mortons) 
          
          It's not actual mace, but it does a damn good job on the eyes... 
          
          
                                >CO2 Canister Bomb< 
          
           Take a Co2 canister and cut the top almost off but leave a little to form a 
         hinge. Let out the Co2 and insert a M80 into it. Insert fuse throught hole in 
         top. Close the top by welding or epoxy glue.When ready to ignite just light... 
         Pretty neat eh? 
          
          
                                >Unstable Explosives< 
          
           Mix solid Nitric Iodine with househould ammonia.Wait overnight and then pour 
         off the liquid. You will be left with a muddy substance. Let this dry till it 






         hardens.  Now throw it at something!!!! 
          
          
                                 >Jug Bomb< 
          
           Take a glass jug, and put 3 to 4 drops of gasoline into it. Then put the cap 
         on, and swish the gas around so the inner surface of the jug is coated.  Then 
         add a few drops of potassium permanganate solution into it and cap it. To blow 
         it up, either throw it at something, or roll it at something. 
          
          
                                >Hindenberg Bomb< 
          
         Needed: 
           
         1 Balloon 
         1 Bottle 
         1 Liquid Plumr 
         1 Piece Aluminum Foil 
         1 Length Fuse 
           
          Fill the bottle 3/4 full with Liquid Plumr and add a little piece of aluminum 
         foil to it. Put the balloon over the neck of the bottle until the balloon is 
         full of the resulting gas.  This is highly flammable hydrogen. Now tie the 
         baloon.  Now light the fuse, and let it rise. When the fuse contacts the 
         balloon, watch out!! 
           
                                 >Improvising Blach Powder< 
           
              Black powder can be prepared in a simple, safe manner.  It may be 
         used as blasting or gun powder. 
          
         Material required: 
         ----------------- 
           
         potassium nitrate, granulated, 3 cups 
         wood charcoal, powdered, 2 cups 
         sulfur, powdered, 1/2 cup 
         alcohol, 5 pints (whiskey, rubbing alcohol, etc.) 
         Water, 3 cups 
         heat source 
         2  buckets -- each 2 gallon capacity, at least one of which is heat 
                      resistant (metal, ceramic, etc.) 
         Flat window screening, at least 1 ft. Square 
         large wooden stick 
         cloth, at least 2 ft. Square 
           
           
         note: the above amounts will yield 2 ounds of black powder.  However, 
               only the ratios of the amounts of the ingredients are important. 
               Thus, for twice as much black powder, double all quantities 
               used. 
           
         Procedure: 
         --------- 






           
         1) place alcohol in one of the buckets 
           
         2) place potassium nitrate, charcoal, and sulfur in the heat resistant 
            bucket.  Add 1 cup water and mix thoroughly with wooden stick until 
            all ingredients are dissolved. 
           
         3) Add remaining water (2 cups) to mixture.  Place bucket on heat 
            source and stir until small bubbles begin to form. 
           
         Caution:  do not boil mixture.  Be sure all mixture stays wet.  If any 
                   is dry, as on sides of pan, it may ignite. 
           
         4) Remove bucket from heat and pour mixture into alcohol while 
            stirring vigorously 
           
         5) let alcohol stand about 5 minutes. Strain mixture through cloth to 
            obtain black powder.  Discard liquid. Wrap cloth around black 
            powder and squeeze to remove all excess liquid. 
           
         6) Place screening over dry bucket. Place workable amount of damp 
            powder on screen and granulate by rubbing solid through screen 
           
         note: if granulated particles appear to stick together and change 
               shape, recombine entire batch of powder and repeat steps 5 & 6. 
           
         7) Spread granulated powder on flat dry surface so that layer about 
            1/2 inch is formed.  Allow to dry.  Use radiator , or direct 
            sunlight.  This should be dried as soon as possible, preferably in 
            one hour.  The longer the drying period, the less effective the 
            black powder. 
          
         Caution: remove from heat as soon as granules are dry.  Black powder is now 
                 ready for use. 
          
          
                                >FIREBOMBS< 
          
           Most fire bombs are simply gasoline filled bottles with a fuel soaked rag in 
         the mouth (the bottle's mouth, not yours). The original Molotov cocktail, and 
         still about the best, was a mixture of one part gasoline and one part motor 
         oil. The oil helps it to cling to what it splatters on. 
            Some use one part roofing tar and one part gasoline. Fire bombs have been 
         {found whcih were made by pouring melted wax into gasoline. 
           
           
                                 >NAPALM< 
           
             About the best fire bomb is napalm. It has a thick consistancy, like jam 
         and is best for use on vehilces or buildings. 
           
             Napalms is simply one part gasoline and one part soap. The soap is either 
         soap flakes or shreddedbar soap. Detergents won't do. 
           
            The gasoline must be heated in order for the soap to melt. The usual way is 






         with a double boiler where the top part has at least a two-quart capicity. The 
         water in the bottom part is brought to a boil and the double boiler is taken 
         from the stove and carried to where there is no flame. 
           
            Then one part, by volume, of gasoline is put in the top part and allowed to 
         heat up much as it will and the soap is added and the mess is stirred until it 
         thickens. A better way to heat gasoline is to fill a bathtub with water as hot 
         as you can get it. It will hold its heat longer and permit a much larger 
         container than will the double boiler. 
          
          
                                  >MATCH HEAD BOMB< 
          
           Simple safety match heads in a pipe, capped at both ends, make a devestating 
         bomb. It is set off with a regular fuse 
          
           A plastic Baggie is put into the pipe before the heads go in to prevent 
         detonation by contact with the metal. 
           
            Cutting enough match heads to fill the pipe can be tedious work for one but 
         an evening's fun for the family if you can drag them away from dhe TV. 
           
           
                                >FUSE IGNITION FIRE BOMB< 
           
           A four strand homemade fuse is used for this. It burns like fury. It is held 
         down and concealed by a strip of bent tin cut from a can. The exposed end of 
         the fuse is dipped into the flare igniter. To use this one, you light the fuse 
         and hold the fire bomb until the fuse has burned out of sight under the tin. 
         Then throw it and when it breaks, the burning fuse will ignite the contents. 
           
                                   -=] Smoke Bomb [=- 
                                   --- ----- ---- --- 
          
         Mix: 
          4 parts sugar 
          6 parts potassium nitrate 
          
         Heat: 
         over low flame till melts stir well, then pour into container. Before 
          it soldifies, put a few matches in for fuses. 
           
          *One pound of this stuff will fill a block nicely with a thick cloud 
           of white smoke* 
          
                                  -=] Generic bomb [=- 
                                  --- ------- ---- --- 
           
         1) Aquire a glass container 
         2) Put in a few drops of gasoline 
         3) Cap the top 
         4) Now turn the condainer around to coat the inner surfaces and then 
            evaporates 
         5) Add a few drops of potassium permanganate (<-Get this stuff from a 
            snake bite kit) 






         6) The bomb is detonated by throwing aganist a solid object. 
           
          *AFTER THROWING THIS THING RUN LIKE HELL THIS THING PACKS ABOUT 1/2 
          STICK OF DYNAMITE* 
          
          
                                 >Electronic Terrorism< 
          
             It starts when a big, dumb lummox rudely insults you.  Being of a 
         rational, intelligent disposition, you wisely choose to avoid a 
         (direct) confrontation.  But as the butthead laughs in your face, you smile 
         inwardly---your revenge is already planned. 
           
         Step 1:  follow your victim to his locker, car, or house.  Once you 
                  have chosen your target site, lay low for a week or more, 
                  letting your anger boil. 
           
         Step 2:  in the mean time, assemble your versatile terrorist 
                 kit(details below.) 
         
         Step 3:  plant your kit at the designated target site on a monday 
                  morning between the hours of 4:00 am and 6:00 am.  Include a 
                  calm, suggestive note that quietly hints at the possibility 
                  of another attack.  Do not write it by hand!  An example of 
                  an effective note: 
           
                                 "don't be such a dick, or the 
                                 next one will take off your 
                                 dick.  Have a nice day." 
           
                 Notice how the calm tone instills fear.  As if written by a 
                 homicidal psychopath. 
           
         Step 5:  choose a strategic location overlooking the target site.  Try 
                  to position yourself in such a way that you can see his 
                  facial contortions. 
           
         myStep 6:  sit back and enjoy the fireworks! 
           
           
         Assembly of the versatile, economic, and effective terrorist kit #1: 
           
         the parts you'll need are: 
          1) 4 aa batteries 
          2) 1 9-volt battery 
          3) 1 spdt mini relay (radio shack) 
          4) 1 rocket engine(smoke bomb or m-80) 
          5) 1 solar ignitor (any hobby store) 
          6) 1 9-volt battery connector 
           
         step 1:  take the 9-volt battery and wire it through the relay's coil. 
                  This circuit should also include a pair of contacts that when 
                  separated cut off this circuit.  These contacts should be 
                  held together by trapping them between the locker,mailbox, or 
                  car door.  Once the door is opened, the contacts fall apart 






                  and the 9-volt circuit is broken, allowing 
                  the relay to fall to the closed postion thus closing the 
                  ignition circuit. (If all this is confusing take a look at 
                  the schematic below.) 
           
         Step 2:  take the 4 aa batteries and 
                  wire them in succession.  Wire the positive terminal of one 
                  to the negative terminal of another, until all four are 
                  connected except one positive terminal and one negative 
                  terminal.  Even though the four aa batteries only combine to 
                  create 6 volts, the increase in amperage is necessary to 
                  activate the solar ignitor quickly and effectively. 
           
         Step 3:  take thebattery pack (made in step 2) and wire one end of it 
                  to the relay's single pole and the other end to one prong of 
                  the solar ignitor.  Then wRore the other prong of the solar 
                  ignitor back to the open position on the relay. 
           
         Step 4:  using double sided carpet tape mount the kit in his locker, 
                  mailbox, or car door.  And last, insert the solar ignitor 
                  into the rocket engine (smoke bomb or m-80). 
           
                               Your kit is now complete! 
           
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                                           Diagram:
                                  ZDDDDDDD~><~DDDDDDD? 
                                  3    (CONTACTS)    3 
                                  3                  3 
                                  3                 -3- (9  VOLT) 
                                  3                 [2[ (BATTERY) 
                                  3                 -3- 
                                  3                  3 
                                  3      (COIL)      3 
                                  @DDDD~///////~DDDDDY 
                                       ZDDDDDDDDDD? 
                                      ZY         ZY
                                     ZY          @? 
                                    ZY            3 
                                (SWI~CH)~?        3 
                                         3        3 
                                         3       -3- (BATTERY) 
                                         3       111 ( PACK  ) 
                                         3       -3- 
                                         3  IM;   3 
                                         3  :1:   3 
                                         @DD61GDDDY 






                                            ~~~ 
                                            @DY
                                       (SOLAR IGNITOR) 
           
         That's it!  Become your own little terrorist! 
          
          
                         ==>/How to Make and Use Nitroglycerin\<==  
          
           
         CH2ONO2 
         !                    3/2 N2 + 3 CO2 
         CHONO2  ---------->     + 
         !        Ignition    5/2 H2O + 1/4 O2 
         CH2ONO2 
           
         (How Nitro explodes--note that the by products are nothing but nitrogen, 
         carbon dioxide, water and oxygen) 
          
         :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 
           
              Nitroglycerin [heretofore Nitro] is a very powerful high- 
         explosive.  I am not sure who invented it but he probably didn't-- 
         the first person to make it probably blew himself up and his 
         freind got the info off his notes. Well anyway, the next best thing to 
         Nitro is TNT which is ten times harder to make but also ten times 
         safer to make.  If you can't use common sense then dont even TRY 
         to make this stuff--a few drops can blow off your hand in the right 
         circumstances. 
        
         ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 
        
        
              To make Nitro: 
              == ==== ====== 
           
              Mix 100 parts fuming nitric acid (for best results it should have a 
         specific gravity of 50 degrees Baume') with 200 parts sulphuric acid.  This 
         is going to be HOT at first--it won't splatter if you pour the nitric INTO 
         the sulphuric but don't try it the other way around.  The acid solutions 
         together can disolve flesh in a matter of seconds so take the proper measures 
         for God's sake!!!  When cool, add 38 parts glycerine as slowly as possible. 
         Let it trickle down the sides of the container into the acids or it won't 
         mix thourily and the reaction could go to fast--which causes enough heat 
         to ignite the stuff.  Stir with a **GLASS** rod for 15 seconds or so 
         then CARFULLY pour it into 20 times it's *VOLUME* of water.  It will 
         visibly precipitate immediatly. there will be twice as much Nitro as you 
         used glycerin and it is easy to separate.  Mix it with baking soda 
         as soon as you have separated it-- this helps it not to go off 
         spontainously. 
         
         NOTES:  Parts are by weight and the Baume' scale of spicific gravity can 
         be found in most chem. books.  You can get fuming nitric and sulfuric 
         acids wherever good chemicals or fertilizers are sold.  It is 
         positivly *STUPID* to make more than 200 grams of Nitro at a time. 






         When mixing the stuff wear goggles, gloves, etc.  When I first made 
         the stuff I had the honor of having it go off by itself (I added too 
         much glycerine at a time.)  I was across the room at the time, but 
         I felt the impact--so did the table it was on as well as the window it 
         was next to--they were both smashed by only 25 grams in an open bowl. 
         Oh, yes, glycerine you can get at any pharmacy and you need an adult 
         signature for the acids.  Any bump can make Nitro go off if you don't 
         add the bicarbonate of (baking) soda--but even with that, if it 
         gets old I wouldn't play catch with it. 
           
         :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 
           
              Once you have made the Nitro and saturated it with Bicarb. you can make 
         a really powerful explosive that won't go off by itself by simply mixing it 
         with as much cotton as you can and then saturating that with molten 
         (but as cool as possible, of course) parifine--just enough to make it 
         sealed and hard.  Typically, use the same amounts (by weight) of each 
         Nitro, cotton and parifine.  This, when wrapped in newspaper, was once 
         known as "Norbin & Ohlsson's Patent Dynamite," but that was back in 1896. 
           
         ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 
          
          
                                 HOW TO MAKE A PIPE BOMB     
          
          
          
         1) GO TO YOUR LOCAL HARDWARE STORE AND TELL THE GUY THAT IS HELPING YOU 
         THAT YOU WANT A PIECE OF STEEL PIPE ONE FOOT LONG. AND ALSO THAT YOU WANT 
         THE ENDS THREADED AND YOU ALSO WANT CAPS TO PUT ON THE END. 
         
         2) NOW GET AHOLD OF A BABYFOOD JAR. MAKE SURE THAT THE JAR WILL FIT DOWN 
         THE PIPE REAL EASY LIKE. FILL THE BABYJAR WITH EVERYDAY VINEGAR. MAKE 
         SURE THE TOP IS SCREWED ON REAL TIGHT. **IF IT IS LOOSE YOU WILL BLOW YOUR 
         HAND OFF** 
          
         3)NOW CAP ONE END OF YOUR PIPE WITH ONE OF THE CAPS THAT YOU SHOULD HAVE 
         PICKED UP WITH THE PIPE. IF YOU KNOW OF SOMEONE WITH A WIELDER, HAVE HIM 
         WIELD A BEAD AROUND THE THREADS AFTER YOU HAVE IT CAPPED. 
          
         4)PUT SOME SMALL SHARP ROCKS DOWN THE END OF THE PIPE AND THEN SLIDE THE 
         BABYJAR DOWN INSIDE SO THE GLASS END IS AGAINST THE LITTLE ROCKS. NOW 
         EMPTY A MEDIUM BOX OF ARM AND HAMMER BAKING SODA INTO THE PIPE. CAP THE 
         OTHER END OF THE PIPE AND IF YOU CAN WIELD IT, THEN GO FOR IT. 
         **BE FUCKING CAREFUL** YOU MIGHT BREAK THE JAR INSIDE AND YOU WON'T 
         KNOW THAT YOU BROKE IT UNTIL YOU  SEE YOUR HAND FLY OFF!!! 
          
         5)NOW, WHEN YOU WANT TO BLOW SOMETHING UP, JUST SMACK THE END OF THE PIPE   
         THAT SENDS THE JAR INSIDE DOWN AGAINST THE SMALL ROCKS. OH YEAH, SMACK IT 
         AGAINST SOME CONCREAT. THIS BREAKS THE JAR AND THE VINEGAR AND BAKING 
         SODA MIX TOGETHER AND BUILDS UP PRESSURE. WHEN IT GETS TO THE  
         CRITICAL POINT....WHAMMY!!!! 
          
         ******IMPORTANT****** 
          






         AFTER YOU HIT THE PIPE AGAINST THE GROUND, GET THE HELL RID OF IT!!! 
         TOSS IT INTO SOMEONES CAR OR SOMEWHERE. SOMETIMES. IT TAKES FIVE MINUTS FOR 
         IT TO GO OFF. SOMETIMES TWO. BUT IT WILL GO OFF! TRUST ME! 
          
                 
          
                           Kitchen Improvised Platic Explosives 
                                           RDX                                     
                                  Agrajag The Prolonged 
          
              This is the second in a series of articles dealing with the production of 
         plastic explosives.  This article will cover step by step (SXS?) instructions 
         on how to make RDX, which is the main ingrediant in the rest of the plastic 
         explosives I will cover. The information in this and all of the other articles 
         dealing with the production of plastic explosives was orignally written by 
         written by Tim Lewis in a book called,"Kitchen Improvised Plastic Explosives". 
         I will give the address to send for this and many other books and the end of 
         this article. 
         
              THE PRODUCTION OF RDX IS VERY DANGEROUS IF YOU DON'T KNOW WHAT YOU ARE 
         DOING. DO NOT ATTEMPT ANY OF THIS IF YOU WISH TO LIVE TILL YOUR NEXT BIRTHDAY! 
         
              Since the first part of WWII the armed forces of the United States has 
         been searching for the perfect plastique explosives to be used in demolition 
         work.  This search lead to the development of the 'C' composition plastique 
         explosives.  Of this group C-4 being the lastest formulation that has been 
         readily adopted by the armed forces.  This formulation was preceded by C-3, 
         C-2, and C.     In this series of articles, I will 
          cover all these explosives in theirchronological progression as they were  
         developed and standardized by the armedforces.  All these explosives are cyclo 
         nite or R.D.X. base with variousplastisizing agents used to achieve the 
          desired product.     This plastisizer, usually composes 
          7%-20% of the total weight of theplastique. 
              Cyclotrimethylenetrinittrime or cyclonite is manufactured in bulk by the 
         nitration of hexamethylenetetramine, (methenamine, hexamine, etc., etc.) with 
         strong red 100% nitric acid.     The hardest part of this reaction  
         is obtaining this red nitric acid.  It will most likely have to be made.  More 
          on this later. 
              Hexamine or methenamine can usually be bought in bulk quantities or 
         hexamine fuel bars for camp stoves can be used but they end up being very 
         explensive.  To use the fuel bars the need to be powered before hand. 
              The hexamine can also be made with common ammonia water (30%) and the 
         commonly avaliable 36% formaldehyde solution. To make this componant place 185 
         grams of clear ammonia water in a shallow pyrex dish.  To this add 500 ml. of 
        the formaldehyde solution to the ammonia water.  Allow this to evaporate and 
         when the crystals are all that remains in the pan place the pan in the oven on 
         the lowest heat that the oven has. This should be done only for a moment or so 
         to drive off any remaining water.  These crystals are scraped up and placed in 
         a airtight jar to store them until they are used. 
              To make the red nitric acid you will need to buy a retort with a ground 
         glass stopper.  In the retort place 32 grams sulfuric acid, (98%-100%), and to 
         this add 68 grams of potassium nitrate or 58 grams of sodium nitrate.  Gently 
         heating this retort will generate a red gas called nitrogen trioxide. THIS GAS 
         IS HIGHLY POISONOUS AND THIS STEP, AS WITH ALL OTHER STEPS,SHOULD BE DONE WITH 
         GOOD VENTILATION.     This nitric acid that is formed wi 






         ll collect in the neck of the retort and form droplets that'll run down the in 
         side of the neck of the retort and should be caught in a beaker cooled by  
         being surrounded by ice water. 
         
              This should be heated till no more collects in the neck of the retort and 
         the nitric acid quits dripping out of the neck into the beaker. 
              This acid should be stored until enough acid is generated to produce the 
         required size batch which is determined by the person producing the ecplosive. 
         Ofcourse the batch can be larger or smaller but the same rations should be 
         maintained. 
              To make R.D.X. place 550 grams of  the nitric acid produced by the above 
         procedure in a 1000 ml. beaker in a salted bath.  50 grams of hexamine, 
         (methenamine) is added in small portions making sure that the temperature of 
         the acid DOES NOT GO ABOVE 30 DEGREES CELCIUS.  This temperature can be 
         monitored by placing a thermometer directly in the acid mixture.  During this 
         procedure a vigerous stirring should be maintained.  If the temperature 
         approches 30 degrees, IMMEDIATLY STOP THE ADDITION OF THE HEXAMINE until the 
         temperature drops to an acceptable level. 
              After the addition is complete continue the stirring and allow the 
         temperature to drop to 0 degrees celcius and allow it to stay there for 20 
         minutes coninuing the vigerous stirring.  After the 20 minutes are up, pour 
         this acid-hexamine mixture into 1000 ml. of finely crushed ice and water. 
         Crystals should form and are filtered out of the liquid. 
              The crystals that are filtered out are R.D.X. and will need to have all 
         traces of the acid removed.  To remove this trace of acid, first wash these 
        crystals by putting them in ice water and shaking and refiltering.  These 
         crystals are then placed in a little boiling water and filtered. Place them in 
         some warm water and check the acidity for the resultant suspension with litmus 
         paper.  You want it to read between 6 and 7 on the Ph scale. If there is still 
         acid in these crystals reboil them in fresh water until the acid is gone and 
         the litmus paper shows them between 6 and 7, (the closer to 7 the better). 
              To be safe these crystals should be stored water wet until ready for use. 
         THESE CRYSTALS ARE A VERY HIGH EXPLOSIVE AND SHOULD BE TREATED WITH RESPECT 
         THEY DESERVE!  This explosive is much more powerful than T.N.T. 
              To use,these will need to be dryed for some manufaturing processes in the 
         next few articles.  To dry these crystals, place them in a pan and spread them 
         out and allow the water to evaporate off them until the are completely dry. 
             This explosive will detonate in this dry form when pressed into a mold to 
         a density of 1.55 grams cubed, at a velocity of 8550 M/second! 
                              ZDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD?
                              3 COMPARISON OF DETONATION VELOCITIES 3
             IMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMOMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMOMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM; 
        8600 :                                                                        : 
        8500 :             1111111111                                                 : 
        8400 :             1111111111                                                 : 
        8300 :             1111111111                                                 : 
        8200 :             1111111111                                                 : 
        8100 :             1111111111                                      1111111111 : 
        8000 :             1111111111                                      1111111111 : 
        7900 :             1111111111  1111111111                          1111111111 : 
        7800 :             1111111111  1111111111                          1111111111 : 
        7700 :             1111111111  1111111111              1111111111  1111111111 : 
        7600 :             1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111 : 
        7500 :             1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111 : 
        7400 :             1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111 : 






        7300 :             1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111 : 
        7200 :             1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111 : 
        7100 :             1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111 : 
        7000 :             1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111 : 
        6900 : 1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111 : 
        6800 : 1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111  1111111111 : 
             HMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM< 
                 T.N.T       R.D.X.       "C"        "C-2"       "C-3"      "C-4"      
          
                                         Live long and prosper, 
                                                 
         Agrajag 
          
         P.S. The information from above was obtained from a book, "Kitchen Improvised 
         Plastic Explosives", by Tim Lewis and the Information Publishing Company. 
         
         
                           ==>/Plastique Explosive frm Aspirin\<==  
                                          
                             Written by: The PUNISHER AND Lich 
         
          
          This explosive is a phenol dirivative. It is toxic and 
         explosive compounds made from picric acid are poisonous if 
         inhaled, ingested, or handled and absorbed through the skin. 
         The toxicity of this explosive restrict's its use due to the 
         fact that over exposure in most cases causes liver and kidney 
         failure and sometimes death if immediate treatment is not 
         obtained. 
          
          This explosive is a cousin to T.N.T. but is more powerful than 
         it's cousin. It's the first explosive used militarily and was 
         adopted in 1888 as an artillery shell filler. Originally this 
         explosive was derived from coal tar but thanx to modern 
         chemistry you can make this explosive easily in approximately 
         three hours from acetylsalicylic acid (aspirin purified). 
          
          This procedure involves dissolving the acetylsalicylic acid in 
         warm sulfuric acid and adding sodium or potassium nitrate which 
         nitrates the purified aspirin and the whole mixture drowned in 
         water and filtered to obtain the final product. This explosive 
         is called trinitrophenol. Care should be taken to ensure that 
         this explosive is stored in glass containers. Picric acid will 
         form dangerous salts when allowed to contact all metals exept 
         tin and aluminum. These salts are primary explosive and are 
         super sensitive. They also wall cause the detonation of the 
         picric acid. 
          
         Next needed is aspirin. The cheaper brands work best but 
         buffered brands should be avoided. Powder these tablets to a 
         fine consistancy.  To extract the acetylsalicylic acid from 
         this powder place this powder in methyl alcohol and stir 
         vigorously. Not all of the powder will dissolve. Filter this 
         powder out of the alcohol. Again wash this powder that was 
         filtered out of the alcohol with more alcohol but with a lesser 






         amount than the first extraction. Again filter the remaining 
         powder out of the alcohol. Combine the now clear alcohol and 
         allow it to evaporate in a pyrex dish. When the alcohol has 
         evaporated there will be a surprising amount of crystals in the 
         bottom of the pyrex dish. 
          
          Take fourty grams of these purified acetylsalicylic acid 
         crystals and dissolve them in 150 ml. of sulfuric acid (98%, 
         specify gravity 1.8) and heat to dissolve all the crystals. 
         This heating can be done in a common electric frying pan with 
         the thermostat set on 150 deg. F. and filled with a good 
         cooking oil. 
          
           When all the crystals have dissolved in the sulfuric acid 
         take the beaker, that you've done all this dissolving in (600 
         ml.), out of the oil bath. This next step will need to be done 
         with a very good ventilation system (it is a good idea to do 
         any chemistry work such as the whole procedure and any 
         procedure in this file with good ventilation or outside). 
         Slowly start adding 58 g. of sodium nitrate or 77 g. of 
         potassium nitrate to te acid mixture in the beaker very slowly 
         in small portions with vigorous stirring. A red gas (nitrogen 
         trioxide) will be formed and this should be avoided. The 
         mixture is likely to foam up and the addition should be stopped 
         until the foaming goes down to prevent the overflow of the acid 
         mixture in the beaker. When the sodium or potassium nitrate has 
         been added the mixture is allowed to cool somewhat (30- 
         40 deg. C.). The solution should then be dumped slowly into 
         twice it's volume of crushed ice and water. The brilliant 
         yellow crystals will form in the water.  These should be 
         filtered out and placed in 200 ml. of boiling distilled water. 
         This water is allowed to cool and then the crystals are then 
         filtered out of the water. These crystals are a very, very pure 
         trinitrophenol. These crystals are then placed in a pyrex dish 
         and places in an oil bath and heated to 80 deg. C. and held 
         there for 2 hours. This temperature is best maintained and 
         checked with a thermometer. The crystals are then powdered in 
         small quantities to a face powder consistency. These powdered 
         crystals are then mixed with 10% by weight wax and 5% vaseline 
         which are  to melting temperature and poured into the crystals. 
         The mixing is best done by kneading together with gloved hands. 
         This explosive should have a useful plsticity range of 0-40 
         deg. C.. The detonation velocity should be around 7000 m/sec.. 
         It is toxic to handle but simply made from common ingredients 
         and is suitable for most demolition work requiring a moderately 
         high detonation velocity. It is very suitable for shaped 
         charges and some steel cutting charges. It is not as good an 
         explosive as C-4 or other R.D.X. based explosives but it is 
         much easier to make. Again this explosive is very toxic and 
         should be treated with great care.  AVOID HANDLING BARE-HANDED, 
         BREATHING DUST AND FUMES, AVOID ANY CHANCE OF INGESTION. 
         AFTER UTENSILS ARE USED FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF THIS EXPLOSIVE 
         RETIRE THEM FROM THE KITCHEN AS THE CHANCE OF POISONING IS NOT 
         WORTH IT, IF MANUFACTURED AS ABOVE, AHOULD BE SAFE IN STORAGE 
         BUT WITH ANY HOMEMADE EXPLOSIVE STORAGE OS NOT RECOMENDED AND 






         EXPLOSIVES SHOULD BE MADE UP AS NEEDED. 
         A V O I D   C O N T A C T   W I T H   A L L   M E T A L S 
         E X E P T   T I N   A N D   A L U M I N U M ! ! ! 
         
         
                                   ==>/THERMITE\<==   
         
         THERMITE IS A COMPOUND THAT CAN BURN RIGHT THROUGH STEEL. IT BURNS HOT AND 
         IS VERY DIFFICULT TO PUT OUT. 
         
         INGREDIENTS:    IRON OXIDE (RUST) 
                        ALUMINUM FILINGS 
                        A MAGNESIUM FUSE 
         
         TO GET A HIGH QUALITY IRON OXIDE, TAKE A COMMON NAIL (NOT GALVINIZED) AND  
         ATTACH IT TO THE POSSITIVE SIDE OF A DC POWER SUPPLY (A USED CAR BATTERY OR 
         A TRAI TRANSFORMER IS PERFICT) HANG  THIS NAIL INTO A GLASS OF WATER AND  
         ATTACH ANOTHER WIRE TO THE NEGITIVE SIDE OF THE DC POWER AND HANG IT INTO 
         THE WATER, THEN ADD ABOUT A TEASPOON OF TABLE SALT AND LET IT SIT OVERNIGHT. 
         IN THE MORNIG YOU WILL HAVE A LOT OF RUST IN THE WATER; NOW DISCONNECT THE  
         DC POWER AND FILTER THE WATER AND SAVE THE RUST. HEAT IT IN A IRON SKILLET  
         UNTIL IT IS DRY AND TURNS A CONSISTANT SHADE OF BRIGHT RED. 
         THEN YOU NEED A SUPPLY A ALUMINUM  FILINGS. YOU CAN GET THESE BY EITHER 
         FILING A JAR OF ALUMINUM BY YOURSELF, OR BUYING ALUMINUM FILINGS AT THE  
         HARDWARE STORE. IN ANY EVENT, MAKE SURE THEY ARE FINE, AT LEAST 93% PURE. NOW 
         MIX THEM TOGETHER IN THIS RATIO:     
                                              
                   8 GRAMS OF RUST            
                   3 GRAMS OF ALUMINUM FILINGS 
         YOU HAVE JUST MADE THERMITE!!        
         THIS IS WHERE THE MAGNESIUM COMES IN. PUT A LENGTH OF MAGNESIUM RIBBON  
         (AVALIBLE AT HARDWARE STORES, OR  A CHEMICAL SUPPLY STORE) INTO THE PILE 
         OF THEMITE SO THAT IT LOOKS LIKE A FUSE LIKE A FUSE STICKING OUT. LIGHT THE  
         FUSE WITH A PROPANE BLOW TORCH AND STAND BACK. I WOULD SUGGEST A LONG WAY 
         BACK. WHEN THE MAGNESIUM REACHES THE THERMITE IT WILL IGNITE AND BURN 
         REAL GOOD. REMEMBER THIS STUFF CAN BURN RIGHT THROUGH HIGH GRADE CARBON STEEL 
          SO BE CARFUL. THE THING YOU ARE BURNIG WILL BE EXTREAMLY HOT SO LET IT COOL 
         OFF!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!               
                                              
         -------------- THE SPY ---------------- 
                                              
                                              
                                  [[   [[           [[[[      [[[[ 
                                 1[[[ [[[          [[ 1[[    [[11[[ 
                                 1[[[[[[[         1[[ 1[[   1[[ 1[[ 
                                 1[[1[1[[   [[[[  11[[[[    1[[ 1[[ 
                                 1[[1 1[[  1111    [[ 1[[   1[[ 1[[ 
                                 1[[  1[[         1[[ 1[[   1[[ 1[[ 
                                 1[[  1[[         11[[[[    11[[[[ 
                                 11   11           1111      1111
                                                         
                                 
                                    by: Anonymous Caller 
                                (Retired) 
         






                All information contained in this file is purely for academic 
                study. I am not responsible for any injuries/damages arising 
                from the use of this information. Good luck. 
         
                FLASH POWDER.  Is a chemical mixture that burns extremely fast. 
                The mixture burns so fast that it appears to burn instantly, 
                producing a bright flash of light. 
                Flash powder will produce an extremely loud explosion in 
                amounts larger than 4 ounces even when it is not contained. In 
                very small amounts flash powder will produce a very loud 
             explosion when  contained, even in a container made of just a 
             few layers of paper. 
             Flash powder is usually made from a very fine powdered metal 
             that will burn and an oxidizer.  Powdered aluminum is used the 
             most because it is cheaper. Powdered magnesium and zinc will 
             also work.  The oxidizer can be Barium Nitrate, Ammonium 
             Perchlorate, Barium Peroxide, Strontium Nitrate, Potassium 
             Chlorate, Potassium Perchlorate, Sodium Chlorateassium 
             Permanganate, and any combination of the above.  All the 
             chlorates are friction and impact sensitive, and also the 
             Permanganate.  Potassium Perchlorate is the least sensitive of 
             the Chlorates. 
             All the chemicals should be crushdd ilto a very fine powder, 
             about 400 mil. or smaller.  400 mil. is about like common 
             kitchen type flour. 
             Black German Aluminum is a brand name for aluminum powder.  It 
             has a partical size of 400 mil. for 98% of the aluminum 
             material.  The other 2% is larger than 400 mil.  There are 
             other aluminum powders that are equal to or bett%r than Black 
             German Aluminum. 
             Aluminum Pyro Powder is also a brand name.  The partical size 
             is 70% 400 mil. the other 30% is larger than 400 mil. 
              
             FLASH POWDER FORMULAS 
             [1] This formula is one of the best. It produces a very very 
             extremely loud explosion.  Easy to ignite with a fuse. It is 
             not moisture absorbent.  Not very sensitive to impact or 
             friction.  Sodium Chlorate or Potassium Chlorate can be used 
             instead of Potassium Perchlorate but then it becomes very 
             sensitive to friction and ilpact.  4 ounces of this mixture 
             will produce an explosion equal to a stick of dynamite. 
             Potassium Perchlorate         2 oz. 
             Aluminum Powder (98% -400)    1 oz. 
              
             [2] This formula produces an extremely loud explosion almost as 
             good as #1. This is what almost all M-80s, firecrackers, etc. 
             are made with 
             Potassium Perchlorate         2 oz. 
             Aluminum Powder (70% -400)    1 oz. 
              
             [3] This formula is equal to #2 and is not sensitive to 
             friction or impact. 
             Bariue Peroxide                9 oz. 
             50%/50% magnesium/aluminum 
             powder (98% -200 mil)          1 oz. 






              
             [4] This formula works as good as formula #2 but it produces a 
             very  bright flash.  This is what used to be used for the photo 
             flash for the old box type cameras about 100 years ago. 
             Barium Nitrate                3 oz. 
             Potassium Perchlorate         3 oz. 
             Aluminum Powder (70% -400)    4 oz. 
              
             [5] This formula works very good.  It is not very impact or 
             friction sensitive.  It produces a very, very loud explosion. 
             Potassium perhlorate contains 46.1914 percent oxygen. Almost 
             equal to #2.  Sulfur added to increase quanity of powder 
             without loosing too much power. 
             Potassium Perchlorate         2 oz. 
             Sulfur                        1 oz. 
             Aluminum Powder (70% -400)    1 oz. 
              
             [5] Ths formula works as good as #5 but it has a disadvantage 
             of being moisture absorbent and it is very impact and friction 
             sensitive.  Sodium Chlorate Contains 45.0937 percent oxygen. 
             Produces a very, very loud explosion. 
             Sodium Chlorate               2 oz. 
             Sulfur                        1 oz. 
             Aluminum Powder (70% -400)    1 oz. 
              
             [7] This formula is very dangerous because it is very sensitive 
             to friction and impact and could explode during t`e 
             construction o& any exxlosive device.  Potassium Chlorate 
             contains 39.1664 percent oxygen. This formula produces an 
             explosion almost equal to #5 and #6. Used in the manufacture 
             of toy cap pistol caps. 
             Potassium Chlorate            2 oz. 
             Sulfur                        1 oz. 
             Aluminum Powder               1 oz. 
              
             [8] This formula is very, very very sensitive to impact, 
             friction, and  static electricity, even more sensitive than 
             #7.  Extremely dangerous.  Will ignite even when wet. 
             Potassium Chlorate            6.7 oz. 
             Red Phosphorus                2.7 oz. 
             Sulfur                         .3 oz. 
             Calcium Carbonate              .3 oz. 
              
             [9] This formula has slightly less explosive power than #7. It 
             is slightly friction and impact sensitive. Postassium 
             Permanganate contains 40.4691 percent oxygen.  This formula 
             will ignite itself if it gets wet. Very loud explosion. 
             Potassium Permanganate         2 oz. 
             Sulfur                         1 oz. 
             Aluminum Powder                1 oz. 
              
             [10] This formula produces a very small explosion when ignited 
             in a paper tube. A much louder explosion is produced when it 
             is ignited in a very strong container.  It is impact and 
             friction sensitive. 






             Potassium Chlorate             7.5 oz. 
             Charcoal dust                  1.5 oz. 
             Sulfur                         1.0 oz. 
              
             [11] No information is available about this formula. 
             Potassium Chlorate              6 oz. 
             Antimony Sulfide                3 oz. 
             Sulfur                          1 oz. 
              
             [12] This formula is a little louder than formula #10.  Impact 
             and friction sensitive.  Produces a small explosion in a paper 
             tube. 
             Sodium Chlorate                 7.5 oz. 
             Charcoal dust                  1.5 oz. 
             Sulfur                         1.0 oz. 
              
             13. No information is available about this formula. 
             Potassium Chlorate             7.5 oz. 
             Gallic acid                    2.2 oz. 
             Red gum                        0.3 oz. 
              
              
             CAUTION 
             ------- 
              
             The mixture of any Fhlorate with phosphorus or sulfur is 
             extremely sensitive to friction and percussion and explodes 
             with great violence. 
             Chlorate explosives must not be stored together with ammonium 
             nitrate explosives since ammonium chlorate which is formed 
             when these two substances are brought into contact, explodes. 
             When mixing Chlorates with Sulfur, crush all the chemicals 
             seperately. Then place all the chemicals in a bag to be mixed. 
             Hang the bag from the ceiling, pole or a tree limb. A long 
             pole is then attached to the bottom of the bag.  The long pole 
             is inserted through a wall and the operator stands behind the 
             wall for safety.  The operator can then shake the bag safely. 
             4 ounces of flash powder has the same explosive power as a 
             stick of dynamite. One gross of M-80 firecrackers is equal to 
             3 sticks of dynamite.  8 ounces of powder will make 100 M-80's 
             if each contains 1/2 teaspoon of flash powder. 
             M-80's with 1/4 teaspoon are almost as loud but do not have 
             quite the destructive force as the ones with 1/2 teaspoon of 
             flash powder. 
         
         
             CHEMICALS 
             --------- 
             Most of the chemicals you need are sold at K-mart, hardware 
             stores, drug stores, lumber yards, plumbing supply, cement 
             companys and many other stores. 
             Sodium Chlorate.  O2 solid oxygen pellets are made of about 90% 
             sodium chlorate.  O2 solid pellets are used in small workshop 
             torches. 
             Potassium Nitrate.  Sold by most drug stores in 4 ounce 






             bottles.  Also sold at farmers co-op stores. 
             Sulfur.  Sold by farmerq co-op, drug stores, and lawn and 
             garden centers Aluminum powder can be found in radiator stop leak. 
             Sodium Nitrate.  Sold by drug stores and meat packing plants. 
             Antimony Sulfide. Is sold by most plumbing supply stores. 
             Potassium Permanganate.  It is used for water treatment.  Check 
             your phone book for water treatment equipment and supplies. 
             Ammonium Nitrate.  Can be bought from any farmers' co-op or 
             lawn and garden center. 
             Red Posphorus.  The white tip on wooden matches contains red 
             phosphorus. 
             Check your phone book yellow pages for industrial chemical 
             supplies, they will have almost all of the chemicals you need 
             in large quanities. 
             If you intend to make M-80's I strongly reccomend sending a 
             SASE to this  company asking for their catalog. 
                                 FULL AUTO 
                                 P.O. Box 1881 
                                 Murfreesboro, TN  37133 
         
          
                Military Black Powder 
                --------------------- 
                                          No. 1  No. 2 
                Pot. Nitrate.............. 74.0   ---- 
                Sod. Nitrate.............. ----   71.0 
                Charcoal, powdered........ 15.6   16.5 
                Sulfur.................... 10.4   12.5 
          
                        The nitrate and other materials are 
                ground and sieved separately. They are then 
                dampened and mixed  carefully, to evaporate 
                moisture.  Great  caution  must  be used to 
                prevent explosion. 
          
          
                Black Gunpowder 
                --------------- 
                                           No. 1  No. 2  No. 3 
                Charcoal JAN-C-178A........ 15.6   ----   16.0 
                Semibituminous coal........ ----   14.0   ---- 
                Sulfur JAN-S-487........... 10.4   16.0   12.0 
                Pot. nitrate MIL-P-156B.... 74.0   70.0   ---- 
                Sodium nitrate MIL-S-322B.. ----   ----   72.0 
          
                Low Sensitivity Blasting Explosive(U.S. Patent 2,860,041) 
                --------------------------------------------------------- 
                Ammonium Nitrate....... 51.8 
                Sodium Nitrate......... 16.1 
                Aluminum Powder........  2.7 
                Sodium CMC.............  1.0 
                Pecan Meal.............  1.0 
                Mineral Oil............  0.4 
                Zinc Oxide.............  0.3 
                Nitrostarch(20%  






                            Moisture).. 33.4 
          
                Railroad Torpedo 
                ---------------- 
                Potassium......... 40 
                Sulfur............ 16 
                Sand (60-mesh).... 37 
                Binder............  5 
                Calcium carbonate.  2 
          
           
                                          -=*> SMOKE BOMBS <*=- 
          
         
                White Military Smoke(U.S. Patent 2,939,779) 
                ------------------------------------------- 
                Hexachloroethane...... 30-45 
                Zinc Oxide............ 30-45 
                Ammonium Perchlorate.. 14-25 
                Polyvinyl Acetate..... 2-7.5 
          
                Smoke Mixture(U.S. Patent 2,842,502) 
                ------------------------------------ 
                Sulfamic Acid......... 50-80 
                Potassium Chlorate.... 50-20 
          
                Yellow Smoke(German Patent 918,196) 
                ----------------------------------- 
                Potassium Chlorate...... 18 
                Lactose.................  7 
                Pyroxylin, Powdered..... 11 
                Sodium Bicarbonate...... 14 
                Sudan Yellow............ 50 
          
                Projectile Tracer Smoke(U.S. Patent 2,823,105) 
                ---------------------------------------------- 
                Strontium Oxide......... 70 
                Calcium Resinate........ 10 
                1-Methylaminoanthra- 
                         quinone........ 15 
                Magnesium Powder........  5 
                        Use 5 to 80 g. per projectile. 
                Produces a red smoke. For black smokes 
                replace  1-methylaminoanthraquinone by 
                anthracene  and  magnesium  powder  by 
                catechol. 
          
                Bullet Tracer(U.S. Patent 2,899,291) 
                ------------------------------------ 
                Magnesium............... 31.8 
                Strontium Nitrate....... 30.9 
                Strontium Tartrate...... 27.3 
                Hexachlorobenzene.......  4.6 
                Charcoal................  0.9 
                Stearic Acid............  4.5 






          
                                        -=*> FLARES <*=- 
          
                Improved Magnesium Flare(U.S. Patent 2,968,542) 
                ----------------------------------------------- 
                Magnesium Powder........ 50.0 
                Sodium Nitrate.......... 42.7 
                Polyvinyl Acetate.......  4.5 
                Magnesium Oxide.........  2.8 
          
                Underwater Flare 
                ---------------- 
                Linseed oil.............  8 
                Manganese dioxide.......  1 
                Magnesium, powdered..... 16 
                Aluminum, powdered...... 12 
                Barium sulfate.......... 40 
                Barium nitrate.......... 32 
          
                Red Signal Flare 
                ---------------- 
                                        No. 1  No. 2  No. 3 
                Magnesium powder........ 21.0   17.5   30.0 
                Strontium nitrate....... 45.0   45.0   42.0 
                Potassium perchlorate... 15.0   25.0    9.0 
                Hexachlorobenzene....... 12.0   ----   ---- 
                Polyvinylchloride....... ----    5.0   12.0 
                Gilsonite...............  7.0    7.5   ---- 
                "Laminac"............... ----   ----    7.0 
          
                Signal Flare(Swedish Patent 130,801) 
                ------------------------------------ 
                Strontium Nitrate....... 57 
                Magnesium Powder........ 34 
                Polyvinyl Chloride......  3 
                Dibutyl Phthalete.......  6 
                        This lights easily in the cold 
                and is explosion proof. 
          
                                    -=*> IGNITERS AND DETONATORS <*=- 
          
                Non-Corrosive Ammunition Primer(French Patent 1,184,312) 
                -------------------------------------------------------- 
                Lead Azide.............. 35 
                Thallium Nitrate........ 35 
                Caesium Nitrate......... 20 
                Antimony 
                  Pentasulfide.......... 10 
          
                Electric Detonator Delay(U.S. Patent 2,749,226) 
                ----------------------------------------------- 
                Red Lead................ 90-95 
                Silicon*................  9-5 
                * Not less than 90% less than 5 microns 
                  and all of it less than 20 microns. 






          
                Solid Rocket Fuel Igniter(U.S. Patent 2,849,300) 
                ------------------------------------------------ 
                Ammonium Nitrate........ 40-96 
                Carbon.................  2-40 
                Potassium Dichromate....  2-40 
          
                Nonluminous Igniter for Projectiles(U.S. Patent 2,716,599) 
                ---------------------------------------------------------- 
                Bismuth Oxide........... 45-85 
                Manganese............... 15-55 
                Stearic Acid............ 10 
                Graphite................ 10 
          
                Strike-Anywhere Match Tip and Base Compositions 
                ----------------------------------------------- 
                                                   Tip    Base 
                Animal glue....................... 11.0   12.0 
                Starch............................  4.0    5.0 
                Paraffin wax...................... ----    2.0 
                Potassium chlorate................ 32.0   37.0 
                Phosphorus sesquisulfide.......... 10.0    3.0 
                Sulfur............................ ----    6.0 
                Rosin.............................  4.0    6.0 
                Dammar gum........................ ----    3.0 
                Infusorial earth.................. ----    3.0 
                Powdered glass and other filler... 33.0   21.5 
                Potassium dichromate.............. ----    0.5 
                Zinc oxide........................  6.0    1.0 
          
                                          -=*> OTHER STUFF <*=- 
          
                Military Incendiary(U.S. Patent 2,951,752) 
                ------------------------------------------ 
                Zirconium(20-60 Mesh)...........  <75 
                Magnesium-Aluminum Alloy(1:1)... 12.5-47.5 
                Potassium Perchlorate........... 12.5-47.5 
          
                Sparklers 
                --------- 
                                       No. 1  No. 2 
                Potassium perchlorate.. 60.0   ---- 
                Barium nitrate......... ----   50.0 
                Aluminum, dark pyro.... 30.0    8.0 
                Dextrin................ 10.0   10.0 
                Steel Filings.......... ----   30.0 
                Charcoal fine.......... ----    0.5 
                Neutralizer............ ----    1.5 
                        The outside af the composition is 
                coated with magnesium-aluminum alloy grit. 
          
                Oxygen Candle 
                ------------- 
                           No. 1 
                Sodium chlorate.......... 92 






                Barium peroxide..........  4 
                Steel wool grade 2 or 00.  4 
          
                           No. 2 
                 Lithium perchlorate...... 84.82 
                 Lithium peroxide.........  4.24 
                 Manganese metal powder... 10.94 
           
          
                                      POCKET PAIN GENERATOR 
                                    FROM INFORMATION UNLIMITED 
           
         This circuit produces a sound similar too that of fingers being scratched on 
         a chalk board.  It drives people crazy when that happens for a second, think 
         about that sound for a minute!  It can make most people, especially women and 
         children, extremely irritable, and even nauseous.  It works better on animals 
         than it does on humans.  This can easily be fit in a box about 4.5" X 2.5" X 
         1" plastic project box.  This operates at 16-21 Khz.  To test turn r1 all the 
         way to the low end, and measure the amps across the leads of s1; it should be 
         about 250 mA.  Now go all the way to the other end and do the same; the amps 
          should read 350 mA, and you should here a piercing sound in your ears. 
        
        
        
        
          
           
          |-o--o---------o---r4--------| 
          | |  |         |             | 
          + |->r1        |             | 
          c    |         |             | 
          1    r         o-----        | 
          |    2         |    |        | 
         ///   |       _U|____|__      | 
               |      [  4    8  ]     |        |---------o--------------| 
               o------[7         ]     |        |         |              | 
               |      [         3]-------r5---|/q1        \ || t1        l 
               r      [    I1    ]     |      |\          / ||           1 
               3      [          ]     |        |         \ || /---x     | 
               |      [          ]     |        |         / || \         t 
               o-o----[6        5]-|   |        |         \ || /         r 
               | |----[2         ] |   |        |         / || \---x     1 
               +      [_____1____] |   |        |         |              | 
               c            |      c   |        o----c4+--o--------------| 
               2            |      3   |        |         | 
               |            |      |   |       ///        | 
               o------------o------|   |------------------| 
               |                       | 
              ///                      switch 
                                       | 
                                       battery 
                                       | 
                                      /// 
         key 
         === 






         -,|  - connections 
         o    - connection point 
         ///  - ground 
         [__] - IC chip 555 timer 
         r1   - 2k trim pot 
         r2,r3- 2.2k 1/4 watt resistor 
         r4   - 10 ohm 1/4 watt resistor 
         r5   - 1k 1/4 watt resistor 
         +c1  - 100 uF/25 volt electrolytic capacitor 
         c2   - .01 uF/50 volt poly cap 
         c3   - .01 uF/50 volt disc cap 
         +c4  - 1 uF/50 volt electrolytic cap 
         |/q1 - D4OD5 npn power tab transistor 
         |\   - NOTE: emitter is connected to c4(I couldn't draw the arrow) 
         t1   - 1k 8 ohm transformer - remove the high impedence(1000 ohm leads) 
         l1   - 2 1mH inductors in parrallel 
         tr1  - piezo driver #1023 
         s1   - push button switch 
         b1   - 9 volt transistor battery 
         
                                       ==>/Amatol #2\<== 
         
         another reliable explosive brought to you by X.  
         
         ingrediants  
         
         powdered aluminum (as very fine as possible) ground charcoal (not the trash 
         you put on your grill, take alot of wood shavings & wrap them in 4 or 5 layers 
         of aluminum foil. next time you grill or clean the oven, leave that in there.  
         when it cools grind to a fine powder) ammonium nitrate (take apart blue ice, 
         its the clear beads, grind as usual)  
          
          use 72% ammonium nitrate 3 % charcoal 25% aluminum powder  
          
          this is a very safe explosive, easy to make & very very powerful. to set this 
         off, put the mix in a pipe bomb & add 1/2 cup of gunpowder on top. this needs 
         alot of heat to set off and gunpowder works fine.  (not homemade gunpowder)  
         ammonium nitrate decomposes into gas if heated, & the aluminum powder adds a 
         large amount of heat.  when you heat a gas it expands, so it makes the 
         resulting gas take up far more room.  like atleast a several fold increase in 
         destruction.  
          
          
                                  ==>/Potosasium Chlorate\<== 
                          
               Potosasium chlorate, if heated decomposes non violently into a gas. 
         no big deal. however hit it with any power and it goes off extremely violently 
          example, 1/2 gram threw a 2 kilo weight 5 feet in the air.  imagine say a few 
          ounces or even a pound.  this stuff is extremely safe, just dont cook it or 
          attempt to grind it up.  
          
              Practical applications of potasasium chlorate.(for death and destruction) 
         tape a ziplock bag on one or more of someones tires. toss small bags at cars 
         from a bridge, with a few rocks in each bag. leave a package underneath 
         someones doormat.   .     .   .           






          
          
          
                              ==>/Exhaust Pipe Flamethrower\<==  
          
          Needed:  Wire, Switch, Spark Plug.  
          
          Drill a hole in your car's exhaust pipe in order to screw in the spark plug. 
         Next, connect the wire to the spark plug.  This wire goes from the plug to the 
         battery to the switch.  When you flip on the switch, the spark plug sparks, 
         igniting the gases and stuff coming out the exhaust pipe.  Works great to ward 
         off those darn tailgaters.  
          
           
                                 ==>/Anti Personel Bomb\<== 
          
         the bottom of a soft drink can is half cut out and bent 
         back. a giant firecracker or other explosive is put in and surrounded with 
         nuts and bolts or rocks. the fuse is then armed with a chemical delay in a 
         plastic drinking straw. 
           
         after first making sure there are no children nearby, the acid or glycerine 
         is put into the straw and the can is set down by a tree or wall where it 
         will not be knocked over. the delay should give you three to five minutes. 
         it will then have a shattering effect on passersby. 
           
         it is hardly likely that anyone would pick up and drink from someone else's 
         soft drink can. but if such a crude person should try to drink from your 
         bomb he would break a nasty habit fast! 
           
               !! 
               !! 
               !! <- chemical ingiter 
           --------- 
           !  !1!  ! 
           ! ===== ! 
           !*!   !"! 
           ! !   ! ! 
           ! !   ! ! <- big firecracker 
           ! !   !%! 
           ! ====  ! 
           !       ! 
           !   #   ! 
           ! ---   ! 
           !  !    ! <- nuts & bolts 
           !  /    ! 
           !       ! 
           --------- 
          
          
          
         INCENDIARY BOTTLE IS SELFIGNITING 
         ON TARGET IMPACT. 
          _______________________________________ 
         |MATERIALS    HOW USED          SOURCE  | 






         |---------|---------------|-------------| 
         |SULPHURIC| BATTERY       | CAR         | 
         | ACID    | MATERIAL      | INDUSTRIAL  | 
         |         | PROCESSING    | PLANTS      | 
         |         |               |             | 
         | GASOLINE| MOTOR FUEL    |GAS STATION  | 
         |         |               | OR MOTOR    | 
         |         |               | VEHICLE     | 
         |         |               |             | 
         |POTASSIUM| MEDICINE      | DRUG STORE  | 
         |CHLORATE |               |             |  
         |         |               |             | 
         | SUGAR   |SWEETENING     | FOOD STORE  | 
         |         | FOODS         |             | 
         |_________|_______________|_____________|  
         GLASS BOTTLE WITH STOPPER (ROUGHLY 1QUART SIZE) 
           
         SMALL BOTTLE OR JAR WITH LID 
           
         RAG OR ABSORBANT PAPER (PAPER TOWELS,NEWPAPER) 
           
         STRING OR RUBBER BANDS 
           
         PROCEDURE: 
         --------- 
         1) SULPHURIC ACID MUST BE CONCENTRATED.IF BATTERY ACID OR OTHER DILUTE ACID IS 
         USED, CONCENTRATE IT BY BOILING UNTIL DENSE WHITE FUMES ARE GIVEN OFF. 
         CONTAINER USED SHOULD BE OF ENAMELWARE OR OVEN GLASS. 
           
         CAUTION: SULPHURIC ACID WILL BURN SKIN AND DESTROY CLOTHING. IF ANY IS 
         SPILLED, WASH IT AWAY WITH A LARGE QUANTITY OF WATER. FUMES ARE ALSO 
         DANGEROUS AND SHOULD NOT BE INHALED. 
           
         2) REMOVE THE ACID FROM HEAT AND ALLOW TO COOL TO ROOM TEMPERATURE. 
           
         3) POUR GASOLINE INTO THE LARGE (1 QUART) BOTTLE UNTIL IT IS APPROXIMATELY 
         2/3 FULL 
           
         4) ADD CONCENTRATED SULPHURIC ACID TO GASOLINE SLOWLY UNTIL THE BOTTLE IS 
         FILLED TO WITHIN 1" TO 2" FROM TOP. PLACE THE STOPPER ON THE BOTTLE. 
           
         5) WASH THE OUTSIDE OF THE BOTTLE THOROUGHLY WITH CLEAR WATER. 
           
         CAUTION: IF THIS IS *NOT* DONE, THE FIRE BOTTLE MAY BE DANGEROUS TO HANDLE 
         DURING USE. 
           
         6) WRAP A CLEAN CLOTH OR SEVERAL SHEETS OF ABSORBENT PAPER AROUND THE OUTSIDE 
         OF THE BOTTLE. TIE WITH STRING OR FASTEN WITH RUBBER BANDS. 
           
         7) DISSOLVE 1/2 CUP OF POTASSIUM CHLORATE AND 1/2 CUP OF SUGAR IN ONE 
         CUP OF BOILING WATER. 
           
         8) ALLOW THE SOLUTION TO COOL, POUR INTO THE SMALL BOTTLE AND CAP TIGHLY. 
         THE COOLED SOLUTION SHOULD BE APPROX. 2/3 CRYSTALS AND 1/3 LIQUID. IF THERE 
         IS MORE LIQUID THAN THIS, POUR OFF EXCESS BEFORE USING. 






           
         CAUTION: STORE THIS BOTTLE SEPARATELY FROM THE OTHER BOTTLE 
           
         HOW TO USE: 
         ---------- 
         1) SHAKE THE SMALL BOTTLE TO MIX CONTENTS AND POUR ONTO THE CLOTH OR 
         PAPER AROUND THE LARGE BOTTLE. BOTTLE CAN BE USED WET OR AFTER 
         SOLUTION HAS DRIED. HOWEVER, WHEN DRY, THE SUGAR - POTASSIUM CHLORATE MIXTURE 
         IS VERY SENSITIVE TO SPARK OR FLAME AND SHOULD BE HANDLED ACCORDINGLY. 
           
         2) THROW OR LAUNCH THE BOTTLE. WHEN THE BOTTLE BREAKS AGAINST A HARD 
         SURFACE (TARGET) THE FUEL WILL IGNITE. 
          
                                ==>/Chlorine Gas Bomb\<== 
           
         1.  DRY two liter bottle 
         2.  Measuring cup 
         3.  Chlorox bleach 
         4.  Ammonia 
         5.  Funnel 
         6.  (Optional) gas mask 
           
         Procedure: 
           
         1.  Put the funnel in the two liter bottle. 
           
         2.  Pour in one-half cup of Chlorox. 
           
         3. Pour in one-half cup of ammonia. 
           
         4.  Pull out the funnel FAST, screw cap on lightly on and THROW FAR!!!! 
           
         For all of you that scientificly, what happens is enough chlorine gas 
         accumilates that it eventually blows the cap off. 
           
         -[=NOTE=]- 
         Chlorine gas causes leumonia which is phneumonia of the lungs. It is 
         very painful as well as fatal so don't fuck with it too much. 
         And make sure that your dog isn't around when you throw it and trys to 
         go get it. 
          
          
                               ==>/Burning Hydorgen Bomb\<== 
          
         Materials: 
                 A bottle, hydrogen gas, gunpowder, paper, cap to bottle, fuse. 
         (an electric fuse works better) 
          
         Construction: 
                 Fill the bottle with hydrogen, and then put the paper in as a seal 
         just before the bottle gets wider. Now put the gunpowder on top of the paper, 
         and stick your fuse in the gunpowder.  Put the cap on, running the fuse under 
         it, and it's done.  When the gunpowder goes off, it will light the hydrogen, 
         whitch should give you a nice explosion. 
          






         Diagram: 
                         ___ 
                        (|#|) 
                        /|#| 
                       / |#| 
                      /  |#| 
                        /---\ 
                       /     \ 
                      /       \ 
                      |       | 
                      |       | 
                      |       | 
                      |       | 
                      |_______| 
          
          _ 
          ( ) = Cap, # = Gunpowder, - = paper seal,  = hydrogen, / = fuse 
         
         Formula by :The Grey Ghost 
         
         Typed by : THE DRAGON 
         
                                    ==>/Styro-Napalm\<==   
          
           
         Take 3 styrofoam cups, shred them and put them into a beer bottle.  fill the 
         bottle with gasoline, cap it and shake.  it will form a goey mix which sticks 
         to everything.  definite improvement over normal molotav cocktails.   
         
          also do not make molotovs the way you see them on tv.  add a stem to attach 
         the gas soaked rag to, because otherwise the bottle may well explode from the 
         heat of the rag.  nasty, blowing up in your hand.  
         
           
                                       ==>/Toluene\<==                        
          
          toluene.  commercial cleaner simular to acetone, but cheap and highly 
         available.  leave a large container in a closed environment where there is a 
         lit candle, or else there will be sparks of one sort or another.  toluene 
         evaporates very quickly and forms a very explosive gas.  
         
         example, in a school, a teacher left a large jar open on the 4th floor of a 
         building.  a while later a teacher on the 1st floor flipped a switch.  the 4th 
         floor was blown off the building and the rest of the building was condemmed.  
         
         another way to use this, is if someone is tossing molotovs at you, give them a 
         few bottles of this, unlit.  next time they light a bottle, thats the end of 
         their song.  
         
                              ==>/Uses For Nitrogen Tri-Iodide\<== 
         
         
             Chicken wire steel can or peanut butter jar iodine crystals (buy at chem 
         supply house) strong ammonia   ""  
         






         put as much chicken wire into the can as possible.  then add the iodine and 
         enough ammonia to disolve most of the iodine. put a lid on your device, making 
         sure not to let any of the solution drip over the edge of the can.  go to your 
         site and take off the lid.  then DUMP out the solution, while keeping the wire 
         in the can.  set it down and run like hell for a few hundred yards.  you'll 
         have a can full of ammonium triodide crystals.  the chicken wire will give the 
         crystals alot of surface area to dry on.  this way, when the can goes off, it 
         will be full of dry highly explosive crystals.  
         
                                      
                                   ==>/More Uses\<== 
         
         for starters ammonium tri iodide crystals & ways to use them.  
         
         ingrediants iodine crystals ammonium hydroxide, the highest molar you can get 
         (say 60-80 max)  
         
         add enough ammonium hydroxide to the iodine crystals to cause the mixture to 
         turn brown.  mixture done.  
         
         where to buy the above chemicals for about 7-10 bucks  
         
         cosco chemical supply, 900 lincoln street & 9th near the 16th street mall.   . 
         more destructive ways to use this stuff.  
         
                                     ==>/More Uses\<== 
         
         make a standard pipe bomb, fill it with the mixture and tape a paper towel 
         over the hole you would normally use for a fuse.the paper towel is to keep the 
         solid part from spashing out.  this will take a long time to dry, but it does 
         wonders wired to the underneath of someones car.  a baby food jar of this mix 
         would be enough to obliterate a car beyond recognition.  
         
         other 'destructive acts' with this mix.  
         
         leave a jar of it in a garbage can.  fragmentation bomb.  do open the jar.  
         
         leave a jar in the ceiling pannels of your school or whatever.  your school 
         will freak when all the walls for about ten yards are gone. -X  
                   
         
                   Phaser Burning Device/Portable 3000 Volt, 4 mA DC supply 
         
                                           Typed by 
                                        The Mad Bomber 
         
                                             From 
                                    Information Unlimited 
         
                                             For 
                                      Networks Unlimited 
                                        (303) 296-2996 
         
         
         This device will produce up to 4000 volts of continuous DC 






         current at 3-5 mA.  It is capable of burning damp paper or living 
         tissue.  You can built it to be about the size of a flashlight. 
         The charge comes from two electrodes protrudin  out the end, 
         which can be sharpened to penetrate skin. 
         
         BE VERY, VERY CAREFULL!!!!!!!! 
         
         Schematic 
         ========= 
          
          o------------o 
          |            | 
          NE1          | 
          |            | 
          R3           | 
          |            | 
          o-o-------C2-o--C4---o--C6---o--C8---o 
            |         / \     / \     / \     / \ 
            |      D3^   vD4 ^D5 vD6 ^D7 vD8 ^D9 vD10 
            |       /     \ /     \ /     \ /     \ 
            |      o--C3---o--C5---o--C7---o--C9---o-->PLUS OUT 
            |      | 
            A/\/\/\B----------------------------------2NEG OUT 
            ================================ 
            E\/\/G---o--F\/\/H--o  C\/\/D--o 
            |        |          |  |       | 
            |        o--R1--o---|--o       | 
           c\|-o---o |      |   |          | 
           e/| | o-|-o      R2-|/c         | 
           |   ^ | | |      |  |\e         | 
           |   D S1| C1     ^    |         | 
           |   1 | | |      D2   |         | 
           |   | + | |      |    |         | 
           |   | B1| |      |    |         | 
           |   | | | |      |    |         | 
           o---o-o-|-o------o----o         | 
           |       |                       | 
          ///      o-----------------------o  
         
         Key 
         === 
         -,|  - wires 
         /,\  - wires 
         o    - connection 
         \/\/ - transformer 
         ==== - transformer 
         ///  - ground 
         ^,v  - indicates polarity 
         +    - indicates positive 
         e\|- - transistor 1 & 2 
         c/|    (e = emmiter,c = collector, |- = base) 
          
         
         Parts list 
         ========== 






         R1    - 2.2k 1/4 watt resistor 
         R2    - 220 ohm 1 watt resistor 
         R3    - 390k 1/4 watt resistor 
         C1    - 10 uF/25 V elect 
         C2-9  - .1 uF/400 V paper OR .01 uF/1600 V discs 
         TE1,2 - Terminal lugs or use desired electrodes contacts 
         Q1,2  - D4OD5 npn power transistor 
         D1,2  - 1N4002 diodes 100 V 
         D3-10 - 1N4007 diodes 1000 V 
         S1    - push button switch 
         NE1   - neon lamp NE51 with leads 
         T1    - Type 1 400 volt transformer 
         B1    - 9(3000 volts) or 12(4000 volts) volt Battery(rechargable suggested)  
         
         Construction 
         ============ 
         1.  Assemble component onto a perfboard.  All parts will fit 
             comfortably on a piece 1 1/2" X 4".  Watch polarity of Q1, Q2, 
             C1, and all diodes.  Also be sure to place the battery in a 
             convenient place for easy removal.  Use the component leads 
             whenever possible. 
         2.  When everything is connected and working properly, wrap the 
             assembly board in a thin cylindrical sheet of plastic and 
             scotch tape it. 
         3.  Put it in a container of your liking. 
         
         
         
         
         
                         ==>/More Fun Stuff for Terrorists\<== 
         
         
                                     Carbide Bomb 
         
         This is EXTREMELY DANGEROUS. Exercise extreme caution.... Obtain some 
         calcium carbide. This is the stuff that is used in carbide lamps and 
         can be found at nearly any hardware store. Take a few pieces of this 
         stuff (it looks like gravel) and put it in a glass jar with some 
         water. Put a lid on tightly. The carbide will react with the water to 
         produce acetylene carbonate which is similar to the gas used in 
         cutting torches. Eventually the glass with explode from internal 
         pressure. If you leave a burning rag nearby, you will get a nice 
         fireball! 
         
         
                              Portable Grenade Launcher 
         
         If you have a bow, this one is for you. Remove the ferrule from an 
         aluminum arrow, and fill the arrow with black powder (I use grade 
         FFFF, it burns easy)and then glue a shotshell primer into the hole 
         left where the ferrule went. Next, glue a BB on the primer, and you 
         are ready to go! Make sure no one is nearby.... Little shreds of 
         aluminim go all over the place!! 
         






         
                              Auto Exhaust Flame Thrower  
         
         For thiS one, all you need is a car, a sparkplug, ignition wire and a 
         switch. Install the spark plug into the last four or five inches of 
         the tailpipeby drilling a hole that the plug can screw into easily. 
         Attach the wire (this is regular insulated wire) to one side of the 
         switch and to the spark plug. The other side of the switch is attached 
         to the positive terminal on the battery. With the car running, simply 
         hit the switch and watch the flames fly!!! Again be careful that no 
         one is behind you! I have seen some of these flames go 20 feet!!! 
         
         
                                   By: Shadowspawn 
                                House Hold equivalants 
                                ----- ---- ----------- 
         
         Name                            Equivalant 
         ----                            ---------- 
         acetic acid.....................vinegar 
         aluminum oxide..................alumia 
         aluminum potassium sulfate......alum 
         aluminum sulfate................alum 
         ammonium hydroxide..............ammonia 
         carbon carbonate................chalk 
         carbon tetrachloride............cleaning fluid 
         calcium hypochloride............bleaching powder 
         calcium oxide...................lime 
         calcium sulfate.................plaster of paris 
         carbonic acid...................seltzer 
         ethylene dichloride.............dutch fluid 
         ferric oxide....................iron rust 
         glucose.........................corn syrup 
         graphite........................pencil lead 
         hydrochloric acid...............muriatic acid 
         hydrogen peroxide...............peroxide 
         lead acetate....................sugar of lead 
         lead tetrooxide.................red lead 
         magesium silicate...............talc 
         magesium sulfate................Epsom salts 
         naphthalene.....................mothballs 
         phenol..........................carbolic acid 
         potassium bicarbonate...........cream of tarter 
         potassium chromium sulfate......chrome alum 
         potassium nitrate...............saltpeter 
         sodium dioxide..................sand 
         sodium bicarbonate..............baking soda 
         sodium borate...................borax 
         sodium carbonate................washing soda 
         sodium choride..................salt 
         sodium hydroxide................lye 
         sodium silicate.................water glass 
         sodium sulfate..................glaubers' salt 
         sodium thiosulfate..............photographers hypo 
         sulferic acid...................battery acid 






         sucrose.........................cane sugar 
         zinc choride....................tinner's fluid 
         ------------                    -------------- 
         
         
                                      ==>/Smoke Bomb\<== 
                                   
         
         Mix: 
          4 parts sugar 
          6 parts potassium nitrate 
         
         Heat: 
          over low flame till melts stir well, then pour into container. Before 
          it soldifies, put a few matches in for fuses. 
         
         *One pound of this stuff will fill a block nicely with a thick cloud 
          of white smoke* 
         
                                 ==>/More Equivelents\<== 
          
         
         Chemical                             Substance 
         ----------------------------        ------------- 
         Acetic acid                           Vinegar 
         Acetylslicylic acid                   Asprin 
         Aluminum hydroxide                    Deodorant,Antacid 
         Aluminum oxide                        Alumia 
         Aluminium potassium sulfate           Alum 
         Aluminum sulfate                      Alum 
         Ammonium hydroxide                    Ammonia                                  
         Ascorbic acid                         Citrus fruit juice 
         Carbon carbonate                      Chalk 
         Calcium hydroxide                     Mortar,Plaster 
         Calcium hypochloride                  Bleaching powder 
         Calcium oxide                         Lime 
         Calcium sulfate                       Plaster of paris 
         Carbonic acid                         Seltzer 
         Carbon tetrachloride                  Cleaning fluid 
         Ethylene dichloride                   Dutch fluid 
         Ferric oxide                          Iron rust 
         Glucose                               Corn syrup 
         Graphite                              Pencil lead 
         Hydrochloric acid                     Muriatic acid 
         Hydrogen peroxide                     Peroxide 
         Latic acid                            Sour milk 
         Lead acetete                          Sugar of lead 
         Lead tetrooxide                       Red lead 
         Malic acid                            Apples 
         Magnesium hydroxide                   Laxative 
         Magnesium silicate                    Talc 
         Magnesium sulfate                     Epsom salts 
         Naphthalene                           Mothballs 
         Oxalic acid                           Spinach 
         Phenol                                Carbolic acid 






         Potassium bicarbonate                 Cream of tartar 
         Potassium chromium sulfate            Chrome alum 
         Potassium nitrate                     Saltpeter 
         Sodium dioxide                        Sand 
         Sodium bicarbonate                    Baking soda 
         Sodium borate                         Borax 
         Sodium carbonate                      Washing soda 
         Sodium chloride                       Salt 
         Sodium hydroxide                      Lye,Drain cleaner 
         Sodium silicate                       Water glass 
         Sodium sulfate                        Glauber's salt 
         Sodium thiosulfate                    Phtographers's hypo 
         Sulferic acid                         Battery acid 
         Sucrose                               Cane sugar 
         Zinc chloride                         Tinner's fluid 
         
         
         
         How to Make M80's: 
          
            The hardest part with making M-80's is the powder.  The kind of powder  
         that you want is the silver type used in firecrackers.  It is made of 
         Potassium Perchlorate KCIO , Aluminium & Sulfur. 
                                  4 
          
         You can take apart firecrackers (slow and time consuming)...or, you can make  
         it out of the above ingredients (fast, AND FUN).  Get each of these in as  
         fine of powder as you can.  Obtain a postage or any small scale and mix them  
         BY WEIGHT in the folloing ratios. 
          
         1 part  - Powdered sulfur 
         1 part  - Powdered Aluminium 
         2 parts - Potassium Perchlorate KCIO 
                                             4 
          
         I have known people to make M-80's with Potassium Nitrate instead of  
         Potassium Perchlorate before. It works, but certainly not as well. 
           
         Stir the powder well with a piece of wood in a plastic or glass bowl (as  
         long as it is non-sparking). 
          
          
             Next, you will need something to contain the powder in.  Get some  
         thick cardboard tubing with a diameter of 1/2 to 3/4"  You can find  
         tubing anywhere. I have found a gold mine at stores, I just grab the  
         Cardboard tubes register receipt tape is wrapped around. The thicker  
         the sides of the tube are, the better.  The actual M-80 I have seen.  
         (Not Home Made) is 1 1/2" long and has a diameter of 1/2". 
         
            Third, you will need fuse. Go to some sporting goods store and ask for 
         'cannon fuse'. They usually carry it under that name. If at all possible, get  
         it waterproof (more on that later).Or if you are the cheap type you can always 
         pull it out of some firecrackers! 
          
            Now all you need is something for the ends. You can cuts wooden discs the 






         same diameter as your tubing or you can do what I do and use a good old hot 
         glue gun to seal the ends (don't worry about the hot glue igniting the powder, 
         it won't) 
          
         To Assemble: 
          
           Put one endplug into one end of the tubing, with whatever method you are 
         using (again, hot glue is best), let it dry, harden or whatever it has to do. 
         Drill your fuse hole in the center of the tube.  Put in the fuse and pour the 
         powder. 
         
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        






        
        
                                       -/\-/*\-/\-/*\-/\-
                                        The Third Cartel
                                       -\/-\*/-\/-\*/-\/-
        
                                           Presents:
          
                                          Manuscript I
                                        Pressure  Devices
                                       -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
                                          June,  1988
        
        
        Introduction:  The purpose of this manuscript is to summarize various types of 
        -------------  bombs that are activated by internal gas pressure.  Reliability 
        can be expected if the instructions are closely followed and common sense is 
        used.  
        
        
        Hydrogen Pressure Device:
        =========================
        
        Materials Needed:  Bottle or jar, acid, aluminum foil, cloth [optional].  
        
        Seltzer Bottles have given better results overall, but a jar will usually do
        the job.  A strong cap or lid is also needed to prevent the hydrogen gas from 
        escaping.  Many acids [or even bases] will work with the aluminum foil.  We 
        have had success with muriatic acid [which is inexpensive, and easy to get]
        and hydrochloric acid.  A base such as Milk of Magnesia or Liquid Plumr should 
        also work with the aluminum foil.  If you are using an acid, other metals 
        besides aluminum should work.  Zinc and magnesium are two such metals.  
        
        Procedure:  Fill approximately 1/6 of your bottle with your acid/base.  Put two
        or three rolled up, cigar-shaped pieces of aluminum foil in the bottle, and 
        when ready, cap tightly.  Shake the bottle to cover all of the aluminum with 
        acid, and quickly get out of the area.  A typical explosion will spread glass 
        over a 35 yard radius.  You can experiment with your materials to find the 
        optimum amounts of acid/base and metal that you will need.  Caution must be 
        used with fast reactions [i.e. Hydrochloric acid with Zinc] so that the 
        bomb won't explode too too early.  To achieve a "fireball" effect, tie a 
        burning cloth to the bottle.  When the explosion occurs, the flaming rag will 
        ignite the released hydrogen; producing a brief fireball.  
        
        Observations:  The explosion is relatively loud; being greater than that of a 
        shotgun firing.  Debris is usually spread over a 25-35 yard radius.  On 
        occaision, it will take several minutes for the bomb's pressure to build up.  
        If you are unsure about the state of the device, we recommend that you wait 
        at least 5 minutes before going near the bomb.  You might want to break 
        the bottle from a distance by shooting it with a gun or throwing rocks at it.  
        We cannot emphasize how important it is for you to clear the area as quickly as
        possible.  Don't waste time by messing with the burning cloth!  If you're going
        to use the cloth, ignite it quickly.  We had one of these blow up only seconds 
        after we cleared the area.  One should value his life more than he values a 
        comparatively worthless bomb!   






        
        
        Carbon Dioxide Pressure Device:
        ===============================
        
        Materials:  Bottle or jar, dry ice, water [optional].
        
        As with the hydrogen device, we have had greater success with seltzer bottles 
        than with jars.  Once again, it is assumed that you have a good cap or lid to 
        prevent the carbon dioxide gas from escaping.  Dry Ice can usually be bought 
        from an ice cream store for under $1.50 a pound.  Dry ice does not keep long 
        [it becomes gaseous at -109 F] and refridgeration will help little.  Water can 
        be used to speed up the device's reaction.
        
        Procedure:  Break the dry ice into chunks that will fit in your bottle.  The 
        more dry ice you have, the faster the reaction.  Cap the bottle tightly, and 
        quickly clear the area.  If you need a fast reaction, add water to the bottle 
        before capping.  The reaction's speed increases with warmer water.  Be careful 
        not to get a reaction that is too fast.  People have had these devices blow up 
        in their faces because they used hot water and didn't clear the area fast 
        enough.  Take into consideration the temperature of your site and excercise
        caution on hot days.  We strongly advise against using hot water in this bomb!
        [Unless, of course, you have a death wish]
        
        Observations:  The is a very economical and simple bomb.  It can be extremely
        dangerous if the user is careless.  By using water of different temperatures,
        one can roughly control the speed of this bomb's reaction.  We've had a few
        close calls with this bomb, so we don't use water in it anymore.  The reaction 
        goes fast enough without water.
        
        
        Carbon Dioxide Pressure Device II:
        ==================================
        
        Materials:  Bottle or jar, baking soda, vinegar, tissue paper.
        
        This is another carbon dioxide producing bomb.  It is generally less effective
        than the two previous bombs we have described.
        
        Procedure:  Fill about 1/5 of your bottle with vinegar.  Next take some tissue 
        paper [Kleenex or toilet paper] and wrap it around as much baking soda as 
        possible.  You may want to use a few pieces of tissue paper.  The more tissue 
        paper you use, the longer the delay will be for the reaction.  When ready, drop
        the wrapped baking soda into the bottle, cap the bottle *quickly*, and [need  
        we say?] run!  If the bomb never explodes, that means there wasn't enough 
        pressure.  On your next try, add more vinegar and use more baking soda.
        
        Observations:  Experimentation is the key to perfecting this bomb.  Of course, 
        be extremely careful, and don't stick around after capping.  The materials for 
        this bomb are common household items, making it more convienient to produce 
        than the other two bombs.
        
        
        Acetylene Pressure Device:
        ==========================






        
        Materials:  Jar, calcium carbide, water, cardboard.
        
        This is a very deadly device.  Carbide, when in contact with water, produces 
        the ultra-flammable acetylene gas.
        
        Procedure:  Fill about 1/3 of the jar with water.  Next, cut out a piece of
        cardboard that is roughly the diameter of the jar.  Push this inside the jar
        about 1/2 way.  Don't let it touch the water!  The cardboard should stay where
        you put it if it's big enough.  Now put some carbide onto the cardboard.  You
        don't want the carbide to touch the water.  Cap the jar, and when ready, turn 
        it upsidown and shake it a little.  The jar should violently explode shortly 
        thereafter.  If you want, leave a burning rag next to the bottle and you'll 
        have a fireball.  Have the rag lit before you shake the jar!  Don't waste any 
        time next to the jar after shaking it!  This is a very deadly bomb, and you
        don't want to be its victim.
        
        Observations:  This is a very dangerous, yet spectacular bomb.  Needless to 
        say, it's also quite loud.  If you don't know where to get carbide, try a 
        good sporting goods store.  It's used in some miner's lamps.  
        
        
        Chlorine Pressure Device:
        =========================
                                                  
        Materials:  Small-medium sized jar, 1 or 2 large test tubes, acid, bleach.
        
        This is a fairly tricky bomb to make.  Clorine is not a good gas to mess with
        so use care with this device.  Chlorine can blind you and damage your lungs.
        
        Procedure:  Fill one test tube with acid, and fill 1/3 of the jar with bleach.
        Put the acid filled test tube in the jar and tape it to the side of the jar.  
        If your jar is large, you will want to fill two test tubes with acid.  When 
        ready, cap the jar and turn it upside-down.  Run to a nice viewing location 
        and watch the explosion!  Don't go too near; chlorine is powerful stuff. 
        
        Observations:  This pressure device not only makes a nice explosion, but 
        spreads chlorine around the area.  Try to get a small jar and big test tubes
        for this bomb.  If you have a big jar and small test tubes, there won't be 
        enough pressure to cause an explosion
           
        
        Phosgene Pressure Device:
        =========================
        
        Materials:  Small-medium sized jar, 1 or 2 large test tubes, ammonia, bleach.
        
        This bomb has the same setup as the chlorine bomb, but uses ammonia instead of
        acid to react with the bleach.  Phosgene is also a dangerous gas and was used
        in World War I in chemical weapons.
        
        Procedure:  Use the same procedure as the chlorine device, but use ammonia
        instead of acid.  First, try putting the ammonia in the test tube and the
        bleach in the jar.  If that doesn't create enough pressure put the ammonia
        in the jar and the bleach in the test tube.






        
        Observations:  This is almost identical to the chlorine bomb.  The only 
        difference is that they make different gasses.  These last two bombs are 
        not as reliable as other bombs in this manuscript, but you can experiment
        to get the best results.
        
        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          >>>>*Freddy*<<<<  [The Only Living Peabody]
                          
                                          The  HORN
                                        . <<Honk!>> .
                                       .:.:.:.:.:.:.:.
        If You Want To:           -------------------------          |)  /      |)
        Call Network XXI    Look For More Third Cartel Files Soon!   |si-\hotic |)athtub
        [303]690-0194             --------------------------         -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
                                       `:`:`:`::':':':'
                                       =:-Distribute-:=
                 -=-=-1988-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-/-This File-\-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-1988-=-=-
                                         \-Anywhere!-/
                                    [Talk About Gaudy, Eh?]
        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        






                           Plasique Explosive from Bleach
        
           This explosive is a Potassium chlorate explosive.  This explosive and
        explosives of similar composition were used in WWI as the main ecplosive filler
        in grenades, land mines, and morter rounds used by French, German, and some
        other forces involved in that conflict.  These explosives are relatively safe
        to manufcture.By RELATIVELY SAFE, I mean just that!  DON'T SCREW AROUND WITH
        THIS SHIT, EITHER MAKE IT OR DON'T!  The procedures in the following paragraph
        CAN BE DANGEROUS, if you don't take special care, and watch what you are doing! 
        On should strive to make sure these explosives are free from sulfure, sulfides, 
        and picric acid.  The
        presence of these compounds result in mixtures that are or can become highly
        sensitive and possibly decompose explosively while in storage.One should
        never store home made explosives, make enough for what you need at the time.
        YOU NEVER KNOW HOW STABLE IT IS UNTIL IT BLOWS!  The manufacter of this
        explosive from bleach is given just as an expediant method.  This method of
        manufacturing potassium chlorate is not economical due to the amount of energy
        used to boil the solution and cause the "Dissociation" reaction to take place.
        The procedure does work and yields a relatively pure and a sulfur, sulfide free
        product.  These explosives are very cap sensitive and require only a #3 cap for
        instigating detonation.  To manufacture potassium chlorate from bleach, (5.25%
        sodium hypochlorite solution), obtain a heat source, hot-plate, stove, etc.,
        etc.  a battery hydrometer, a large pyrex or enameled steel container, (to
        weigh chemicals), and some potassium chloride, (sold as salt substitute).  Take
        one gallon of bleach and place it in the container and begin heating it.  While
        this solution heats, weigh out 63 grams potassium chloride and add this to the
        bleach being heated.  Bring this solution to a boil and boil until when checked
        with a hydrometer the reading is 1.3, (if battery hydrometer is used, it should
        read FULL charge.) When the reading is 1.3 take the solution and let it cool in
        the refrigerator until it is between room temperature and 0 degrees celcius.
        Filter out the crystals that have formed and save them.  Boil this solution
        again and cool as before.  Filter and save the crystals.  Take these crystals
        that have been saved and mix them with distilled water in the following
        proportions:  56 grams per 100 milileters distilled water.  Heat this solution
        until it boils and allow to cool.  Filter the solution and save the crystals
        the form upon cooling.This process of purification is called fractional
        crystalization.  these crystals should be relatively pure potassium chlorate.
        Power these to the consistancy of face powder and heat gently to drive off all
        moisture.  Melt five parts vaseline and five parts wax.  Disslove this in white
        gasoline, (camp stove gasoline), and pour this liquid on 90 parts potassium
        chlorate, (the powdered crystals from above), in a plastic bowl.  Knead this
        liquid into the potassium chlorate until intimately mixed.  Allow all the
        gasoline to evaporate.Place this explosive in a cool dry place.  Avoid
        friction, sulfur, sulfides, and phophorous compounds.  This explosive is best
        molded to the desired shape and density of 1.3 grams in a cube and dipped in
        wax till water proof.  These block type charges guarantee the highest
        detonation velocity.
        
                                     PART II 
                                RDX Manufacture
                                
          This is the second in a series of articles dealing with the production of
        plastic explosives.  This article will cover step by step (SXS?) instructions
        on how to make RDX, which is the main ingrediant in the rest of the plastic
        explosives I will cover.  The information in this and all of the other articles






        dealing with the production of plastic explosives was orignally written by
        written by Tim Lewis in a book called,"Kitchen Improvised Plastic Explosives".
        I will give the address to send for this and many other books and the end of
        this article.
        
           THE PRODUCTION OF RDX IS VERY DANGEROUS IF YOU DON'T KNOW WHAT YOU ARE
        DOING.DO NOT ATTEMPT ANY OF THIS IF YOU WISH TO LIVE TILL YOUR NEXT BIRTHDAY!
        
           Since the first part of WWII the armed forces of the United States has been
        searching for the perfect plastique explosives to be used in demolition work.
        This search lead to the development of the 'C' composition plastique
        explosives.  Of this group C-4 being the lastest formulation that has been
        readily adopted by the armed forces.  This formulation was preceded by C-3,
        C-2, and C.  In this series of articles, I will cover all these explosives in
        their chronological progression as they were developed and standardized by the
        armed forces.  All these explosives are cyclonite or R.D.X.  base with various
        plastisizing agents used to achieve the desired product.  This plastisizer,
        usually composes 7%-20% of the total weight of the plastique.
        Cyclotrimethylenetrinittrime or cyclonite is manufactured in bulk by the
        nitration of hexamethylenetetramine, (methenamine, hexamine, etc., etc.) with
        strong red 100% nitric acid.  The hardest part of this reaction is obtaining
        this red nitric acid.  It will most likely have to be made.  More on this
        later.Hexamine or methenamine can usually be bought in bulk quantities or
        hexamine fuel bars for camp stoves can be used but they end up being very
        explensive.  To use the fuel bars the need to be powered before hand.  The
        hexamine can also be made with common ammonia water (30%) and the commonly
        avaliable 36% formaldehyde solution.  To make this componant place 185 grams of
        clear ammonia water in a shallow pyrex dish.  To this add 500 ml.  of the
        formaldehyde solution to the ammonia water.  Allow this to evaporate and when
        the crystals are all that remains in the pan place the pan in the oven on the
        lowest heat that the oven has.This should be done only for a moment or so to
        drive off any remaining water.These crystals are scraped up and placed in a
        airtight jar to store them until they are used.  To make the red nitric acid
        you will need to buy a retort with a ground glass stopper.  In the retort place
        32 grams sulfuric acid, (98%-100%), and to this add 68 grams of potassium
        nitrate or 58 grams of sodium nitrate.Gently heating this retort will
        generate a red gas called nitrogen trioxide.  THIS GAS IS HIGHLY POISONOUS AND
        THIS STEP, AS WITH ALL OTHER STEPS, SHOULD BE DONE WITH GOOD VENTILATION.  This
        nitric acid that is formed will collect in the neck of the retort and form
        droplets that will run down the inside of the neck of the retort and should be
        caught in a beaker cooled by being surrounded by ice water.
        
           This should be heated till no more collects in the neck of the retort and
        the nitric acid quits dripping out of the neck into the beaker.  This acid
        should be stored until enough acid is generated to produce the required size
        batch which is determined by the person producing the ecplosive.  Ofcourse the
        batch can be larger or smaller but the same rations should be maintained.  To
        make R.D.X.  place 550 grams of the nitric acid produced by the above procedure
        in a 1000 ml.  beaker in a salted bath.  50 grams of hexamine, (methenamine) is
        added in small portions making sure that the temperature of the acid DOES NOT
        GO ABOVE 30 DEGREES CELCIUS.  This temperature can be monitored by placing a
        thermometer directly in the acid mixture.  During this procedure a vigerous
        stirring should be maintained.If the temperature approches 30 degrees,
        IMMEDIATLY STOP THE ADDITION OF THE HEXAMINE until the temperature drops to an
        acceptable level.  After the addition is complete continue the stirring and






        allow the temperature to drop to 0 degrees celcius and allow it to stay there
        for 20 minutes coninuing the vigerous stirring.  After the 20 minutes are up,
        pour this acid-hexamine mixture into 1000 ml.  of finely crushed ice and water.
        Crystals should form and are filtered out of the liquid.  The crystals that are
        filtered out are R.D.X.  and will need to have all traces of the acid removed.
        To remove this trace of acid, first wash these crystals by putting them in ice
        water and shaking and refiltering.  These crystals are then placed in a little
        boiling water and filtered.  Place them in some warm water and check the
        acidity for the resultant suspension with litmus paper.  You want it to read
        between 6 and 7 on the Ph scale.  If there is still acid in these crystals
        reboil them in fresh water until the acid is removed and the litmus paper shows
        them between 6 and 7, (the closer to 7 the better).  To be safe these crystals
        should be stored water wet until ready for use.  THESE CRYSTALS ARE A VERY HIGH
        EXPLOSIVE AND SHOULD BE TREATED WITH THE RESPECT THEY DESERVE!This explosive
        is much more powerful than T.N.T.  To use, these will need to be dryed for some
        manufaturing processes in the next few articles.  To dry these crystals, place
        them in a pan and spread them out and allow the water to evaporate off them
        until the are completely dry.  This explosive will detonate in this dry form
        when pressed into a mold to a density of 1.55 grams cubed, at a velocity of
        8550 M/second!
        
                         COMPARISON OF DETONATION VELOCITIES
             +------------------------------------------------------------------------+
        8600 !                                                              !
        8500 !          %%%%%%%%%%                                           !
        8400 !          %%%%%%%%%%                                           !
        8300 !          %%%%%%%%%%                                           !
        8200 !          %%%%%%%%%%                                           !
        8100 !          %%%%%%%%%%                                 %%%%%%%%%% !
        8000 !          %%%%%%%%%%                                 %%%%%%%%%% !
        7900 !          %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%                       %%%%%%%%%% !
        7800 !          %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%                       %%%%%%%%%% !
        7700 !          %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%             %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%% !
        7600 !          %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%% !
        7500 !          %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%% !
        7400 !          %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%% !
        7300 !          %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%% !
        7200 !          %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%% !
        7100 !          %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%% !
        7000 !          %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%% !
        6900 ! %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%% !
        6800 ! %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%%  %%%%%%%%%% !
             +------------------------------------------------------------------------+
               T.N.T      R.D.X.      "C"         "C-2"       "C-3"      "C-4"
        
        
                                    PART III               
        
                          Manufacture of type 'C' explosives   
        
        
           This article will deal with the production of type 'C' plastic explosive
        compound.  If you have not read my other two articles, you will need to so you
        can get some safety precations and the recipe for making R.D.X.  All of the
        type 'C' plastic explosives (that includes C-2, C-3, and C-4) are exceedingly






        powerful and should be used with utmost care.  (See K.I.P.E.  Part II for
        detonation chart).
        
           This explosive is just a copy of a British explosive that was adopted early
        in WWII.  This explosive is the choice explosive of the type 'C' compounds
        becuase of its relative ease of maufacture and the easy aquisition of the
        plastizer compound.  This explosive was available in standard demolition
        blocks.
        
             This explosive was standardized and adopted in the following composition:
        
        R.D.X.......................... 88.3%
        Heavy mineral oil.............. 11.1%
        Lecithin.......................   .6%
        
           (All percentages are by wait)
        
           In this composition, the lecithin acts to prevent the formation of large
        crystals of R.D.X.  which would increase the sensitivity of the explosive.
        This explosive has a good deal of power and is relatively non-toxic, (except
        when ingested).
        
           It is also plastic from 0-40 degrees celcius.  Above 40 degrees the
        explosive undergoes extrudation and becomes gummy although its explosive
        properties go realatively unimpaired.  Below 0 degrees celcius it becomes
        brittle and its cap sensitivity is lessened considerably.
        
           Manufacturing this explosive can be done two ways.  First being to dissolve
        the 11.7% plastisizing in unleaded gasoline and mixing with the R.D.X.and
        allowing the gasoline to evaporate until the mixture is free of all gasoline.
        
           The second method being the simple kneading of the plastisizing compound
        into the R.D.X.  until a uniform mixture is obtained.
        
           This explosive should be stored in a cool-dry place.  If properly made the
        plastique should be very stable in storage even if stored at elevated
        temparatures for long periods of time.
        
           It should be very cap sensitive.  A booster will be a good choice,
        especially if used below 0 degrees celcius.
        
             This detonates at a velocity of 7900 M/second.
        
                                     PART IV       
                            How to make type 'C-2' and 'C-3'  
                               plastic explosive compound.    
                         
        
           This article will cover the production of plastic explosives of the type
        'C-2' and 'C-3'.  These are highly undesirable because of certain trait each
        has and they don't produce as much power as 'C' and 'C-4' compounds.
        
           It is not recamended you make these two types of plastique, this article was
        written for imformatative purposes only.  (Just so you can act like you know
        what you are doing).






           Composition 'C-2' is harder to make than 'C-4' and is TOXIC TO HANDLE.  It
        is also unstable in storage and is poor choice for home explosive manufature.
        It also has a lower detonation velocity than either 'C-4' or 'C-3'.
        
           It is manufactured in a steam jacketed (heated) melting kettle using the
        same procedure used in incorperation of 'C-3'.  Its composition is as follows:
        
        R.D.X................. 80%
          (Equal parts of them following:)
              Mononitrotolulene
              Dinitrotolulene
              T.N.T. guncotton
              Dimethylformide......... 20%
        
                 (See Below for rest of recipe)
        
           'C-3' was developed to eliminate the undesirable aspects of 'C-2'.  It was
        standardized and adopted by the military as following composition:
        
        R.D.X................ 77%
        Mononitrotolulene.... 16%
        Dinitrotolulene......  5%
        Tetryl...............  1%
        T.N.T. guncotton.....  1%
        
           'C-3' is manufactured by mixing the plastisizing agent in a steam jacketed
        melting kettle equipped with a mechanical stirring attachment.The kettle is
        heated to 90-100 degrees Celcius and the stirrer is activated.Water wet
        R.D.X.is added to the plastisizing agent and the stirring is continued until
        a uniform mixture is obtained and all water has been driven off.  Remove the
        heat source but continue to stir the mixture until it has cooled to room
        temperature.
        
           This explosive is as sensitive to impact as is T.N.T.  Storage at 65 degrees
        Celcius for four months at a relative humidity of 95% does not impair it's
        explosive properties.
        
           'C-3' is 133% as good as an explosive as good as an explsive as is T.N.T.
        The major drawback of 'C-3' is its volatility which causes it to lose 1.2% of
        its weight although the explosives detonation properties are not affected.
        
           Water does not affect explosives preformance.  It therefore is very good for
        under-water demolition uses and would be a good choice for such an aplication.
        
           When stored at 77 degrees Celcius considerable extrudation takes place.  It
        will become hard at -29 degrees Celcius and is hard to detonate at this
        tempurature.
        
           While this explosive is not unduely toxic, it should be handled with care as
        it contains aryl-nitro compounds which are absorbed through the skin.
        
           It will reliably take detonation from a #6 blasting cap but the use of a
        booster is always suggested.  This explosive has a great blast effect and was
        still is avaliable in standard demolition blocks.  Its detonation velocity is
        approximately 7700 M/second.






        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                            
        
        
                            Phreaking (Phone Hacking)






        
        Wrote by: Unknown. Brought to you by: The Apple Bandit 10-89
        
        Hello, All.  I am one of the designers of one of the private payphones
        that you are probably seeing all around in place of the Iron Horse, or
        "Fortress" phones (Bell's).  This is probably the first part of who
        knows how many on how to Phreak private payphones.  Lesskn 1:  Introduction.  
        The private payphone differs from the fortress phone in
        that the dialtone you hear when you first pick up the handset is not
        network dial tone, but a "Fake" dial tone for your convenience.
        This of course is shut off when your first digit is dialed, and DTMF
        or "Touch Tones" are played at each key press, also for your convenience.  The 
        digits are pissed out to perhaps an LCD display but
        more importantly, NOT the network.  They are merely buffered into the
        micro that's in charge, so the dial string may then be rated.  This is
        one way the payphone insures against fraud and is called pre-pay oper-
        ation, where you hafta insert bucks to get it to actually outdial the call.  
        Note well:  Free calls, 950's, 1-800's, 0 and 0+ (cre`it card,
        collect, etc.) are placed immediately, with no beg cycle for bucks.
        This is the 1st step toward phreaking a private payphone, getting out
        into the real network for free, and untimed by the phone.  Side Note:
        When you walk away from a Bell phone that rings you back for overtime
        deposit, the CALLED PARTY is billed for that amount.  The private
        payphone has no way to do this, so it must disconnect you if your
        overtime is not paid.  Getting out on an untimed call means the phone
        will not beg fkr overtime and eventually disconnect you.  In the next
        installment, we'll  go into what to do when you hit the open network
        and how some of the phones out there guard against fraud.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Wrote by the: Unknown  Brought to you by: The Apple Bandit 10-89






        
        
        Hello, again.  Today's lesson on private payphones details what to do
        when you get yourself connected out to the network.  Typically there are
        only a few ways to get out.  The best is the good `ol Ernestine-type
        operator (0).  The typical rap to her is "Hello, operator, I'm testing
        this phone.  Do I sound clear to you?" or "What is the area code of
        Phoenix?"  to which you get the universah answer "The entire state of
        Arizona is 602!".  The former is ALWAYS safe, because of the fact that
        this is a private payphone, the Ma Bell operator has no way of knowing
        that you're not the Dickhead that's SUPPOSED to be working on the phone.
        By now, you're probably wondering "So what?" or something like that.
        Heres what:  The thing you are attempting to do is hang on the line
        and wait for the other party (called party) to hang up.   This technique
        is similar to the one used when phreaking call divarters, what is called
        "Chain Dialling" or "2nd dialtone dialout"  Now, of course some of the
        phones out there are looking for this second dialtone, and others are
        looking for loop current.  The 2nd dialtone from a C.O. is almost always
        heralded by a momentary loss of loop current, and this locks out the
        keypad and mouthpiece of the phone.  (You can't mess with these in this
        way).  The types which are only looking for the 2nd dialtone are easy to beat. 
         First, some give you a "live" keypad on the phone, which
        means that for as long as you press a key, DTMF (Touch Tone) is heard.
        Others use a "metered" keypad which pisses out short DTMF bursts for
        each key press.  The object here is to lay on the 1st digit of the number you 
        really want to dial whihe waiting for 2nd dialtone.  This
        will cause the C.O. to latch up on your  DTMF before the payphone's internal 
        dial tone detector can latch up on the dial tone!   The
        network dialtone will of course go away after the 1st digit and the rest
        of the nuiber may be dialed more leisurely.  This process can continue
        ad infinitum.  The types with "metered" keypads are a bit more difficult
        to screw with, as you have to repeatedly hit that 1st digit until you
        hear the "flash" of dialtone between presses.  Tha other type of phone
        disallows keypad use after the call is in progress, and for those, let
        me introduce you to your best friend: The Pocket Dialer!  Sold for rid-
        iculously cheap prices at nearly every consumer electronics store, these
        gems allow yoq to screw with lots of different things when it comes to 
        private payphones.  Besides Operator Calls, Credit Card calls may be
        used to get out (0 plus).  To do this, dial 0, a valid area code and prefix, 
        and 1234 for the number.  When Bell supplies tha Bong tone, dial
        "6#" (really dial the "#" sign).  This will evoke the message "Your Card
        Number is Invalid, please redial" and enter "6#" again.  The message
        this time is "Please hang up and try again."  wait for 1-10 secs (depending on 
        C.O. type) and Voila! - Dial tone!  This is particularly nice because the 
        payphone expects a lot of keypad and DTMF activity on the line for a 0 plus 
        call, and has relaxed restraints on the keypad.
        That should do it for Chain dialling, next time we'll go into othar
        ways to phraud the fone.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Wrote by the: Unknown  Brought to you by: The Apple Bandit 10-89






        
        Hello, once again here I am to talk about Phreaking Private Payphones.
        Lesson Three: Other Phrauding Methods.  One of the notable things about
        private payphones is that they have to detect signals from the `Lone ,Zne
        (like busy, ringing, etc.) to determine the path your bucks will take
        when you hang up, into the cashbox (burp), or the coin return (ching!).
        One of the signals in particular the phone is looking for is the 3 musical
        tones you get for an intercept recording.  (You know, BEEP-BEEP-BEEP, the
        number you have reached is screwed... etc.)  Record these tones with a pocket
        tape recorder, or what have you and play them 1-2 seconds after the phone
        connects you to whoever.  One of two things will happen:  The phone will sub-
        tract mouthpiece signal from line signal, and know that the tones didn't come
        from the Line, and ignore them, or, The phone will recognize them and then
        one of two other things may happen.  1. The call will go thru for free. (yay!)
        2.  The Call will go thru for free but the mouthpiece wihl be turned off.
        (boo)  - Still, okay for answering machines or for dial-a-whatever services
        where you only have to listen.   The next method is a little more involved,
        and requires some hardware.  If you have a "Butt Set" (Lineman's Fone) or
        a piece kf shit 9.95 Cobra phone fitted with alligator clips, you can usually
        see on private payphone installations a conduit running from the phone to
        somewhere else.   In this conduit runs 2 things:  the 2 wires for the phone
        line and 2 to 4 wires for power to the phone (usually low voltage, but be
        careful, some phones use 110!!!)  Use a Voltmeter to find the pair that has
        the 48-52 volts D.C. across them and clamp on the Butt Set.  - Voila! Dial
        tone!  Look for breaks in the conduit to get into, or at the ands.  When
        you are on the line in this fashion, there is nothing you can't do.... The
        line is very much like a business or residential phone line and you can
        call anywhere.  In the next installment, we'll go into Dirty Tricks and
        simple mechanical Phraud.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Wrote by the: Unknown  Brought to you by: The Apple Bandit






        
        Hiya.  Here agaIn with Lesson 4 of Phreaking Private Payphones: Dirty Tricks.
        Dirty Tricks involve things you can do to piss off the owners of a prhfate
        payphone (you know, the ass that won't refund your quarter even though you
        know he owns the store and the phone).  1.  The Oyster Trick.  This one is
        particularly disgusting.  Materials required: 1 gooey, slimey oyster  (the
        slimier the better!) and 1 piece of A.B.C. gum.  (already been chewed).
        Put the piece of gum at the very bottom of the coin return chute and stuff
        it down into the oyster drain hole there.  Then, put the oyster in the coin
        return, and leave.   Come back later that day and remove 1 gooey oyster and
        shitloads of change that people were too grossed out to retrieve.  If the
        owner of the phone geps a handful, oh well.  2.  The Balloon Trick.  This one
        is similar to the oyster trick but you use a balloon to block the coin return
        chute by inflating it very little and stuffing it up the thing.  Later come
        back and prick the balloon, and jackpot!  )  Both Tricks 1 and 2 annoy the
        owner by causing customers not to receive their change back, causing com-
        plaints to the owner, and possibly a service call.  By the way, Tricks 1 and
        2 also work on Bell Payphones...  3.  The "Dead Phone" Trick.  This one only
        works because the general populace is too stupid to listen for dialtone before
        inserting the Quarter.  Step 1, locate the conduit described in the last
        installment carrying the power to the phone.  Cut the 2-4 wires carrying the
        power. (Usually 12-48 V.D.C., though be careful! some phones use 110 A.C.!!)
        anyhow all day the idiots come up to the phone, pick up the handset, put
        in a  Quarter, and gulp!  the phone has no power, so not only is there no
        dial tone, but it can't activate the coin rehay to return the Quarter!  Later
        that day, come back and reconnect the power, and make a call, but hang up
        before anyone answers and JACKPOT!  All the change hung up in the coin relay
        comes back down the coin return.  Do this a couple of times until tha relay
        is clear of coins.  Some phones automatically eat on power-up, so this may
        not work, but if it does, it may not get all the coins in the relay.  This
        Trick will most usually generate a service call, and when the tech gets there,
        there won't be ajy problem! - (snicker).  In the next Lesson, we'll get into
        HACKING payphones!!!  - YES, HACKING! - most private payphones have internal
        MODEMS! - those that do not are remotely controlled by DTMF's instead of
        carrier modems, but can also be hacked.   Sell,  Untm,Later.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
         /-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/






         /-/                           /-/
         /-/      The Aqua Box         /-/
         /-/                           /-/
         /-/ Concept By: Captain Xerox /-/
         /-/                           /-/
         /-/ Plans By: The Traveler    /-/
         /-/                           /-/
         /-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/
         
            Every True Phreaker Lives In Fear Of The Dreaded F.B.I. 'lock In Trace.'
        For A Long Time, It Was Impossible To Escape From The Lock In Trace. This Box
        Does Offer And Escape Route With Simple Directions To It. This Box Is Quite A
        Simple Concept, And Almost Any Phreaker With Basic Electronics Knowledge Can
        Construct And Use It.
        More (Y/N/C)?               
                              __/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\__
                            ____/\/__                __\/\____
                          ______/\/  |__ The Lock __|  \/\______
                            ____\/\__|   In Trace   |__/\/____
                              __\/\                    /\/__
                                \/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/
        
        A Lock-In Trace Is A Device Used By The F.B.I. To Lock Into The Phone Users 
        Location So That He Can Not Hang Up While A Trace Is In Progress.  For Those 
        Of You Who Are Not Familiar With The Concept Of 'locking In', Then Here's A 
        Brief Description.
           The F.B.I. Can Tap Into A Conversation, Sort Of Like A Three-Way Call
        Connection.  Then, When They Get There, They Can Plug Electricity Into The
        Phone Line.  All Phone Connections Are Held Open By A Certain Voltage Of Elec-
        Tricity, That Is Why You Sometimes Get Static And Faint Connections When You
        Are Calling Far Away, Because The Electricity Has Trouble Keeping The Line Up.
        What The Lock In Trace Does Is Cut Into The Line And Generate That Same
        Voltage Straight Into The Lines.  That Way, When You Try And Hang Up, Voltage
        Is Retained.  Your Phone Will Ring Just Like Someone Was Calling You Even
        After You Hang Up.  (If You Have Call Waiting, You Should Understand Better
        About That, For Call Waiting Intercepts The Electricity And Makes A Tone That
        Means Someone Is Going Through Your Line.  Then, It Is A Matter Of Which
        More (Y/N/C)?             Voltage Is Higher.  When You Push Down The Receiver, Then It See-Saws The
        Electricity To The Other Side.  When You Have A Person On Each Line It Is Im-
        Possible To Hang Up Unless One Or Both Of Them Will Hang Up.  If You Try To
        Hang Up, Voltage Is Retained, And Your Phone Will Ring.  That Should Give You
        An Understanding Of How Calling Works.  Also, When Electricity Passes Through
        A Certain Point On Your Phone, The Electricity Causes A Bell To Ring Or On
        Some Newer Phones An Electronic Ring To Sound.
            So, In Order To Eliminate The Trace, You Somehow Must Lower The Voltage
        Level On Your Phone Line.  You Should Know That Every Time Someone Else Picks
        Up The Phone Line, Then The Voltage Does Decrease A Little.  In The First
        Steps Of Planning This Out, Xerox Suggested Getting About A Hundred Phones All
        Hooked Into The Same Line That Could All Be Taken Off The Hook At The Same
        Time.  That Would Greatly Decrease The Voltage Level.  That Is Also Why Most
        Three-Way Connections That Are Using The Bell Service Three Way Calling (Which
        Is Only $3 A Month) Become Quite Faint After A While.
            By Now, You Should Understand The Basic Idea.  You Have To Drain All Of
        The Power Out Of The Line So The Voltage Can Not Be Kept Up.  A Rather Sudden
        Draining Of Power Could Quickly Short Out The F.B.I. Voltage Machine, Because






        It Was Only Built To Sustain The Exact Voltage Necessary To Keep The Voltage
        Out.
            For Now, Imagine This.  One Of The Normal Radio Shack Generators That You
        Can Go Pick Up That One End Of The Cord That Hooks Into The Central Box Has A
        Phone Jack On It And The Other Has An Electrical Plug.  This Way, You Can
        More (Y/N/C)?             "Flash" Voltage Through The Line, But Can't Drain It.  So, Some Modifications
        Have To Be Done.
        
         Materials Needed- A Beoc (Basic Electrical Output Socket), Like A Small Lamp
                           Type Connection, Where You Just Have A Simple Plug And Wire
                           That Would Plug Into A Light Bulb.
                         - One Of The Cords Mentioned Above, If You Can't Find One
                           Then Construct Your Own; Same Voltage Connection, But The
                           Restrainer Must Be Built In (I.E. The Central Box)
                         - Two Phone Jacks (One For The Modem, One For If You Are
                           Being Traced To Plug The Aqua Box Into)
                         - Some Creativity And Easy Work.
         
         Notice: No Phones Have To Be Destroyed/Modified To Make This Box, So Don't Go
                 Out And Buy A New Phone For It!
         
            All Right, This Is A Very Simple Procedure.  If You Have The Beoc, It
        Could Drain Into Anything, A Radio, Or Whatever.  The Purpose Of Having That
        Is You Are Going To Suck The Voltage Out From The Phone Line Into The Electri-
        Cal Appliance So There Would Be No Voltage Left To Lock You In With.
        
        1) Take The Connection Cord.  Examine The Plug At The End.  It Should Have
           Only Two Prongs, If It Has Three, Still, Do Not Fear.  Make Sure The Elec-
        More (Y/N/C)?                Trical Appliance Is Turned Off Unless You Wanna Become A Crispy Critter
           While Making This Thing.  Most Plugs Will Have A Hard Plastic Design On The
           Top Of Them To Prevent You From Getting In At The Electrical Wires Inside.
           Well, Get A Knife And Remove It.  If You Want To Keep The Plug (I Don't See
           Why...) Then Just Cut The Top Off.  When You Look Inside, Low And Behold,
           You Will See That At The Base Of The Prongs There Are A Few Wires Connect-
           Ing In.  Those Wires Conduct The Power Into The Appliance.  So, You Care-
           Fully Unwrap Those From The Sides And Pull Them Out Until They Are About An
           Inch Ahead Of The Prongs.  If You Don't Wanna Keep The Jack, Then Just Rip
           The Prongs Out.  If You Are, Cover The Prongs With Insulation Tape So They
           Will Not Connect With The Wires When The Power Is Being Drained From The
           Line.
        
        2) Do The Same Thing With The Prongs On The Other Plug, So You Have The Wires
           Evenly Connected.  Now, Wrap The End Of The Wires Around Each Other.  If
           You Happen To Have The Other End Of The Voltage Cord Hooked Into The Phone,
           Stop Reading Now, You're Too Fucking Stupid To Continue.  After You've
           Wrapped The Wires Around Each Other, Then Cover The Whole Thing With The
           Plugs With Insulating Tape.  Then, If You Built Your Own Control Box Or If
           You Bought One, Then Cram All The Wires Into The Box And Re-Close It.
        
        3) Re-Check Everything To Make Sure It's All In Place.  This Is A Pretty
           Flimsy Connection, But On Later Models When You Get More Experienced At It
        More (Y/N/C)?                Then You Can Solder Away At It And Form The Whole Device Into One Big Box,
           With Some Kind Of Cheap Mattel Hand-Held Game Inside To Be The Power Con-
           Nector.
         






            In Order To Use It, Just Keep This Box Handy.  Plug It Into The Jack If
        You Want, But It Will Slightly Lower The Voltage So It Isn't Connected.  When
        You Plug It In, If You See Sparks, Unplug It And Restart The Whole Thing.  But
        If It Just Seems Fine Then Leave It.
        
         Using It !!
         
            Now, So You Have The Whole Thing Plugged In And All... Do Not Use This Un-
        Less The Situation Is Desperate!  When The Trace Has Gone On, Don't Panic, Un-
        Plug Your Phone, And Turn On The Appliance That It Was Hooked To.  It Will
        Need Energy To Turn Itself On, And Here's A Great Source... The Voltage To
        Keep A Phone Line Open Is Pretty Small And A Simple Light Bulb Should Drain It
        All In And Probably Short The F.B.I. Computer At The Same Time.
         
         Happy Boxing And Stay Free!
         
        Later, The Traveler
               Zer0-G
               Council Of Minds.
        More (Y/N/C)?             
        [G-Files Command Menu] [?/Help]: 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
         __          _ __ ____ _______ ______________ _______ ____ __ _          __






        |\                                                                        /|
                              Brought to you by: The Motel West
                                  (801) 466-6954   3/12/24
                                    60 Megabytes On-Line
                                     A member of T.A.P.
        |/_          _ __ ____ _______ ______________ _______ ____ __ _          _\|
        
         ZDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD?
         3 ZDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD?         3   How to Build Your Own Underground
         3 3 .           .        3         3        Television Transmitter
         3 3   S n o w  B o x     3         3          Using Commercially
         3 3             .     .  3         3             Available
         3 3.    13-JUN-88    .   3         3               Parts
         3 3  .                   3         3   ]3:^3]33^3^::]3^:]^ ]^3]3^3]]^]
         3 3 Outlaw Telecommandos 3         3   ]3:^3]33^3^::]3^:]^ ]^3]3^3]]^]
         3 @DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDY         3   ]3:^3]33^3^::]3^:]^ ]^3]3^3]]^]
         @DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDY   0 1 - 2 1 3 -  3 7 6 -  0 1 1 1
        
          Yes, for some time now it has been possible to construct a clandestine
        television station, which you can operate from your Telecommando Lair, or modify
        
        
        for Mobile Media Guerrilla campaigns.
        
          We have named this device the Snow Box, due to its cool nature, and the snow
        seen on blank television channels waiting to be commandeered.
        
         To put together a TV station you will need this stuff:
        
        A VCR or Camcorder with video or RF outputs
        
        A Ham Radio 6-meter Band Linear amplifier
                (This boosts the RF signal from the VCR for broadcasting)
                (The Linear Amp should have a bandwidth of 6 MHz for best results)
                A cable television RF distribution amplifier may also be used.
        
        Coaxial cable with UHF connectors
               (Connects the Linear Amp to the Antenna)
        
        A cable-TV patch cable with an F-connector and a UHF connector
               (To connect the RF signal to the Linear Amp)
               (F-connectors are the small ones used with cable TV)
               (UHF connectors are the large ones used for Ham Radio)
        
        If your VCR does not have RF outputs:
               An external RF modulator (converts video to channel 3,6,12 etc.)
               a cable with RCA connectors (a standard stereo cord is ok)
        
        A 6-meter Ham radio antenna.
        
        If you do not have a pre-made 6-meter antenna:
               About 20 feet of strong wire
               3 ceramic antenna insulators
               another UHF connector
        






         Likely places to get the linear amplifier, connectors and cables is a
        Ham Radio swapmeet, a Ham club newsletter's classified ads, a Buy-Sell-Trade
        paper like The Recycler, or at a store specializing in Ham gear.
        RF modulators are available at specialty video stores, or major VCR dealers.
        
        Setting Up the Transmitter:
        
         Using a VCR with RF out:
        
        [VCR/RF]F----------------------------U[Linear Amp]U------------U[Antenna]
                          weak RF                            Power RF
        
         Using an External RF Modulator:
        
        [VCR]R-------R[RF Modulator]---------U[Linear Amp]U------------U[Antenna]
               video                 weak RF                 Power RF
        
        Diagram Symbols:
        
        U    UHF-connectors (Ham radio)
        F    F-connectors   (cable TV)
        R    RCA connectors (stereos)
        ---  coax, cables, wires
        []   devices (name of device in brackets)
        <I>  ceramic insulator (the kind with a hole at each end)
        
        
        Building The Dipole Antenna:
        
                  wire                        wire
        <I>---------------------+<I>+----------------------<I>
                                |   |
                   Short coax   |   |
                                 [U]    UHF connector
        
        The antenna is set up much like a clothesline with the wires tethered
        straight out horizontally. The outer insulators are used to isolate the
        antenna from the tether lines, which should be rope or nylon cords
        for good results. The inner insulator isolates a gap between the two
        long wires of the antenna.
        
        The length of the wires used for the antenna is critical.
        Look up the length in feet for the channel you want to use in the
        table below & make each of the two long wires that length.
        As a rule of thumb, a wire half-wave antenna's length in feet is equal to
        468 divided by the frequency in MHz.
        
        ****************************************
             VHF Television Channel Data
        ----------------------------------------
          TV     MHz      ---carrier---  antenna
        channel range     video   sound  lengths
        ------- -----     -----   -----  -------
         2      54-60     55.25   59.75  8.47ft
         3      60-66     61.25   65.75  7.64ft






         5      76-82     77.25   81.75  6.05ft
         6      82-88     83.25   87.75  5.62ft
         7     174-180   175.25  179.75  2.67ft
         8     180-186   181.25  185.75  2.58ft
         9     186-192   187.25  191.75  2.49ft
         10    192-198   193.25  197.75  2.42ft
         11    198-204   199.25  193.75  2.34ft
         12    204-210   205.25  209.75  2.28ft
         13    210-216   211.25  215.75  2.21ft
                (All frequencies in MHz)
          (Lengths are for half-wave antennas)
        ****************************************
        
        For Further information: Look in the ARRL Handbook published by the American
        Radio Relay League for detailed plans & theory for antennas, transmitters &
        linear amplifiers. The info in that book can be used for setting up an
        underground AM or FM radio station.
        
        
        Public Education: Make a videotape of each step in the process of constructing
        your transmitter. Show this tape in your broadcasts, "For informational purposes
        
        
        only", of course.
        
        Short-burst zipping: From a fixed or mobile base of operation show short
        snippets of graffiti-like computer graphics, quick subliminal messages,
        images & suggestions, or brief phreaker manifestos. Commercials are an
        opportune time to break into TV broadcasts.
        
        Live call-in shows: Using a Cheese Box, or other device for receiving
        untraceable phone calls and a video camera do a live call-in show. Encourage
        people to call in using Red, Blue, and other phreaking boxes.
        
        Cable TV Piracy: With modifications it may be possible to feed the power RF
        signal directly into a cable TV system, overriding cablecasts or comandeering
        unused channels.
        
        Mobile Operation: Using storage batteries and a 110-volt inverter the
        transmitter may be modified for mobile use to avoid detection by the FCC during
        long broadcasts. Battery operated mobile linear amps and portable camcorders are
        
        
        also available.
        
        * Please add any anecdotes or new information you discover to this file *
        
        
                 FREQ OUT            FREQ OUT
             KEY     POT ON VCO1     POT ON VCO
        2        PIN 14 VCO1       PIN 14 VCO
              C          1                6
                  1700              1100
              0          2                10
                  1300              1500






              E          1                10
                  1700              1500
              1          4                7
                   900               700
              2          3                7
                  1100               700
              3          3                8
                  1100               900
              4          2                7
                  1300               700
              5          2                8
                  1300               900
              6          2                6
                  1300              1100
              7          5                7
                  1500               700
              8          5                8
                  1500               900
              9          5                6
                  1500              1100
              X          -                9
                  ----              2600
        
        ***********************************************************
          REMEMBER THAT FIG-2 IT IS THE SAME FOR EACH KEY EXCEPT THE
        "X" WHICH ONLY TAKES ONE DIODE.
        ***********************************************************
        
        
          AS A FINAL WORD YOU CAN BUILD THIS IN ANY TYPE OF ENCLOSURE AND SHOULD
        NEVER BE USED WHICH IS TOTAL BULLSHIT! USE IT!
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                                     Hacking
        
        
        






        NOTE:  Although I have all but quit hacking since the release of these
               messages, I would like this file redistruted.  It has not been
               edited.. or umm CORRECTED, but some idiot decided that my POSTS
               a while back needed to be gathered into a file.  The job was done
               poorly and the result was 7 files of message base posting size.
               Not smart.
        
        
                   %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
                   %%                                                        %%
                   %%    What's Hacking?                                     %%
                   %%                          A series by David Lightman    %%
                   %%                                                        %%
                   %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%-SPECIAL ISSUE-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
                   %%                                                        %%
                   %%                  VAX COMPUTER SYSTEMS                  %%
                   %%                                                        %%
                   %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
        
        
                USENET:  bdunn@attctc.dallas.tx.us
                         ... or ...
                         {texsun..texbell..}!attctc!bdunn
        
                TELEMAIL: csupport/a755.cc3556/tech.services/credit.data/isg/trw
        
                BBS's:
        
                   If I get multiple requests about a topic (as I did with  VAX),
                I will put something online the WHAT'S HACKING? subboards and the
                beta system Twilight Zone ]I[.
        
        
                -----------------------------------------------------------------
        
                VAX:  The VAX acronym is derived from Virtual Address  eXtension.
                      The VAX computer is designed to use memory addresses beyond
                      the  hardware's actual limits, enabling it to  handle  pro-
                      grams that are too large to fit into physical memory.   The
                      VAX  computer system is a member of the  Digital  Equipment
                      Corporation  (DEC)  computer  family.   Currently  the  VAX
                      series includes models spanning the desktop VAX station  to
                      mainframe class multi-CPU VAX processors.  These vary  from
                      the superminis, like MicroVAX, to the older, moderate sized
                      11/7XX  series, to the newer 6000 series.   These  computer
                      systems commonly use an operating system known as VMS.
        
                VMS:  The VMS acronym is for Virtual Memory System.  The operands
                      of  VMS are very similar to other operating systems.   Back
                      in  the days of stand-alone computer systems, DEC  had  the
                      idea for streamlining the operation of their computers  for
                      business  and  engineering.  It conceived VMS as a  way  of
                      allowing the basic computer management to be done by a user
                      familiar with any of the multiple systems it made.
        






                DCL:  The DCL acronym is for Digital Command Language.  It is the
                      fundamental language of the VMS.  Those of you who have  an
                      IBM  system,  you can think of a DCL program like  a  batch
                      file.  You can do a lot with it (much more than a PC-DOS or
                      MS-DOS  batch)  but it work basically the  same  way.   One
                      difference is that when you want to execute anything as  if
                      you were typing it in at the command prompt, you first must
                      put a "$" in front of the command in the DCL program.   DCL
                      programs  are commonly called COM files as well.  When  you
                      are not executing a COM or DCL program file, you are almost
                      always typing things into the DCL processor.
        
        
        
                WHAT DOES A VAX LOOK LIKE:   (quickly)
                =========================
        
                   When you log into a VAX, you will see something similar to the
                following:
        
                :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
                                             WELCOME
        
                                             TO THE
        
                                     AT&T MICROVAX II SYSTEM
        
                Username: (username here)
                Password: (password here... does not echo)
        
                $  (<-- this is your prompt)
                :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
        
                   You  will  know if you have a VAX type system if you  get  the
                "Username:" and "Password:" prompts.  Anything is just extra that
                helps you guess passwords.
        
                GETTING IN A VAX BY ERROR:
                =========================
        
                   I  will only tell you one thing here.  VMS 4.X and  especially
                VMS4.4  are  goldmines.  I am not going to go into this  at  all,
                because it is a lengthy explanation that doesn't fit in the scope
                of  this  message.  You can find this discussion on  ARPANET  and
                USENET.   You  can  also  get  this  information  on   CompuServe
                Information  Service,  BYTE  Information  Exchange,  and  Digital
                Electronics Corporation's VAX BBS.   There is also a big  problem
                with VMS 5.1, but that doesn't involve getting in.  If there  are
                enough  requests, I will cover this information in  another  mes-
                sage.
        
                GETTING IN A VAX BY DEFAULT:
                ===========================
        
                   There  are  several default accounts that were put in  by  DEC






                when  testing and installing the VAX.  These accounts have  pass-
                words which don't change from system to system.  The SYSOP should
                have  removed these accounts or changed the passwords, but it  is
                not done a lot of times.  Below, I have listed several defaults:
        
                               USERNAME              PASSWORD
                               --------              --------
                               DECNET                DECNET
                          *    SYSTEST               UETP
                                                     SYSTEST
                               SYSTEM                SYSTEM
                               DEFAULT               DEFAULT
                          *    FIELD                 FIELD
                               OPERATIONS            OPERATIONS
                          *    SUPPORT               SUPPORT
                                                     DEC
                               SYSTEST_CLIG          CLIG
                                                     SYSTEST
                                                     TEST
        
                   Where  I have listed several passwords, I have found  the  re-
                spective  usernames  passworded that way as much as  the  default
                password.   The accounts with asterisks beside them are  powerful
                accounts by default.
        
        
        
                VAX VMS COMMANDS:
                ================
        
                   Once  you  get your "$" prompt, you will be able  to  type  in
                hundreds of commands of course.  I will go over a few basic  ones
                here:
        
                @                -  Execute procedure.  When you want to run  any
                                    DCL  batch or *.COM;* file, you must  include
                                    this "@" before the filename.
                                    EX: @LOGIN.COM;3
        
                ACCOUNTING       -  This will run the accounting program.  If you
                                    log  out of a system and you see charges  put
                                    on  your account for the amount of  time  you
                                    are on, the system is using account.  Actual-
                                    ly every system uses accounting somewhat, but
                                    it  can be made virtually invisible.  If  you
                                    are  desperate,  or you are  having  troubles
                                    with the system operators of the VAX  (SYSOPS
                                    from  now  on), you can use this  program  to
                                    your advantage.
        
                CREATE           -  This will create just about anything.  If you
                                    have a  program that you have written on your
                                    PC's Pascal interpreter, you can Ascii upload
                                    the file to the VAX using the CREATE command.
                                    EX: CREATE program.pas;1






        
                CREATE/DIR       -  This will simply create a SUB directory for
                                    you.  I will explain how to get around a  VAX
                                    in a minute.  See the SET command.
                                    EX: CREATE/DIR NameOfDir
        
                DELETE           -  Just used to delete a file or  EMPTY,  UNPRO-
                                    TECTED  DIRECTORY.   To delete a  file,  just
                                    type  "DEL filename.ext;x."  To delete a  sub
                                    directory,  first delete all of the files  in
                                    the  directory:  "DEL/LOG *.*;*"   Next,  you
                                    will    need   to   SET   PROTECTION:    "SET
                                    PROTECTION=OWNER:D dirname.DIR"  Next, delete
                                    the directory: "DEL dirname.DIR"
                                    EX: DEL DAVID.TXT;4
        
                DIRECTORY        -  This will show you  what files are  contained
                                    in  the current directory.   Adding  "/BRIEF"
                                    will  give  you a short  listing  and  adding
                                    "/FULL" will give you a full listing  includ-
                                    ing  security information on each file.   You
                                    can  shorten the command to DIR and  you  may
                                    use wildcards.  The "*" means anything of any
                                    length.  The "%" means anything one character
                                    length.
                                    EX: DIR/FULL DAVID-%%.*;%
        
                EDIT             -  This command will  bring up the editor.  Some
                                    VAX  systems use a type of editor similar  to
                                    MS-DOS/PC-DOS's  EDLIN.   HOWEVER,  some  VAX
                                    systems  use EDT/EVE editing which is a  full
                                    screen  editor (usually).  With this  editor,
                                    you  can do a lot quickly, but only  if  your
                                    terminal will support cursor control.  VT-100
                                    is very clumsy.  Try getting VT-220 when you
                                    use the EDT/EVE editor.
        
        
        
        
        
                HELP             -  This command will bring up  the HELP program.
                                    This  is just a clumsy imitation of what  you
                                    are reading.  (heh heh)
        
                LIBRARY          -  Used for  archive purposes.  You will  proba-
                                    bly not use this command much if you are new.
                                    I am mentioning it now because I will type up
                                    a  more in depth discussion of VAX  later  on
                                    the "What's Hacking?" sub boards.
        
                LOGOUT           -  Logs you out.
        
                MAIL             -  Loads the mail program.  Used to send mail to
                                    others users and CAN (YES, IT CAN) be used to






                                    send mail (or other) to (OR FROM) the network
                                    if the VAX is connected to a network.  It CAN
                                    (YES,  CAN) also send data to (OR  FROM)  the
                                    computers on the DECNET (if used).
        
                $PASSWORD        -  Changes your password.
                                    EX: $PASSWORD mynewpass
        
                PHONE            -  Used to talk to  another user.  This  command
                                    is pretty nice compared to other means.  Your
                                    "$" prompt will be replaced with a "%" prompt
                                    once phone is executed.  If you want to  talk
                                    to  someone, type his username.  If you  want
                                    to talk to someone on a different node,  type
                                    his nodename, two colons, and then his  user-
                                    name.  A lot of times you will find this  one
                                    disabled     (especially    on     University
                                    computers),  but there are alternate ways  to
                                    communication  online  other  than  MAIL  and
                                    PHONE.  See below.
                                    EX: PHONE
                                        % node13::dlight
        
                PHOTO            -  Records session.
        
                RUN              -  Executes executables.  (simple?)
        
                SET              -  Wow...  this is a lot.  See below.
        
                SHOW             -  This involves a  lot too, but not as  much as
                                    SET.  With SHOW, you can look at a lot.  I am
                                    just  going to list a lot of things  you  can
                                    view and what it will show you.
                                    EX: SHOW USERS DAV
        
                                    CLUSTER    - VAX cluster if any
                                    DEFAULT    - Directory path and device
                                    DEVICES    - The system devices (drives,
                                                 etc.)
                                    INTRUSION - If any accounts are being
                                                 hacked
                                    MEMORY     - Memory of course
                                    NETWORK    - Network and the VAX's location
                                                 within
                                    PROCESS    - PROCESS ProcessName shows
                                                 status
                                    PROTECTION - Protection on files
                                    QUOTA      - Shows disk space allowed for
                                                 your account
                                    SYSTEM     - Miscellaneous system info
                                    DAY        - Day & date
                                    TIME       - Time
                                    USERS      - Users online all systems
        
        






        
        
                TYPE             -  Shows the contents of a file by sending it to
                                    the terminal.
                                    EX: TYPE DAVID.TXT;3
                THE SET COMMAND:
                ===============
        
                   The  SET command is one of the most widely used and  versatile
                commands on the VMS 5 series DCL.
        
                SET FILE/PROTECTION:
                ===================
        
                   I suppose the most frequent use of SET involved the PROTECTION
                option.  These protections, known as SOGW or UIC protections, can
                be  put  on any file or directory that you have WRITE  &  EXECUTE
                privileges on.  Setting the protection involves allowing  differ-
                ent users on the VAX to read, write, execute, or delete your file
                or  directory.   The FILE /PROTECTION option of SET  is  used  to
                accomplish this.  An example is:
        
                SET FILE/PROTECTION=OWNER:E david.exe;4
        
                If  you  typed  this  command in the DCL  for  a  program  called
                DAVID.EXE;4  (4 is the version number), then the owner (or  crea-
                tor)  of  the  file can do nothing to the file  but  execute  it.
                However, in another example:
        
                SET FILE/PROTECTION=OWNER:RWED david.exe;4
        
                you  are  going  to be able to "R"ead,  "W"rite,  "E"xecute,  and
                "D"elete  the  program.  The same applies to a  directory.   Just
                substitute  the  directory  name for the  filename  above.   When
                creating a directory, the SET  is set so that you may not  delete
                it.   As  discussed  previously, you will have to  issue  a  "SET
                PROTECTION  OWNER:D  dirname.dir;1" and  "DEL  dirname.dir;1"  to
                delete the directory.
        
                   Other than the owner, UIC file protection can be placed on any
                of the following:
        
                WORLD - Any user on the system.
                GROUP - Any user in your group.
                OWNER - Only your account or matching UIC.
                SYSTEM - Anyone that has SYSPRV privileges or the octal UIC
                         groups.
        
                SET TERMINAL:
                ============
        
                   This  is  VERY important to all of us who call  into  the  VAX
                system.  If you have a VT100 (not just ANSI), you can use:
        
                SET TERMINAL/DEVICE_TYPE=VT100






        
                   Additional terminal settings are possible, for example:
        
                SET TERMINAL/WIDTH=80 - Sets width to 80 columns
                SET TERMINAL/ADVANCED_VIDEO = Sets 124 X 24 lines
                SET TERMINAL/ANSI_CRT = ANSI escape sequences
                SET TERMINAL/AUTOBAUD = Possibly gets higher baud rate
                SET TERMINAL/BROADCAST = Enable messages from SEND, MAIL & PHONE
                SET TERMINAL/DEVICE_TYPE=VT220 - Sets terminal type to VT220
                SET TERMINAL/ECHO = Enables echoing from DCL command line
                SET TERMINAL/FULLDUP = Enables full duplex
                SET TERMINAL/HANGUP = Causes account to log off if no carrier
                SET TERMINAL/INQUIRE - Shows device_type of terminal
                SET TERMINAL/PAGE=43 - Sets display length to 43 lines
                SET TERMINAL/TYPE_AHEAD = Sets type ahead function on
                SET TERMINAL/UNKNOWN - Used for ASCII device types
                SET TERMINAL/WRAP = Used to set wrap around feature
        
                All  of  the above denoted with a "=" rather than a  "-"  can  be
                changed  to  the opposite setting by placing a "NO"  directly  in
                front of the qualifiers.  EX: SET TERMINAL/NOECHO
        
        
        
        
        
                SET DEFAULT (or... MOVING AROUND A VAX):
                =======================================
        
                   To move around the VAX DCL, in and out of directories, I  need
                to  tell you about the SET DEFAULT command.  It is just like  the
                CD command on UNIX and MS-DOS/PC-DOS, except it follows a format.
                The format is "SET DEFAULT [.subdir]" to go down to a sub  direc-
                tory and "SET DEFAULT [-]" to go to the parent directory.  I will
                explain more involved uses like changing disks, if asked, to keep
                you  out of trouble for now.  First, I will show by  example  and
                then explain my example to those out there who lack a brain.
        
                $ DIR                                                 (step 1)
                PROGRAM.EXE;2   PROGRAM.EXE;1
                $ CREATE/DIR example                                  (step 2)
                $ DIR                                                 (step 3)
                EXAMPLE.DIR;1   PROGRAM.EXE;2   PROGRAM.EXE;1
                $ SET DEFAULT [.example]                              (step 4)
                $ DIR                                                 (step 5)
                no files, animals, vegetables, nor minerals error
                $ SET DEF [-]                                         (step 6)
                $ COPY PROGRAM.EXE;2 [.example]                       (step 7)
                $ SET DEF [.example]                                  (step 8)
                $ DIR                                                 (step 9)
                PROGRAM.EXE;2
                $
        
                Here's what I did...
        






                   STEP 1:  I asked to see the contents of the current directory.
                            I  found that I have the program PROGRAM.EXE  is  the
                            1st and 2st versions in the directory.
        
                   STEP 2:  I  created a  directory called "EXAMPLE."  This  name
                            can be anything of course.
        
                   STEP 3:  I again asked for the contents of the directory.   It
                            now   shows   me  that  I  have   a   "file"   called
                            "EXAMPLE.DIR;1."   That is just the directory.   Any-
                            thing with an extension of "DIR" will be a directory.
                            For more on extensions, see below.
        
                   STEP 4:  I  changed directories  by use  of  the  SET  DEFAULT
                            command.   You  must  always follow  this  format  to
                            change into a SUB directory.
        
                   STEP 5:  I AGAIN (!) looked into the directory.  This time, my
                            directory  was  EXAMPLE so I of course  saw  nothing.
                            You  will get an error I believe when you try to  DIR
                            an empty directory.
        
                   STEP 6:  This command is used to rise up to the parent  direc-
                            tory.   The  parent directory contains  the  filename
                            "EXAMPLE.DIR;1," remember?  The DEFAULT option can be
                            shortened to DEF.
        
                   STEP 7:  Here I am illustrating how to move programs around  a
                            little.  I just copied the program PROGRAM.EXE;2 into
                            the subdirectory EXAMPLE.
        
                   STEP 8:  See step 3.   (a lazy, tired Dave)
        
                   STEP 9:  I  >ONCE MORE<  issued the DIR command to  reveal the
                            contents  of the directory.  I now find  the  program
                            PROGRAM.EXE;2  in  my  directory listing  of  my  sub
                            directory EXAMPLE.
        
                   If  you don't understand the basics of moving around a VAX  by
                now, push "OFF".
        
        
        
        
                FILENAME EXTENSIONS:
                ===================
        
                   Occasionally  you will run across a BIG directory.  This  will
                hopefully  not  happen until you read more on VAX  on  my  WHAT'S
                HACKING sub boards, but if it does, this list will hopefully help
                you avoid making too big a mistake or wasting a lot of time.
        
                ADA    Ada compiler source code file
                BAS    BASIC compiler source code file
                B32    BLISS-32 compiler source code file






                C      C compiler source code file
                COB    COBAL compiler source code file
                FOR    FORTRAN compiler source code file
                MAR    MACRO compiler source code file
                PAS    Pascal compiler source code file
                PLI    PL/I compiler source code file
        
                CLD    DCL command description file
                COM    DCL batch or command procedure file
                DAT    Data file
                DIS    Distribution file (as in mail)
                DIR    Directory file (as in a subdirectory)
                EDT    Command file for the EDT editing program
                EXE    Executable program
                HLP    Text for help libraries
                JOU    EDT editor journal when problems occur
                LIS    System listing file (as in TYPE, PRINT, & PHOTO)
                LOG    Batch job output file
                MAI    Mail message file
                MEM    DSR output file
                OBJ    Object code created by compiler before LINKing
                RNO    Source file for DSR
                SIXEL  Files for Sixel graphics
                SYS    System image file
                TJL    Journal created when the unusual occurs (DECNET a lot)
                TMP    Temporary file (sometimes valuable)
                TPU    Editor command file
                TXT    Text library input file (also MAIL output file)
                UAF    USER AUTHORIZATION FILE
        
                   I will comment extensively on UAF files when I decide to type up
                another VAX tutorial.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                                  Scams 
        
        -                  The Disk Jockey                        -
        -                     presents:                           -






        -                  Scamming ATM's                         -
        -             (Automatic Teller Machines)                 -
        
        Preface:
        -------
             ATM's are nothing new, banks have been using them for years,
        and now you see them being used more than ever, and are becoming
        more and more widespread.  This, of course, just opens up more
        ways to make money, and I am again bringing you another safe and
        proven technique of improving your cash flow.
        
        Banks:
        -----
             As mentioned, almost all banks nowadays have ATM machines.
        Grab the local phone book and start calling banks.  What you want
        to know is "What is the most I can take out of an ATM machine right
        after I deposit a check?"  Most banks range anywhere from $50 to
        $1000.  This is for when you make a deposit via the ATM, and then
        right away make a withdraw against the funds on the check, even
        though the check hasn't been verified.  I'm sure you can see what's
        coming.
        
        Account:
        -------
             Open a savings account at the bank that offers the highest
        amount of ATM withdraw.  Use a fake name (of course) and apply for
        the ATM card too.  You might even tell them that you need the ATM
        card because you work odd hours, so it is difficult for you to get
        to the banks when they are open.
        
        Deposit:
        -------
             Soon you will get your ATM card in the mail, and it should be
        sent to your mailing address that would be a lot like a drop for
        carding.  You should be able to figure out how to do that.  Take
        your ATM card and go to the banks ATM machine.  Select DEPOSIT
        and when it asks for amout, type in $999.00.  DO NOT deposit an
        amount OVER $1000!  This is important because then the check will
        have to wait for bank clearance, which means that you'll be screwed.
        When it's time to insert the deposit into the slot on the ATM, insert
        an empty envelope.  For all the ATM knows, this was just a check for
        $999.00, and now places your account ledger at $999.00.  Now you are
        free to withdraw up to the full $1000 that you are allowed.  Since
        you never really put in any money, this is all free money coming out!
        
        
        I've done this myself and got $950 out of a machine.  It was a HUGE
        stack of twenties!  Just be on the watch for cameras!
        
        Have fun.
                                             -The Disk Jockey
        
                                      ==Phrack Classic==
        
                             Volume Three, Issue 32, File #6 of 12






        
                             +----------------------------------+
                             ]          Exploration of:         ]
                             ]  Automatic Teller Machine Cards  ]
                             ]                                  ]
                             +----+-------------------------+---+
                                  ]       Written by:       ]
                                  ]      Jester Sluggo      ]
                                  ]                         ]
                                  ] Released: May 13, 1989  ]
                                  ](to Black-Ice:For Review)]
                                  ] Released: Jan 12, 1990  ]
                                  ]    (to Phrack Inc.)     ]
                                  ] Released: Nov, 10, 1990 ]
                                  ]   (to Phrack Classic)   ]
                                  +-------------------------+
        
        
        With the North American continent the being the worlds biggest
        consumer of goods and services liquidity of the banking system  has
        become an important factor in our everyday lives.  Savings accounts
        were used by people to keep money safe and used by the banks to
        provide money for loans.  However, due to 'Bankers Hours' (10 AM to
        3 PM) it was often difficult for people to get access to thier
        money when they needed it.
        
        The banking system then created the Checking Account system.  This
        system allowed people to have much easier access to thier money.
        Unfortunately the biggest drawback of this system is that people can
        not manage thier own money and accounting procedures.  Millions of
        times each day throughout the North American continent people are
        writing checks for more money than they have in thier savings accounts.
        This drawback also causes the already-backed up judicial system to
        become backed up further. The banking system soon reacted to this
        problem by producing 'check verification' methods to prevent people
        from forgery, and overdrawing from thier accounts.
        
        "Money makes the world go 'round" and there are many different ways
        to make this world spin.  Today we have checking accounts, credit
        cards, travelers checks, and the most 'liquid' form of money: cash.
        Cash transactions are untrackable and widely accepted, so I feel
        the "Paperless Society" will never happen.  Automated Teller Machines
        provide consumers with 24-hour access to cash-sources.  By simply
        inserting a plastic card into the machine and keypadding-in the
        owners' "account password", you can access the owners bank account
        and receive cash in-hand.  This file will explain some details of
        the automated tellers and the plastic card used by the Teller-system.
        
        The automated teller is connected by wires and cables to a "Main
        Computer".  During each transaction the teller sends signals to
        the main computer.  The main computer records each transaction
        (a deposit or withdrawl) and updates the card-holders account.
        It also sends 'approval' or 'denial' signals to the ATM in regard
        to the transaction requested.  If a card-holder attempts to withdraw
        $150.00 from his account and he has only $100.00 in it, the main






        computer will tell the ATM to deny the transaction.
        
        The ATM has 2 compartments to store cash in.  The first is the "deposits"
        compartment.  This is a small area that receives the daily deposits.
        It is located in the upper-part of the machine, near all the mechanical
        devices.  However, because most ATM transactions are withdrawls the
        complete bottom-half is filled with cash where the withdrawls are
        extracted from.
        
        The plastic card inserted into the machine is the same size as a
        credit card.  The front of the card is embossed with information
        about the card-holder.  The back-side of the card has a thin strip
        of magnetic tape which also holds some important information.
        
           +--------------------------+     +--------------------------+
           ] CIRRUS                   ]     ]--------------------------]
           ]  INSTANT CASH CARD       ]     ]/////(magnetic strip)/////]
           ]                          ]     ]--------------------------]
           ] Acct: 12345675      Exp. ]     ]                          ]
           ] Joe Schmoe         01/91 ]     ] "card-holders signature" ]
           ]                          ]     ]                          ]
           +--------------------------+     +--------------------------+
                  Front-side                          Back-side
        
        When a cardholder inserts his card into the machine and requests a
        transaction, the machine reads the embossed information from the
        front-side and compares it with the data stored on the magnetic
        strip; looking for a 'match' of the information on both sides.
        
        The information on the front-side is easily readable with your
        eyes.  However, you can not read the data on the magnetic-strip
        so easily.  You may ask , "What is stored on the magnetic strip ?".
        The answer is; the same information as the embossing plus some
        'confidential' information regarding the cardholders' financial
        status is stored there.  The magnetic strip has 3 "tracks" on it.
        The first track can store 210 BPI (Bytes per inch), and the second
        stores 75 BPI, and the third stores 210 BPI.  So, we have:
        
                        +---------------------------+
           Track 1:         (210 BPI density)
                        +---------------------------+
           Track 2:         ( 75 BPI density)
                        +---------------------------+
           Track 3:         (210 BPI density)
                        +---------------------------+
        
                             THE MAGNETIC STRIP
        
        
        Now, here's the information stored on each track of the strip in
        my example:
        
           Track 1: " ;B 12345675 ^ Schmoe/Joe ^ ; LRC "
           Track 2: " ;12345675 01/91 ^ 1234 ^ (discriminate data) ; LRC "
           Track 3: " ;12345675 ^ 01/91 ^ 5 (discriminate data) ; LRC "






        
        Here's the decoding of the above information:
        Track 1:      ";" = Beginning of the data character
                      "B" = Field-Control Character: I believe this character
                             tells the ATM what type of account (or status)
                             the user has.
               "12345675" = This is the account number of the cardholder.
                      "^" = Data-field seperator.
             "Schmoe/Joe" = Last/First name of cardholder.
                      "^" = Data-field seperator.
                      ";" = End of data character.
                    "LRC" = Longitude Redundancy Check (end of track character).
        
        Track 2:      ";" = Beginning of data character
               "12345675" = Account number of the cardholder.
                  "01/91" = Month/Year the card expires.
                      "^" = Data-field seperator.
                   "1234" = Process Identification Number (The cardholders 'password',
                             I think... or it could be a number to verify the
                             the transaction between the ATM and the Main Computer).
                      "^" = Data-field seperator
         "(dscrmn. data)" = Discriminate Data. Not much is known exactly what is
                             stored here. Perhaps Bank Identification data or
                             bank account type (savings, checking?) ?
                      ";" = End of data character.
                    "LRC" = Longitude Redundancy Check.
        
        Track 3:      ";" = Beginning of data character.
               "12345675" = Account number of the cardholder.
                      "^" = Data-field seperator.
                  "01/91" = Month/Year the card expires.
                      "^" = Data-field seperator.
                      "5" = The crypting-digit. When the transaction request
                             is sent to the main computer, it is encrypted.
                             This digit tells which encryption-key is used.
         "(dscrmn. data)" = A duplicate of the discriminate data stored on
                             Track 2.
                      ";" = End of data character.
                    "LRC" = Longitude Redundancy Check.
        
        When the card is being processed the ATM tries to match the
        account number, expiration date and name stored on each track.
        The reason they duplicate data is for verification purposes. But,
        notice that the duplicate data is stored on different tracks, each
        having different recording densities.  Once the information on the
        tracks are confirmed to match, the ATM compares them to the embossed
        information on the front-side.  If all of the information matches
        then the transaction will proceed.  If it doesn't match, then the card
        is considered to be damaged and the ATM will keep the card.  It will
        give the cardholder a piece of paper instructing the user to notify
        the bank who issued his ATM-card so he can receive a replacement
        card in the mail (this process takes about 3 weeks).
        
        
        Now that you know how the ATM-system is designed and what information






        is kept where on the card, what "security defects" does this system
        contain ?  I will outline 4 methods of attacking this system that
        have been tried (not by me!).
        
          1) Vandalization:  If you want, you can break-in to the ATM.
             However, most ATM's contain 'sensor' devices which sound an
             alarm when this is tried.  Therefore, if you're going to try
             this method I do not suggest using a hammer and chisel on the
             ATM because it will take 1/2 an hour to get the machine open
             and by that time the police will be there.  You could try a
             much faster way, dynamite; but that might scatter the money
             all-over, making it hard to collect.  Also, the bottom-half
             is where most of the money is stored (unless you happen to
             choose a machine that has issued all of its withdrawl-cash)
             so you'll want to break into the bottom-half of the ATM.
        
             In relation to this, you could wait outside the ATM for a
             valid-user to complete his withdrawl-transaction and mug him.
             As far as I know, the bank holds no responsibilty for placing
             the ATM in a 'secure' enviroment.  However, usually they will
             have lights nearby and placed in 'reasonable' places where
             people need money (example: Grocery store) and where the chance
             of mugging is slim.
        
        
          2) Physical Penetration: There are several ways of doing this.
             If you have a stolen card, you could randomly try guessing his
             account-password.  But, I feel this is a primitive method.
             If you try too many attempts at guessing the 'password',
             the ATM will return the card to you.  But, your attempts
             *might* be recorded in the central computer; allowing the
             bank to decide whether to cancel that card... However,
             this has not been verified by me.  If you do get a cash-card,
             you can make counterfeit-cards.
        
             A) Counterfiet ATM-cards:  The same method for producing
                counterfiet credit cards applies to ATM-cards.  If you
                have a valid ATM-card you can 'clone' it simply by embossing
                a blank-card with the same information.  Copying the mag-
                netic strip is also easy. To do this, you place a blank
                strip of the magnetic tape on top of the valid magnetic
                strip.  Then, using an iron on low-heat, gently rub the
                iron across the two strips for a few seconds.  Lastly,
                peel the new strip apart from the valid one and you've
                got a copy of all the data from the valid ATM-card.
        
             B) Also, I've heard a case where some guys had a machine
                that could read and write to the magnetic strips (probably
                they were employees of a company that produces the ATM-cards).
                Using this machine, they were able to create and change
                existing data on ATM-cards (such as the expiration date
                so they could keep using the same card over a long period
                of time).
        
                In relation to this there are other devices available that






                can read and write to magnetic strips.  Using your own
                microcomputer, you can buy a device that allows you to
                read and write to these magnetic strips. It looks
                similar to a disk drive.  If you're interested in
                exploring this method, I'll suggest that you contact
                the following company:
        
                         American Magnetics Corporation
                         740 Watsoncenter Road
                         Carson, California   90745
                         USA
        
                         213/775-8651
                         213/834-0685  FAX
                         910-345-6258  TWX
        
             C) WARNING: During each transaction attempted on an ATM a
                photo of the person requesting the transaction is taken.
                How long this film is stored is unknown, but it probably
                is different for each bank (unless there is a federal
                regulation regarding this).  Also, it is possible that
                this is not done at all ATMs.
        
          3) "Insider" Theft: The above case also crosses over into this
              section.  The biggest 'security leaks' in any company are
              its employees.  This is also the easiest way to steal money
              from ATMs.  The man who collects the deposits from the machine
              and inserts cash for withdrawls has the easiest and most
              open access to these machines.  I was told that this person
              can easily steal money from ATMs and not be detected.  Another
              person with access to these machines is the technician. The
              technician who fixes ATMs is the most-knowledgeable person
              about ATMs within the bank, therefore he should be a trust-
              worthy guy and receive a 'comfortable' salary.. otherwise
              he'll begin to collect 'retirement benefits' from the ATM
              and this may go undetected.
        
              However, I have heard of some embezzlement-cases involving ATMs,
              so I think it's not as easy as it seems.  It's only common sense
              that a bank would account for every dollar of every transaction.
              Whether the accounting is done inside the ATM or the main
              computer doesn't make a difference...  some form of accounting
              is *probably* done.
        
          4) Data-link Intercept:  This method has been very successful.  What
             you do is 'tap' into the wires that connect the ATM to the Main
             computer.  By doing this you can intercept and send signals to
             the ATM.  However, some 'inside information' is needed because
             the transmission is encrypted (refer to the Cryptography Digit
             stored on the magnetic strip).  But, I think you don't need to
             know *everything* being transferred.  You should need to know
             when to send the 'approval' signal to the ATM telling it to
             dispense its' cash.  I read a case (it may be in Phrack World
             News; 1985?) where some guys netted $600,000 from various ATMs
             using this method.  This seems to be one of the better, and






             more ingenious methods of stealing from these machines.
        
        
        The information in this file should be 'adequate' to introduce you
        to how ATMs work.  How did I get this information?  I went into a
        bank and inquired about the computer-technology of ATMs.  The man
        who was responsible for the ATMs was a bureaucrat and actually knew
        very little about the 'guts' of ATMs.   Luckily the ATM-technician
        was there that day and I agreed to buy him dinner later that evening.
        (Please refer to: "Insider" Theft and the principle of Company-Loyalty).
        During the dinner at "Toppers" (a neat 1950's Burgers/Milkshake/Beer
        restaurant) he provided me with Operation and Repair manuals for the
        ATMs.  I feel this information is well-worth the $3.82 dinner and
        will be of some value to its' readers.  Some good information was
        screened-out due to its 'delicate nature', but the information I've
        provided has been confirmed.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        






        
                   Cable Descrambling
         
        If You Have Cable Tv But Are Not Fortunate Enough
         To Have The Premium Services, Here Is A Simple Way
        To Steal Cinemax, The Movie Channel, Showtime, The
        Disney Channel, And Any Other Service That Appears
        As A Bussing Fuzzy Picture (That You Can Almost
        Get Clearly By Fine Tuning). This Method Also
        Works On Channels That Appear As A Lined Flashing
        Screen That Produce A Beeping Sound. These
        Channels Are Not Scrambled, But Instead A Garbage
        Transmission Is Sent At The Same Frequency.
        Therefore, In Order To Receive The Movie Servcices
        Clearly, You Must Filter Out The Garbage.
        More (Y/N/C)?              
        Here Is A Simple Way To Do This:
         
         
        1) Examine The Back Of Your Tv Set. Find The Vhf
        Antenna Terminals (These Are The Antenna Terminals
        That The Cable Service Is Hooked Up To). Get A
        Piece Of Antenna Wire (About 3 Feet Long). Strip
        One End Of The Wire And And Attach It To The Vhf
        Terminals Along With The Cable. Tune In To One Of
        The Movie Services And Adjust The Fine Tuner Until
        You Get The Cleanest Picture. Cut Off About 1/4
        Inch Of The  Antenna Wire And Adjust The Fine
        Tuner. Continue To Do This Until You Get A Nearly
        Perfect Picture (You Should Not Have To Cut Off
        More Than 6 Inches Of The Antenna Wire). Get A
        Piece Of Aluminum Foil And Wrap It Around The
        Antenna Wire Slide It Up And Down Until You Have A
        Perfect Picture. This Is A Simple Yet Effective
        Way To Get Movies For Free. 
        Rs Ma Be Obtained By Writing Cable Facts,
        Box 711-R, Pataskala, Oh 43062. They Have An
        Excellent Publication Available For $8.95.
        More (Y/N/C)?              
        Also Write To Random Access, Box 41770R, Phoenix,
        Az 85080. Ask For Their Subscription Tv Manual
        That Deals With Video Scrambling Techniques.
         
        
        
        Enjoy Your File(S).
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                                      Drugs






         
             The following chemicals have been used to manufacture,  in various 
        combinations,  illicit  drugs.  If  you  are  encountering  them in the 
        course of your duties,  you may be interrupting  the  commission  of  a 
        felony.  Notify the closest bonafide police drug unit or DEA.  
         
                        CHEMICAL LISTINGS FROM EMERGENCY RESPONSE GUIDE
         
        Guide #                  Name                              I.D.#
        59                 Benzyl Chloride                         1738  
        26                 Benzaldehyde                            1989
        55                 Phenylacetonitrile                      2470
        56                 Chloroacetone                           1695  
        60                 Phenylacetyl Chloride                   2577  
        19                 Methylamine (anhydrous)                 1061  
        68                 Methylamine (aqueous)                   1235  
        26                 Nitroethane                             2842  
        42                 Thallium Nitrate                        2727  
        60                 Hydriodic Acid                          1787  
        32                 Phosphorous (amorphous, red)            1338
        26                 Cyclohexanone                           1915
        26                 Bromobenzene                            2514  
        29                 Piperdine                               2401
        26                 Pyridine                                1282  
        29                 Pyrrolodine                             1922  
        68                 Ethylamine                              1036  
        32                 Magnesium(pellets, turnings, or ribbon) 1869  
        60                 Toluene Sulfonic Acid                   2584,        
                                                                   2586,        
                                                                   2583,        
                                                                   2585
        55                 O-Toluidine                             1708  
        68                 Diethylamine                            1154  
        19                 Dimethylamine, anhydrous                1032  
        26                 Dimethylamine, aqueous                  1160  
        15                 Hyrochloric Acid, anhydrous             1050  
        60                 Hyrochloric Acid, solution              1789  
        60                 Sodium Hydroxide, dry, solid            1823  
        60                 Sodiun Hydroxide, solution              1824  
        27                 Benzene                                 1114  
        27                 Toluene                                 1294  
        27                 Hexane                                  1208  
        26                 Acetone                                 1090  
        26                 Methyl Ethyl Ketone                     1193  
        28                 Methanol                                1230  
        26                 Ether                                   1155
         
        * List provided by the Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Agency
        
        
        
        
        
        
        






        
        
                                 **************
                                 *    Drugs   *
                                 **************
        
         The Use Of The Following Can Ruin Your Life, And Are To Be Used As An  Be Used As An Added Experiance In Life, Not As An Escap
         Added Experiance In Life, Not As An Escape.  These Are Non Illegal And
         Somw , Non Habit Forming... Get High On Life  Not Drugs.
        
        Supplies:
        
             15 Lbs. Ripe Bananas (Yes Bananas)
             A Lerge Cookie Sheet Pan
             A Rasor Blade
             An Oven.
        
            Yes, Banana's Of All Things Do Contain An Amount Of A Stimulant,
        More (Y/N/C)?               Called Bananadine... It Is Located On The Innerpotion Of The Peels,
          And Tastes Bitter... Have You Ever Ate One Of The " Strings That Peel
          Off Of The Inner Peel" Well Thats Bananadine.
        
        Procedure:
                 Peel The Bananas... Eat The Chow, Keep The Peels.  Get The
          Rasor Blade And Scrape The Inside Of The Peels Into A Pot.  Be Sure
          To Get All Of The Soft Stuff Inside Of The Peels.  When You Are Done,
          Scraping The Stuff Into The Pot, Put Some Water In Along With The
          Banana Stuff, And Boil The Stuff Untill It Turns Into A Paste.  When
          A Paste Is Achieved, Spread The Soultion Over A Cookie Pan And Bake In
          The Oven At The Highest Possible Heat Untill A Black Powder Is Achieve
          Pulvarize, Roll, Smoke, One Or Two Will = One Trip. Remember..........
          Use, Don't Abuse, Abusers Are Loosers, And Loosers Are Users.
        
        
        )(()()()()()()()())(()()()()()()()()()(()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()(()
                                 Either Alcohol
        )()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()()(
                    C (6) H (12) O (6) + Pruvic Acid = Either Alcohol
        
              Glucose Plus The Acids From Fruits Make Either Alcohol! So, Take
              A Jar, Some Fruit:
        More (Y/N/C)?                                    Grapes
                               Strawberries
                               Peaches
                               Apples
                               Etc...
              And Put Them In An Air Tight Jar Filled With Sugar!  Put In A Damp
              Place To Let The Reaction Set In And Drink Heartily When You Are
              Ready.
          _____________________________________________________________________
        
                                  Various Non Illgal Simple Drugs
          ______________________________________________________________________
        
         1. Get About 5 Large Toads...Skin Them And Dry The Skins... Crush And






         Smoke ** Note ** Because Of The Bad Taste, You May Want To Add A Little
         Peppermint Or Something.
        
         2. Glue... Get A Tube Of Model Airplane Glue... Pour Into A Plastic Bag
         Gie And Inhale... *** Pretty Disgusting  Though ***
        
         3. Get Some Cough Syrup, Drink... ( You Can Over Dose On This One )
        
         ______________________________________________________________________
        More (Y/N/C)?              If You Really Wan't Some More Recipes, Call Me, Jimmy'z, And I'll Se
         What I Can Do... Remember... Don't Abuse These...
         _____________________________________________________________________
        
         And, Yes, All Of These Are Ligitament...
                          Have Fun
                                          Jimmy'z!
        
        Enjoy Your File(S).
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                              Necessary Information
        
         
         
         
                       ________________________________________________
                       22221  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  12222
                        2221221221221221221221221221221221221221221222
                         22222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
                         22  __  __   __       __  __   _   __  __ 22
                         22 |   |  | |__|     |   |  | | \ |_  |_  22
                         22 |__ |__| |        |__ |__| |_/ |__ __| 22
           oo \[\ oo     22                                        22
         0000000000000   22222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
         0     :     0   222222222222222 Version 1.00 222211111111112
         0 F.C.: P.D.0   22 : : : : : 222122222222222222121 IMMMM; 12
         0 333 : 333 0   22 : : : : : 222222222122222222221 :    : 12
         0     :     0   21 : : : : : 222222221222222122221 HMMMM< 12
         0    i:i    0   2222222222222222222222222222222221  FCPD  12
         0     :     0   2222222222222222222222222222222221 h      12
         0     :     0   2222222222222222222222222222221221        12
         0000000000000   2212222212222222222222122222222221        12
         ~[[\\HM<\/[[~   2222222221222222222122222222222221        12
        _ [[ _____ [[ __ 1111111111111111111111111111111111\\\\\\\\12______
                         __________________________________________________\
                         \
                          \






                           \____
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
                The following is a list of current codes used by the police
                and other government agencies. This list was created for the
                thousands of people who enjoy the hobby of "Scanning". It's
                purpose is to supply the public with some of the codes that
                are currently used in So. California. Some agencies may have
                other types of codes or may use computer transmissions.
         
                   ** WARNING TO ALL USERS **    It is a federal crime, with
                severe punishment and/or fines, to 1) Divulge what you hear
                to anyone who is not a party of the brodcast; 2)To make use
                of any broadcast information for your own personal gain; 3)
                To make use of any brodcast information for illegal purposes
                or to commit a crime. Any such violations may be investigated
                by the FBI and prosecuted by the U.S. Department of Justice.        
                                 IS MONITORING YOUR HOBBY?
                The Radio Communications Monitoring Association is a non-profit
                organization operated on a volunteer basis by it's members. The
                monthly newsletter carries articles on monitoring,technical tips,
                frequency information from all parts of the country, including
                government, military and aircraft.
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
                           For More information on monitoring:
         
         
                                        R C M A
         
                                     P.O. BOX  4563
         
                               ANAHEIM, CALIFORNIA 92803






         
         
                                  *        *        *
         
         
         
         
                                 P O L I C E   C A L L
                                      RADIO GUIDE
                                 BY HOLLINS RADIO DATA
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
                                 * PHONETIC ALPHABETS *
         
                    A-ALPHA            J-JULIETTE          S-SIERRA
                    B-BRAVO            K-KILO              T-TANGO
                    C-CHARLIE          L-LIMA              U-UNIFORM
                    D-DELTA            M-MIKE              V-VICTOR
                    E-ECHO             N-NOVEMBER          W-WHISKEY
                    F-FOXTROT          O-OSCAR             X-X RAY
                    G-GOLF             P-PAPA              Y-YANKEE
                    H-HOTEL            Q-QUEBEC            Z-ZULU
                    I-INDIA            R-ROMEO
         
         
                    A-ADAM             J-JOHN              S-SAM
                    B-BOY              K-KING              T-TOM
                    C-CHARLES          L-LINCOLN           U-UNION
                    D-DAVID            M-MARY              V-VICTOR
                    E-EDWARD           N-NORA              W-WILLIAM
                    F-FRANK            O-OCEAN             X-X RAY
                    G-GEORGE           P-PAUL              Y-YOUNG
                    H-HENRY            Q-QUEEN             Z-ZEBRA
                    I-IDA              R-ROBERT
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
                                   * DECODE SECTION *
         






                        10-1     RECEIVING POORLY
                        10-2     RECEIVING WELL
                        10-3     STOP TRANSMITTING
                        10-4     OK or ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
                        10-5     RELAY
                        10-6     BUSY
                        10-7     OUT OF SERVICE
                        10-7B    OUT OF SERVICE AT HOME
                        10-8     IN SERVICE
                        10-9     REPEAT
                        10-10    OUT OF SERVICE SUBJECT TO CALL
                        10-11    TRANSMITTING TO RAPIDLY
                        10-12    OFFICIALS OR VISITORS PRESENT
                        10-13    WEATHER OR ROAD CONDITIONS
                        10-14    ESCORT OR CONVOY
                        10-15    EN ROUTE WITH PRISONER
                        10-16    PICK UP PRISONER
                        10-17    PICK UP PAPERS
                        10-18    COMPLETE PRESENT ASSIGNMENT A.S.A.P.
                        10-19    RETURN OR RETURNING TO STATION
                        10-20    WHAT IS YOUR LOCATION?
                        10-21    CALL YOUR STATION OR DISPATCHER BY TELEPHONE
                        10-21A   ADVISE MY HOME I WILL RETURN AT____.
                        10-21B   CALL YOUR HOME BY TELEPHONE
                        10-21T   REPLY BY TELEPHONE
                        10-22    CANCEL LAST MESSAGE OR ASSIGNMENT
                        10-23    STANDBY
                        10-25    DO YOU HAVE CONTACT WITH _______?
                        10-27    CHECK "MCAPS" COMPUTER FOR WARRANTS
                        10-28    REGISTRATION REQUEST
                        10-28C   CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP-CONTACT DMV
                        10-29    CHECK FOR STOLEN OR WANTED
                        10-30    NO RECORD OR WANTS YOUR SUBJECT
                        10-31    SUBJECT HAS RECORD BUT NO WANTS
                        10-32    SUBJECT WANTED.ARE YOU CLEAR TO COPY?
                        10-33    STANDBY.EMERGENCY TRAFFIC ONLY
                        10-34    RESUME NORMAL RADIO TRAFFIC
                        10-35    CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
                        10-36    CORRECT TIME
                        10-37    NAME OF OPERATOR ON DUTY
                        10-39    MESSAGE DELIVERED
                        10-40    IS______AVAILABLE FOR TELEPHONE CALL?
                        10-40A   IS______AVAILABLE FOR RADIO CALL?
                        10-42    PICK UP OFFICER
                        10-45    SERVICE YOUR EQUIPMENT
                        10-46    STANDBY,I AM PROCEEDING TO A BETTER LOCATION
                        10-48    I AM NOW READY TO TAKE INFORMATION
                        10-49    PROCEED TO _________
                        10-86    TRAFFIC CHECK-DO YOU HAVE TRAFFIC FOR THIS UNIT?
                        10-87    MEET _______ AT _________
                        10-88    WHAT PHONE NUMBER SHALL WE CALL TO MAKE
                                 STATION TO STATION CALL?
                        10-96    REQUEST TEST OF SELECTIVE CALL EQUIPMENT
                        10-97    ARRIVED AT SCENE
                        10-98    FINISHED LAST ASSIGNMENT






         
         
                        11350    POSSESION OF DANGEROUS DRUGS OR HEROIN
                        11357    POSSESION OF MARIJUANA
                        187      MURDER
                        207      KIDNAPPING
                        207A     ATTEMPT KIDNAPPING
                        211      ROBBERY
                        211S     ROBBERY-SILENT ALARM
                        217      ATTEMPT MURDER
                        220      ATTEMPT RAPE
                        240      MISDEMEANOR ASSAULT
                        242      BATTERY
                        245      ASSAULT WITH DEADLY WEAPON
                        261      RAPE
                        288      LEWD AND LASCIVIOUS CONDUCT
                        314      INDECENT EXPOSURE
                        390      DRUNK
                        390C     DRUNK IN AUTO
                        390D     DRUNK DOWN
                        415      DISTURBING THE PEACE
                        415A     DISTURBING THE PEACE AUTO/S INVOLVED
                        415E     DISTURBING THE PEACE MUSIC OR PARTY
                        415F     DISTURBING THE PEACE FAMILY ROW
                        415G     DISTURBING THE PEACE GANG
                        415M     DISTURBING THE PEACE MECHANICAL OR MISCELLANEOUS
                        417      MAN WITH A GUN
                        447      ARSON
                        459      BURGLAR ALARM
                        459A     BURGLAR ALARM AUDIBLE
                        459S     BURGLAR ALARM SILENT
                        480      HIT & RUN FELONY
                        481      HIT & RUN MISDEMEANOR
                        483      HIT & RUN PARKED VEHICLE
                        484      THEFT/LARCENY
                        487      GRAND THEFT
                        488      PETTY THEFT
                        502      DRUNK DRIVER
                        503      STOLEN CAR/MOTORBIKE/MOTORSCOOTER/BOAT
                        504      CAR TAMPERING OR STRIPPING
                        505A     RECKLESS DRIVER/DRIVING
                        510      SPEEDING OR RACING VEHICLE
                        586      ILLEGAL PARKING
                        594      MALICIOUS MISCHIEF
                        901      TRAFFIC ACCIDENT,UNKNOWN IF INJURY
                        901K     AMBULANCE DISPATCHED
                        901N     AMBULANCE NEEDED
                        901Y     IS AMBULANCE NEEDED?
                        901T     INJURY TRAFFIC ACCIDENT
                        902      ACCIDENT, NON TRAFFIC
                        902H     EN ROUTE HOSPITAL
                        902M     MEDICAL AID
                        902T     NON INJURY TRAFFIC ACCIDENT
                        903      PLANE CRASH
                        903L     LOW FLYING PLANE






                        904      FIRE
                        904A     FIRE ALARM
                        904B     BOAT FIRE
                        904C     CAR FIRE
                        904G     GRASS FIRE
                        904I     ILLEGAL FIRE OR INCENDIARY
                        904M     TRASH FIRE
                        904S     STRUCTURAL FIRE
                        905      ANIMAL INFORMATION
                        905B     ANIMAL BITE
                        905D     ANIMAL DEAD
                        905H     ANIMAL IN HEAT
                        905I     ANIMAL INJURED
                        905R     RABIES SUSPECT
                        905L     LOOSE STOCK
                        905N     ANIMAL NOISE
                        905S     STRAY DOG OR CAT
                        906      RESCUE
                        906N     RESCUE UNIT NEEDED
                        906K     RESCUE UNIT DISPATCHED
                        907N     PARAMEDIC TEAM NEEDED
                        907K     PARAMEDIC TEAM DISPATCHED
                        907Y     IS PARAMEDIC TEAM NEEDED
                        909      TRAFFIC INFORMATION
                        909C     TRAFFIC CONGESTION/CONTROL
                        909F     TRAFFIC FLARES NEEDED
                        909T     TRAFFIC HAZARD
                        910      CAN HANDLE CALL
                        911B     CONTACT THE OFFICER
                        912      ARE WE CLEAR TO/FOR _________?
                        913      YOU ARE CLEAR TO/FOR _________?
                        914A     ATTEMPT SUICIDE
                        914C     CORONOR NEEDED
                        914D     DOCTOR NEEDED
                        914H     HEART ATTACK
                        914S     SUICIDE
                        917A     ABANDONED VEHICLE
                        918      MENTAL CASE (SAME AS 5150)
                        918V     VIOLENT MENTAL CASE
                        919      KEEP THE PEACE
                        920A     MISSING ADULT (18 OR OLDER)
                        920C     MISSING CHILD (13 AND YOUNGER)
                        920J     MISSING JUVENILE (14 TO 17)
                        920F     FOUND CHILD
                        921      PROWLER
                        922      ILLEGAL PEDDLING
                        924      STATION DETAIL
                        924D     STATION DETAIL/DESK
                        924F     FOOD FOR PRISONERS
                        924R     RETURN TO STATION TO FILE
                        925      SUSPICIOUS PERSON
                        925C     SUSPICIOUS PERSON IN CAR
                        925V     SUSPICIOUS VEHICLE
                        926      TOW TRUCK NEEDED
                        926A     TOW TRUCK DISPATCHED






                        927      UNKNOWN TROUBLE
                        927D     INVESTIGATE DEAD BODY
                        928      FOUND PROPERTY
                        928B     FOUND BICYCLE
                        929      INVESTIGATE PERSON DOWN
                        930      SEE THE MAN
                        931      SEE THE WOMAN
                        932      OPEN DOOR
                        933      OPEN WINDOW
                        949      GASOLINE SPILL
                        950      BURNING PERMIT
                        951      NEED FIRE INVETIGATOR
                        952      REPORT ON CONDITIONS
                        953      CHECK SMOKE
                        954      OFF THE AIR AT SCENE
                        955      FIRE UNDER CONTROL
                        956      ASSIGNMENT UNFINISHED BUT AVAILABLE FOR
                                 DISPATCH TO ANOTHER ASSIGNMENT
                        957      FIRE OUT ON ARRIVAL
                        960      CAR STOP, REQUEST FOLLOWUP
                        960X     CAR STOP, EXPEDITE FOLLOWUP, DANGEROUS SUSPECTS
                        961      CAR STOP, NO FOLLOWUP NEEDED
                        962      SUBJECT ARMED AND DANGEROUS. ARE YOU CLEAR TO
                                 COPY?
                        965      TAB FOR INTELLIGENCE UNIT. FULL FI
                        966      SNIPER ACTIVITY
                        967      OUTLAW MOTORCYCLE MOVEMENT
                        968      REQUEST RECORD CHECK OF A PERSON
                        970      ILLEGAL SURFING
                        971      BOAT OVER
                        972      BOAT SPEEDING
                        973      SWIMMER ON BOAT
                        974      BOAT ADRIFT
                        975      WRECKAGE ADRIFT
                        976      OIL SLICK
                        977      CHECK MOORING LINE
                        978      VESSAL AGROUND
                        979      VESSAL SINKING
                        980      RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS PRESENT OR INVOLVED
                        981      NEED RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING TEAM
                        982      BOMB THREAT AT ____________
                        983      EXPLOSION AT _____________
                        995      RIOT OR MAJOR DISTURBANCE
                        997      OFFICER NEEDS ASSISTANCE FROM OWN AGENCY
                                 UNITS ONLY. URGENT
                        998      OFFICER INVOLVED IN GUN BATTLE
                        999      OFFICER NEEDS HELP. ANY UNITS RESPOND.
                                 EMERGENCY.
         
         
         
         
         
         
         






         
         
         
         
         
         
         
                                        * HANDLE CODES *
         
         
                        NO CODE   HANDLE CALL IN ROTATION
                        CODE 1    ROUTINE. TAKE THIS CALL NEXT
                        CODE 2    URGENT. EXPEDITE, BUT OBEY ALL TRAFFIC LAWS.
                                  NO RED LIGHTS/SIREN.
                        CODE 3    EMERGENCY. PROCEED IMMEDIATELY USING RED LIGHT
                                  AND SIREN.
                        CODE 4    NO FURTHER ASSISTANCE NEEDED
                        CODE 4A   NO FURTHER ASSISTANCE NEEDED, SUSPECT AT LARGE
                                  IN AREA.
                        CODE 5    STAKE OUT. OTHER UNITS STAY AWAY UNLESS ORDERED
                                  THERE IN RESPONSE TO CALL.
                        CODE 6    OUT FOR INVESTIGATION
                        CODE 7    OUT OF SERVICE TO EAT
                        CODE 7B   OUT OF SERVICE TO EAT AT HOME
                        CODE 8    FIRE BOX PULLED
                        CODE 9    JAIL BREAK
                        CODE 12   PATROL YOUR ASSIGNED DISTRICT AND REPORT EXTENT
                                  OF DISASTER DAMAGE.
                        CODE 13   ACTIVATE MAJOR DISASTER PLAN TO PERFORM MAJOR
                                  DISASTERS DUTIES.
                        CODE 14   RESUME NORMAL OPERATIONS (USED ONLY WITH A
                                  CODE 12 OR CODE 13)
                        CODE 20   NOTIFY NEWS MEDIA
                        CODE 20D  REQUEST DEPARTMENTAL PHOTOGRAPHER.
                        CODE 99   EMERGENCY SITUATION. EMERGENCY BUTTON IN MOBILE
                                  UNIT HAS BEEN DEPRESSED. NO VOICE CONTACT.
         
         
                  REMEMBER TO SUPPORT YOUR LOCAL POLICE DEPT.      7/14/87
         
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        






        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        PARTS
        =====
        All resistors are 1/2 watt.Abbrv. as R1 or R2.
        ----------------------------------------------
        R1 & R2  100,000 ohm's resistors!
        R3 & R4  500,000 ohm's resistors!
        ----------------------------------------------
        DIODES:D1-D4
        Use a 75 PIV BRIDGE RECTIFIER or 4 1N9004's 300 VOLTS.
        ----------------------------------------------
        Capacitors:
        C1&C2 4700uF electrolytic
        ----------------------------------------------
        TR1-STEP UP TRANSFORMER 55 uH AUDIO
        ----------------------------------------------
        2 250 volt AC DPST switch
        ----------------------------------------------
        A 9volt RECHARGEABLE/100 volt Neon lamp =L
        ----------------------------------------------
        A 9volt battery clip/MALE-FEMALE RCA JACKS
        ----------------------------------------------
        Some perf board,wire,solder
        ----------------------------------------------
               9volts in
         -                  +
         / to RCA JACK      /
        |---* *-------------|        Use RCA JACK TO HOOK TO A RECHARGER.






        |   sw2             |        Run JACK FROM 9V.
        |----|<-----|<------|
        |    d1     d2      |        When battery runs down Recharge it!
        |----|<-----|<------|
        |    d3     d4      |
        |                   |
        \                   /
        / R1                \ R2
        \                   /
        |  +                |
        |----|(-------------|
        |    c1             |
        \                   \
        /                   /
        \                   \
        | R3    -           | R4
        |----|(-------------|
        |    c2             L Neon charge light/ Push sw1 to fire when light is on
        |/                  |
        *   *---------|     |
         sw1          |     |
                      +  n  -
                      =======
                      /\/\/\/ TR1
                      =======
                      |     |  needles or prods
                      |     |
                     \|/   \|/
                The following is an article from HUSTLER magazine, March 1987.
                
        This article is typed in entirely without authorization of HUSTLER magazine 
        however the article strikes on an issue so important in this day of 
        diminishing personal freedoms from an overbearing government that it is felt 
        by this person that all of us who will be faced with this issue should know 
        what is happening and how to beat it.
        
                                             
                          DRUG TESTING:  THE COMING OF THE BRAIN POLICE
                                    by William John Watkins  
        
                It sounds insame, but on October 28, 1986, President Reagan signed a 
        bill that will make urine a major industry in the United States.  Thousands of 
        Americans will spend 40 hours a week watching other people piss into plastic 
        cups.
        
                There will be tens of thousands of urine takers, urine watchers, urine 
        testers, urine cops, urine lawyers and expert medical witnesses specializing 
        in urine, not to mention the urine-cup makers, urine-test makers and the 
        printers of urine-lab test forms.  Undoubtedly, community colleges and 
        vocational schools will soon be giving courses in urine watching, gathering, 
        testing, and offering two-year programs with a degree in urine.
        
                This would be funny if it wasn't part of a larger trend toward random 
        searches of all kinds.  If you've been laughing about it, laugh while you can; 
        the odds are that you are going to be its next victim.  Mere innocence will 






        not protect you.
        
                If you like a few beers after work, if you smoke cigarettes, if you've 
        ever shared a joint or snorted a line of coke at some weekend party, if you 
        take and recreational drug at all, you could lose your job.
        
                If there's anything in your sex life that couldn't be described on 
        prime-time television, if there's anything in your finances you wouldn't want 
        the IRS to see, if there's anything at all in your private life you would not 
        want made public, in fact even if you're one of the tiny minority who uses no 
        drugs and leads a saintly life, there's still a chance you could get fired.
        
                The routine use of urinalysis and lie detectors to test workers and 
        job applicants is fast becoming a way of life.  More than a quarter of the 
        Fortune 500 companies, including such giants as IBM, General Motors, American 
        Airlines and DuPont, test employees of prospective employees for drug use.  At 
        least half are expected to do so by 1988, and the National Football League, 
        the National Hockey League and the National Basketball Association are 
        expected to follow baseball's example and set up centralized drug-testing 
        programs within the next few years.
        
                Baseball Commissioner Peter Ueberroth recently suspended seven 
        players, allowing them to play only after they paid a fine of 10% of their 
        salaries for admitted drug use.  Things are much tougher in more commonplace 
        businesses, where employees are easier to replace than superstar athletes.  A 
        quarter of the companies in a recent poll admitted that they would fire any 
        employees who tested positive.
        
                Those are ominous statistics, considering that almost a third of all 
        workers tested at a Conneciticut steel mill registered positive for illegal 
        drugs.  If alcohol and nicotine had been included, the plant would probably 
        have had to fire its entire work force and start over.
        
                The really frightening statistic is that according to one study 
        performed fo the Centers for Desease Control (CDC), in some labs two thirds of 
        the tests were wrong!
        
                If the Presisdent's Commission on Organized Crime has its way, not 
        only all federal employees, but anyone working for the more than 15,000 
        companies who do business with the government will be routinely tested for 
        drug use.  Combined with the drug-testing programs already in place, millions 
        of American workers could be tested for drug use within the next year.  Even 
        if the drug-testing companies estimate of 97% accuracy is accepted, thousands 
        of innocent workers will be falsely accused of drug use.
        
                If the Connecticut statistics hold true for other companies, millions 
        of Americans will test positive and risk losing their jobs, whether they use 
        drugs at work or not.  In the case of marijuana, they will test positive even 
        if they have stropped using the drug as much as sex weeks earlier, and even if 
        they have simply been in the same room where it was being smoked.
        
                None of the Constitutional guarantees against unreasonalble search and 
        seizure or against self-incrimination will protect them.  Persons testing 
        positive could be fired or forced to enter treatment programs.
        






                U. S. District Judge Robert F. Collins has ruled that the U. S. 
        Customs Service's drug-testing program is an unconstitutional violation of 
        rights of privacy and of protections against unreasonable search and seizure 
        and self-incrimination.  It remains for the government agency to appeal this 
        decision, which could take the issue all the way to the Supreme Court, a legal 
        body that tends to have a pronounced Reagan Administration bias.  Even if the 
        High Court does uphold the right of federal emplyees to urine privacy, this 
        ruling might not apply to piss-curious employers in the private sector.  
        Activists for whiz freedom point out that, while they may in fact financially 
        support it, most Americans do not work for the federal government.
        
                The chances of proving your innocence once you have tested positive 
        are practically nonexistent, as Juanita M. Jones, a 49-year-old grandmother of 
        four, discovered.  Ms. Jones, a school-bus aide, tested positive for marijuana 
        use during mass urinalysis testing of all school-transportation workers in the 
        District of Columbia.  She denied using the drug and produced two negative 
        urinalysis tests of her own to prove her innocence.  She was fired anyway.
        
                Most test manufacturers advise the use of a second test, costing $50 
        to $75, to confirm initial positive results on the $20 screening tests.  But 
        managers, anxious to save money, generally ignore the advice.  Some even use 
        "do it yourself" tests that are even more unreliable than the professional 
        tests.
        
                The professional labs are bad enough.  In one CDC study some 
        professional lags were wrong 100% of the time, and gave results that would 
        have incriminated innocent people tho-thirds of the time.
        
                The reasonfor the large number of errors is the test itself.  The most 
        commonly used test, the thin layer chromatography (TLC) test, is intended as a 
        screening prodedure and is conclusive only when the results are negative.  If 
        the test is positive, it should be confirmend by another test, the gas 
        chromatography / mass spectometer test, (GC / MS), which can be 100% accurate 
        for some drugs.
        
                In the TLC test, drug residues in urine move different distances along 
        a lab plate and turn different colors.  Cocaine, for example, migrates 
        farthest from the source, while morphine is one of the weakest travelers.  
        However, some durgs such as Darvon and cocaine tend to travel almost the 
        distance and can lead to a legitimate prescription drug being misidentified as 
        an illegal drug.
        
                In addition, the colors the drug residures turn are very difficult to 
        identify.  According to Dr. Mohammed Abdel-Rahman, Director of Toxicology at 
        University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, "The colors can be very 
        confusing."  Only highly trained and experienced lab technicians can recognize 
        the subtle differences between some of the shadings, which tend to run 
        together and cause misidentifications.
        
                Herbal tea and prescription drugs can trigger false positive results 
        and, according to Dr. John Morgan, professor of biomedical education at CCNY, 
        about 95% of the positive results for amphetamines are due to the 
        misidentification of over the counter nasal decongestants.
        
                An even more insidious misidentification occurs in testing for 






        marijuana use.  Dr. James Woodford, and Atlanta forensic chemist, claims 
        melanin, which is responsible for the darkness of skin pigment, can break down 
        in urine into a chemical substance that indicates marijuana use.  As a result, 
        people with dark skin run a higher risk than those with light skin of being 
        wrongly accused of having used marijuana.
        
                They are not the only people who have suffered from false test 
        results.  In 1984 the Army notified at least 60,000 soldiers that their 
        positive drug tests may have been wrong because their urine specimens had been 
        mislabeled or contaminated.  More than 9,000  soldiers were dishonorabley 
        discharged by the Army before the mix-ups were discovered.
        
                Most of the falsely accused are less fortunate.  They either have no 
        money to fight the injustice done to them, or they are only job applicants and 
        have no legal grounds to sue, since being refused a job-for any reason-doesn't 
        deprive them of something they already had.
        
                Motivations for drug testing vary.  According to Dupont's vice 
        president of safety, health and environmental affairs, Kr. Bruce W. Karrh, 
        "DuPont has an obligation to provide a safe and healthy workplace.  The intent 
        is not to terminate people; the intent is to get them into treatment."
        
                Altruistic motives notwithstanding, Chicago labor lawyer Mark Juster's 
        assessment may be more to the point.  "If you've got a drug or alcohol problem 
        in your factory," Juster says, "it's a good bet you're losing money."  The 
        loss of money through absenteeism, accidents and decreased productivity. is a 
        major motivator for drug testing, according to Peter B. Bensinger, former 
        director of the Drug Enforcement Administration.  Said Bensinger, "If somebody 
        smokes pot on a Saturday night, it's the employer's business Monday morning.  
        It's the company's problem if its absentee reate is 2 and 1/2 times higher, 
        and the medical costs are out of sight.
        
                Drug testing seems like an easy way to solve thes problems; except 
        that the tests measure not what was done Saturday night, but what may have 
        been done days or weeks before.  The chemical residues of cocaine, heroin and 
        PCP are still present in the urine three to four days after use.  Marijuana, 
        which stays in the body's fat cells, can be detected up to six weeks after 
        use.  Even accurate urinalysis can demonstrate only that a person has sused 
        one of these drugs, not that they used them on the job.
        
                A more accurate way of determining on-the-job drug use is the Alcohol 
        Drug Motosensory Impairment Machine.  The ADMIT machine, invented by Dr. S. 
        Thomas Westerman, a New Jersey ear, nose and throat doctor, measures brain 
        waves to determine if the employee is under the influence of alcohol, 
        marijuana, cocaine, diazepan, barbiturates or opiates, or any combination of 
        these drugs.  If any testing is to be done, the ADMIT machine is probably the 
        best method.  It is accurate; nobady has to follow anybody into the toilet; it 
        is not painful like a blood test; there are no samples to be mishandled or 
        mislabeled; and it does not test what the employee did on his weekend, only if 
        he is under the influence of drugs at the moment.  Moreover, it is inexpensive 
        at $7 per test, and its results are immediate.
        
                The big problem with the ADMIT machine is that it will encourage even 
        more drug testing, which is in violation of the Constitutional guarantee 
        against being subjected to unreasonable search and seizure.






        
                The founding fathers were familiar with the occupational paranoia of 
        cops, and made it illegal to search everybody who comes along on the off 
        chance that one of them has soething to hide.  "Drug testing," according to 
        the Ohio ACLU's associate director, Mark levy, "throws a dragnet over a vast 
        number of innocent people, under the guise that a few who are not innocent 
        will be found out."
        
                In addition, random drug testing violates two basic principles of 
        American law.  The first is the assumption that you are innocent until proven 
        guilty.
        
                Moreover, random drug testing not only assumes that you are guilty 
        until you take a test to prove your innocence, it requires that you give 
        evidence against yourself if you are guilty, something even traitors, ax 
        murderers and child molesters are not required to do.
        
                On the surface it appears that the Constitutional guarantee against 
        self-incrimination is being violated by every business conducting random drug 
        test.  For example, when the Nicor Drilling Company of Wheatland, Oklahoma, 
        fired three of its 200 workers for refusing to take drug tests, it would seem 
        to have violated their rights against self-incrimination.
        
                Yet it did nothing illegal.  According to Douglas Laycock, associate 
        dean of the University of Texas law school, "With a couple of exceptions, the 
        Constitution regulates what the government can do; it doesn't regulate what 
        private citizens can co.  A private employer can impose whatever requirements 
        he can get away with."
        
                These legal invasions of privacy have no limit.  Illegal drugs that 
        could get you fired.  Alcoholism causes more absenteeism, higher medical bills 
        and poorer work quality than any other ailment.
        
                Alcoholics make up 10% to 15% of the work force.  The National Council 
        on Alcohlism estimates that addicted workers lose a quarter of their 
        productivity and cost employers 25% of their annual salary in absenteeism, 
        sick leave, accidents, and health and disability payments.
        
                The extra 50% the employer of sober workers gets in reduced costs and 
        increased productivity is pure profit.  Since Constitutional protections 
        apparently stop at the plant gate, employers are not likely to be any more 
        lenient with employees who drink and work than the state with citizens who 
        drink and drive.
        
                Nor are you likely to be treated any fairer if you are addicted to 
        what the National Institure on Drug Abuse ranks as the most lethal and 
        addictive of all drugs - nicotine.
        
                Since 25% of all deaths are directly related to smoking, while on 5% 
        are related to alcohol and 1% or 2% to the abuse of other addictive 
        substances, an all-out attack on smoking can be expected in the workplace.  It 
        has already begun in military offices, barracks, vehicles and aircraft.  The 
        reasons sound remarkably like what has been said about the dangers of illegal 
        drugs.  "Smoking tobacco," according to the Department of the Army, "harms 
        readiness by impairing physical fitness and by increasing illness, 






        absenteeism, premature death and health-care costs."
        
                If the company you work for can keep you from having a cigarette on 
        your break or a few too many beets after work, no part of your private life is 
        safe.
        
                Corporations are already testing workers for exposure to the AIDS 
        virus, and other venereal diseases may become cause for firing.  Companies 
        have already fired workers for their sex lives.  In November, 1981, the United 
        Parcel Service fired Jon Slhoda on the grounds that he committing adultery 
        because he was living with a female co-worker while separated from his wife.
        
                By extension, any of your recreations could become the concern of your 
        employer.  Employee theft costs companies more a year than drugs do, and 
        unsuccessful gambling certainly gives an employee a motive to steal, give away 
        trade secrets or sabotage production.  Faced with such threats in the past, 
        many corporations have turned to the use of a technology that almost makes 
        drug testing look practical - the polygraph.
        
                Two million people a year are given polygraph tests, and 98% of them, 
        according to psychologist Benjamin Kleinmuntz of the University of Illinois at 
        Chicago, are given by private companies to employees.  The number of 
        employment ploygraph examinations has tripled in the past ten years.
        
                There is evidence that the polygraph's chief use is to intimidate 
        people into confessing.  As Boston University psychology professor Leonard 
        Saxe, who investigated polygraphs for the Office of Technology assessment, 
        said, "A good examiner scares the crap out of you.  It's theater."
        
                The polygraph is even more inaccurate that urinalysis.  Dr. John H. 
        Gibbons, director of the Congressional Office of Technology Assessment, said 
        after his study of the polygraph, found that it called truthful people liars 
        more than half the time.
        
                The government's claim that the test is 98% accurate is based on what 
        has got to be the world record for guilibility.  The figures came from a study 
        of questionnaires sent to polygraphers in Virginia, asking them how many of 
        the tests they gave in the past year turned out to be correct.  Nobody at the 
        Pentagon, of course, considered subjecting the polygraphers to a lie detector 
        test.
        
                Nor is the polygraph the worst of the assaults on worker privacy.  
        Companies have set up hidden video cameras, searched lockers and cars, frisked 
        workers on their way into work, hired undercover agents to pose as workers and 
        even threatened to use dope-sniffing dogs.
        
                Now U. S. Attorney Thomas Greelish wants the government to bave access 
        to your personal banking records on the grounds that the public has the right 
        to be protected against drug users.  The hysteria surrounding the use of drugs 
        in America is so intense that the Marlboro Township, New Jersey, school board 
        proposed the adoption of a procedure for conducting strip-searches of 
        kindergarten children.  Chances are your employer is caught up in that same 
        hysteria.
        
                If he is, the cup's smaller than it looks; so try not to piss on your 






        fingers.
        
                     HOW TO BEAT THE DRUG TEST AND WHAT TO DO IF YOU DON'T
        
                The first thing to do is to find out as much as you can about your 
        situation.  Ask if you will be fired if you refuse to take the test.  Find out 
        whether your union or another organized support group will back you with legal 
        assistance if you refuse and are fired.  Find out what type of test is going 
        to be used and whether a secondary test will be used to confirm the first.  
        Find out if your company fires employees who test positive or if, like many 
        companies, it has a rehabilitation program.
        
                If you are one of the millions who use drugs regularly and you are 
        sure you'll fail the test, there are a few things you can do.  If you are 
        going to be fired anyway, refuse the test and take your case to the American 
        Civil Liberties Union.  They are strongly opposed to random drug testing, but 
        that doesn't mean they'll take your case.  If your company has a 
        rehabilitation program and doesn't fire first offenders, take the test.
        
                If you take the test, there are a few things you can do to pass it, 
        but none are foolproof.  Most tests are for more likely to see drugs that 
        aren't there than to miss drugs that are.  To get a false negative for a 
        marijuana test, it may help to drink lots of water the day before urinalysis. 
        Empth the bladder early on the day of the test and fill the bladder again at 
        least an hour before the test.  Drinking diluted vinegar may help to speed up 
        the body's elimination of cocaine.
        
                If that doesn't work, your best bet is to contaminate the sample so 
        the test results will be ambiguous and you can challenge their validity in 
        court.  The best legal issues are not the Constitutional ones, but challenges 
        based on contamination or misidentification of the sample, the set of 
        standards used int the test, the efficiency of the equipment and the 
        competence of the testers.
        
                The easiest way to contaminate the sample is to add salt to it, 
        including sweat.  A sliver is of soap deposited underneath the fingernail and 
        held in the stream of urine may contaminate the sample enough to disqualify 
        it.  Foreigh substances in the sample will give a lawyer an opening to 
        challenge the test results.
        
                The best way to beat a drug test is not to have to take it.  Your best 
        defense is your union, if you have one.  Make sure that a clause allowing 
        random drug testing is not included in your contract or any future contract.  
        If your union leaders feel drug testing is negotiable, encourage them to make 
        sure that it's not random and that it leads to a rehabilitation program and 
        not firing.
        
                Your local legislator is anouther source of prevention.  Oregon, 
        Maine, Maryland and California are considering legislation to restrict or 
        eliminate drug testing by private industry.  Voice your opinion to your state 
        legislator.
        
                Letters to congressmen could also have an impact, especially to 
        Representative Don Edwards (Democrat, California), Chairman of the 
        Subcommittee on Civil and Constitutional Rights.  Stress the issue of 






        unreasonable search and ask what you can do to help prevent random drug 
        testing.  This will encourage your representatives to respond specifically to 
        your letter.  Have the letter typed if at all possible; the most reasoned 
        argument in the world has little impact if it's written in crayon on yellow 
        paper with wide lines.
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 Title: Everyday Brainwashing Pt1 (14/18)
                  From: Tom Betz (ID=70)
                  Date: Tue Apr 07 09:02:08 1987
        
                      Dick  Sutphen  is a professional hypnotist who makes a good
                 portion of his living training other professional  hypnotists...
                 and  another  good  portion  selling  tapes  of his lectures and
                 "subliminal learning" tapes to help people with their  problems.
                 This file is a transcript of a taped lecture with information he
                 felt  was  important enough that he asked for it to be as widely
                 disseminated as possible, at NO CHARGE. I found it on Illumi-Net
                 in Decatur GA, and it hit me where I live, so I ask that all who
                 read it pass it along as widely as possible.  I have  broken  it
                 up  into four parts... please be sure that all four are printed,
                 uploaded, etc. together, so that  none  of  the  information  is
                 lost, for it is all VITAL!
        
                      It could mean the return of free thought to this nation, or
                 the end of it.
        
                      Status: Prompted (ascii) 12974 Bytes (102 Packets) Transfer
                 time: 1:48
        
                  <<This file Downloaded From:>>
                  ----------------------
                  ParaNet KAPPA: Illumi-Net
                  Decatur, GA






                  Ron Bonds Sysop
                  404-377-1141
                  All Topics; Conspiracy Theories
                  ----------------------
        
                  <<It's just one of many>>
                  <<intriguing files one>>
                  <<may find there. tb>>
        
                  THE BATTLE FOR YOUR MIND, by Dick Sutphen -- 22.2 KB Persuasion
                 & Brainwashing Techniques Being Used On The Public Today
        
                                 SUMMARY OF CONTENTS
        
                      The   Birth   of   Conversion/Brainwashing   in   Christian
                 Revivalism in 1735.  The  Pavlovian  explanation  of  the  three
                 brain phases.    Born-again  preachers:  Step-by-Step,  how they
                 conduct a revival and the expected physiological results.    The
                 "voice   roll"   technique   used   by  preachers,  lawyers  and
                 hypnotists.  New trance-inducing  churches.    The  6  steps  to
                 conversion.  The    decognition   process.      Thought-stopping
                 techniques.  The "sell it by zealot" technique.  True  believers
                 and mass movements.  Persuasion techniques: "Yes set," "Imbedded
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
                 Commands,"   "Shock   and   Confusion,"  and  the  "Interspersal
                 Technique."  Subliminals.  Vibrato  and  ELF  waves.    Inducing
                 trance with vibrational sound.  Even professional observers will
                 be "possessed"  at  charismatic  gatherings.    The  "only hope"
                 technique to  attend  and  not  be  converted.    Non-detectable
                 Neurophone programming  through  the  skin.  The medium for mass
                 take-over.
        
                      I'm Dick  Sutphen  and  this  tape  is  a  studio-recorded,
                 expanded  version of a talk I delivered at the World Congress of
                 Professional  Hypnotists  Convention  in  Las   Vegas,   Nevada.
                 Although  the  tape  carries  a  copyright  to  protect  it from
                 unlawful duplication for sale by other companies, in this  case,
                 I  invite individuals to make copies and give them to friends or
                 anyone in a position to communicate this information.
        
                      Although I've been interviewed about the  subject  on  many
                 local  and  regional  radio  and TV talk shows, large-scale mass






                 communication appears to be blocked, since it  could  result  in
                 suspicion  or  investigation  of the very media presenting it or
                 the sponsors that support the media.  Some  government  agencies
                 do not  want  this  information  generally  known.    Nor do the
                 Born-Again Christian movement, cults, and  many  human-potential
                 trainings.
        
                      Everything  I  will  relate only exposes the surface of the
                 problem.  I don't know how the misuse of these techniques can be
                 stopped.  I don't think it is possible to legislate against that
                 which often cannot be detected; and if those who  legislate  are
                 using  these  techniques, there is little hope of affecting laws
                 to govern usage.  I do know that  the  first  step  to  initiate
                 change is  to  generate  interest.    In  this  case,  that will
                 probably only result from an underground effort.
        
                      In talking about this subject, I am talking  about  my  own
                 business.  I  know  it,  and  I know how effective it can be.  I
                 produce hypnosis  and  subliminal  tapes  and,  in  some  of  my
                 seminars,  I  use  conversion  tactics to assist participants to
                 become independent and self-sufficient.    But,  anytime  I  use
                 these  techniques,  I  point out that I am using them, and those
                 attending have a choice to participate or not.  They  also  know
                 what the desired result of participation will be.
        
                      So,  to  begin, I want to state the most basic of all facts
                 about brainwashing: IN THE ENTIRE HISTORY OF  MAN,  NO  ONE  HAS
                 EVER  BEEN  BRAINWASHED  AND  REALIZED, OR BELIEVED, THAT HE HAD
                 BEEN BRAINWASHED. Those who have been brainwashed  will  usually
                 passionately  defend  their  manipulators,  claiming  they  have
                 simply been "shown the light" . . . or have been transformed  in
                 miraculous ways.
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
                                The Birth of Conversion
        
                      CONVERSION  is a "nice" word for BRAINWASHING . . . and any
                 study of brainwashing has to begin with  a  study  of  Christian
                 revivalism in  eighteenth century America.  Apparently, Jonathan
                 Edwards  accidentally  discovered  the   techniques   during   a
                 religious crusade  in  1735  in  Northampton, Massachusetts.  By






                 inducing guilt and acute  apprehension  and  by  increasing  the
                 tension,  the  "sinners"  attending  his  revival meetings would
                 break down and completely submit.  Technically, what Edwards was
                 doing was creating conditions that wipe the brain slate clean so
                 that the mind accepts new programming.  The problem was that the
                 new input was negative.  He would tell them, "You're  a  sinner!
                 You're destined for hell!"
        
                      As  a  result,  one  person  committed  suicide and another
                 attempted suicide.  And the neighbors of the  suicidal  converts
                 related  that  they, too, were affected so deeply that, although
                 they had found "eternal salvation," they were  obsessed  with  a
                 diabolical temptation to end their own lives.
        
                      Once  a  preacher,  cult  leader,  manipulator or authority
                 figure creates the brain phase to wipe  the  brain-slate  clean,
                 his subjects  are  wide  open.    New  input,  in  the  form  of
                 suggestion,  can  be  substituted  for  their  previous   ideas.
                 Because  Edwards  didn't turn his message positive until the end
                 of the revival,  many  accepted  the  negative  suggestions  and
                 acted, or desired to act, upon them.
        
                      Charles J. Finney was another Christian revivalist who used
                 the   same   techniques  four  years  later  in  mass  religious
                 conversions in New York.  The techniques are  still  being  used
                 today   by   Christian   revivalists,   cults,   human-potential
                 trainings, some business rallies, and the  United  States  Armed
                 Services . . . to name just a few.
        
                      Let  me  point  out here that I don't think most revivalist
                 preachers  realize  or  know   they   are   using   brainwashing
                 techniques.   Edwards  simply  stumbled  upon  a  technique that
                 really worked, and others copied it and have continued  to  copy
                 it for  over  two hundred years.  And the more sophisticated our
                 knowledge  and  technology  become,  the  more   effective   the
                 conversion.   I  feel  strongly  that  this  is one of the major
                 reasons for the increasing  rise  in  Christian  fundamentalism,
                 especially  the  televised  variety,  while most of the orthodox
                 religions are declining.
        
                                The Three Brain Phases
        
                      The Christians may have  been  the  first  to  successfully
                 formulate  brainwashing,  but  we  have  to  look to Pavlov, the
                 Russian scientist, for a technical explanation.   In  the  early
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        






        
                 
        
        
                 1900s,  his  work  with  animals  opened  the  door  to  further
                 investigations with humans.  After  the  revolution  in  Russia,
                 Lenin  was  quick  to  see  the  potential  of applying Pavlov's
                 research to his own ends.
        
                      Three distinct  and  progressive  states  of  transmarginal
                 inhibition were   identified  by  Pavlov.    The  first  is  the
                 EQUIVALENT phase, in which the brain gives the same response  to
                 both strong  and  weak  stimuli.   The second is the PARADOXICAL
                 phase, in which the brain responds more actively to weak stimuli
                 than to strong.  And the third is the  ULTRA-PARADOXICAL  phase,
                 in  which  conditioned responses and behavior patterns turn from
                 positive to negative or from negative to positive.
        
                      With the progression through  each  phase,  the  degree  of
                 conversion becomes  more  effective  and  complete.   The way to
                 achieve conversion are many and varied, but the usual first step
                 in religious  or  political  brainwashing  is  to  work  on  the
                 emotions  of an individual or group until they reach an abnormal
                 level of anger, fear, exitement, or nervous tension.
        
                      The progressive result  of  this  mental  condition  is  to
                 impair judgement  and  increase  suggestibility.   The more this
                 condition  can  be  maintained  or  intensified,  the  more   it
                 compounds.   Once  catharsis,  or  the  first  brain  phase,  is
                 reached, the complete mental takeover becomes easier.   Existing
                 mental programming can be replaced with new patterns of thinking
                 and behavior.
        
                      Other  often-used  physiological  weapons  to modify normal
                 brain functions  are  fasting,  radical  or  high  sugar  diets,
                 physical  discomforts,  regulation of breathing, mantra chanting
                 in meditation, the  disclosure  of  awesome  mysteries,  special
                 lighting  and  sound effects, programmed response to incense, or
                 intoxicating drugs.
        
                      The  same  results  can   be   obtained   in   contemporary
                 psychiatric  treatment  by electric shock treatments and even by
                 purposely lowering a person's blood  sugar  level  with  insulin
                 injections.
        
                      Before  I talk about exactly how some of the techniques are
                 applied, I want  to  point  out  that  hypnosis  and  conversion
                 tactics are two distinctly different things--and that conversion
                 techniques are  far  more  powerful.  However, the two are often
                 mixed . . . with powerful results.
        
                                How Revivalist Preachers Work
        
                      If you'd like to see a revivalist preacher at  work,  there
                 are probably  several  in  your  city.  Go to the church or tent






                 early and sit in the rear, about three-quarters of the way back.
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
                 Most likely repetitive music will be  played  while  the  people
                 come in  for  the  service.   A repetitive beat, ideally ranging
                 from 45 to 72 beats per minute (a rhythm close to  the  beat  of
                 the human heart), is very hypnotic and can generate an eyes-open
                 altered  state  of  consciousness  in  a very high percentage of
                 people.  And, once you are in an alpha state, you are  at  least
                 25   times   as  suggestible  as  you  would  be  in  full  beta
                 consciousness.   The  music  is  probably  the  same  for  every
                 service,  or  incorporates the same beat, and many of the people
                 will go into an altered state almost immediately  upon  entering
                 the sanctuary.   Subconsciously, they recall their state of mind
                 from  previous   services   and   respond   according   to   the
                 post-hypnotic programming.
        
                      Watch the  people  waiting  for the service to begin.  Many
                 will exhibit  external  signs  of  trance--body  relaxation  and
                 slightly dilated eyes.  Often, they begin swaying back and forth
                 with  their  hands  in  the  air  while sitting in their chairs.
                 Next, the assistant pastor will probably come out.   He  usually
                 speaks with a pretty good "voice roll."
        
                                Voice Roll Technique
        
                      A  "voice  roll"  is  a  patterned,  paced  style  used  by
                 hypnotists when inducing a trance.  It  is  also  used  by  many
                 lawyers,  several  of  whom  are highly trained hypnotists, when
                 they desire to entrench a point  firmly  in  the  minds  of  the
                 jurors.   A  voice roll can sound as if the speaker were talking
                 to the beat of a metronome or it may sound  as  though  he  were
                 emphasizing every  word  in  a monotonous, patterned style.  The
                 words will usually be delivered at the rate of 45  to  60  beats
                 per minute, maximizing the hypnotic effect.
        
                      Now the assistant pastor begins the "build-up" process.  He
                 induces  an  altered  state  of  consciousness  and/or begins to
                 generate the excitement and the expectations  of  the  audience.
                 Next, a group of young women in "sweet and pure" chiffon dresses
                 might come  out  to  sing  a  song.   Gospel songs are great for
                 building excitement and INVOLVEMENT. In the middle of the  song,
                 one  of the girls might be "smitten by the spirit" and fall down






                 or react as  if  possessed  by  the  Holy  Spirit.    This  very
                 effectively increases the intensity in the room.  At this point,
                 hypnosis and conversion tactics are being mixed.  And the result
                 is the audience's attention span is now totally focused upon the
                 communication  while  the  environment  becomes more exciting or
                 tense.
        
                      Right about this time, when an eyes-open mass-induced alpha
                 mental state has been  achieved,  they  will  usually  pass  the
                 collection plate    or   basket.      In   the   background,   a
                 45-beat-per-minute voice roll from the assistant preacher  might
                 exhort, "Give to  God  . . .  Give to God . . .  Give to God . .
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
                 ."  And the audience does give.  God may not get the money,  but
                 his already wealthy representative will.
        
                      Next, the  fire-and-brimstone  preacher  will come out.  He
                 induces fear and increases the tension  by  talking  about  "the
                 devil," "going to hell," or the forthcoming Armegeddon.
        
                      In  the  last  such  rally  I attended, the preacher talked
                 about the blood that would soon be running out of  every  faucet
                 in the  land.   He was also obsessed with a "bloody axe of God,"
                 which everyone had seen hanging above the  pulpit  the  previous
                 week.   I  have  no  doubt  that  everyone  saw it--the power of
                 suggestion given to hundreds of people in hypnosis assures  that
                 at  least  10 to 25 percent would see whatever he suggested they
                 see.
        
                      In most revivalist gatherings, "testifying" or "witnessing"
                 usually follows the fear-based sermon.  People from the audience
                 come up on stage and relate their stories. "I was  crippled  and
                 now I  can  walk!" "I had arthritis and now it's gone!"  It is a
                 psychological manipulation  that  works.    After  listening  to
                 numerous  case histories of miraculous healings, the average guy
                 in the audience with a minor problem is sure he can  be  healed.
                 The  room  is  charged with fear, guilt, intense excitement, and
                 expectations.
        
                      Now those who want to be healed  are  frequently  lined  up
                 around  the  edge  of the room, or they are told to come down to
                 the front.  The preacher might touch them on the head firmly and






                 scream, "Be healed!"  This releases the psychic energy and,  for
                 many, catharsis  results.    Catharsis is a purging of repressed
                 emotions.  Individuals might cry, fall  down  or  even  go  into
                 spasms.   And  if  catharsis is effected, they stand a chance of
                 being healed.  In catharsis  (one  of  the  three  brain  phases
                 mentioned  earlier),  the brain-slate is temporarily wiped clean
                 and the new suggestion is accepted.
        
                      For some, the healing may be permanent.  For many, it  will
                 last  four  days  to  a week, which is, incidentally, how long a
                 hypnotic suggestion  given  to  a  somnambulistic  subject  will
                 usually last.    Even  if the healing doesn't last, if they come
                 back  every  week,  the  power  of  suggestion  may  continually
                 override  the  problem  . . . or sometimes, sadly, it can mask a
                 physical problem which could prove to be very detrimental to the
                 individule in the long run.
        
                      I'm not saying that legitimate healings do not take  place.
                 They do.    Maybe  the  individual  was  ready  to let go of the
                 negativity that caused the problem in the first place; maybe  it
                 was the  work  of  God.   Yet I contend that it can be explained
                 with existing knowledge of brain/mind function.
        
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
                      The techniques and staging will vary from church to church.
                 Many use "speaking in tongues" to  generate  catharsis  in  some
                 while the spectacle creates intense excitement in the observers.
        
                      The   use   of   hypnotic   techniques   by   religions  is
                 sophisticated, and professionals are assuring that  they  become
                 even more  effective.    A  man  in  Los  Angeles  is designing,
                 building, and reworking a lot of churches  around  the  country.
                 He tells ministers what they need and how to use it.  This man's
                 track  record  indicates  that the congregation and the monetary
                 income will double if the minister follows his instructions.  He
                 admits that about 80 percent of his efforts  are  in  the  sound
                 system and lighting.
        
                      Powerful  sound  and  the  proper  use  of  lighting are of
                 primary   importance   in   inducing   an   altered   state   of
                 consciousnes--I've been using them for years in my own seminars.
                 However, my participants are fully aware of the process and what






                 they can expect as a result of their participation.
        
                                Six Conversion Techniques
        
                 Cults  and  human-potential organizations are always looking for
                 new converts.    To  attain  them,  they  must  also  create   a
                 brain-phase.   And they often need to do it within a short space
                 of time--a weekend, or maybe even a day.  The following are  the
                 six primary techniques used to generate the conversion.
        
                      The  meeting  or  training  takes  place  in  an area where
                 participants are cut off from the outside world.   This  may  be
                 any  place: a private home, a remote or rural setting, or even a
                 hotel ballroom where the participants are allowed  only  limited
                 bathroom usage.    In human-potential trainings, the controllers
                 will give a  lengthy  talk  about  the  importance  of  "keeping
                 agreements" in  life.    The  participants are told that if they
                 don't keep agreements, their life will never work.  It's a  good
                 idea  to  keep  agreements, but the controllers are subverting a
                 positive human value for selfish purposes.  The participants vow
                 to themselves and  their  trainer  that  they  will  keep  their
                 agreements.   Anyone  who  does  not  will  be  intimidated into
                 agreement or forced to leave.  The next  step  is  to  agree  to
                 complete   training,   thus   assuring   a  high  percentage  of
                 conversions for the organizations.  They will  USUALLY  have  to
                 agree  not  to take drugs, smoke, and sometimes not to eat . . .
                 or they are  given  such  short  meal  breaks  that  it  creates
                 tension.   The  real  reason  for  the  agreements  is  to alter
                 internal chemistry, which generates anxiety and hopefully causes
                 at least a slight malfunction of the nervous  system,  which  in
                 turn increases the conversion potential.
        
                      Before  the  gathering  is complete, the agreements will be
                 used to ensure that  the  new  converts  go  out  and  find  new
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
                 participants.   They  are  intimidated  into  agreeing  to do so
                 before they leave.  Since the importance of  keeping  agreements
                 is  so  high on their priority list, the converts will twist the
                 arms of  everyone  they  know,  attempting  to  talk  them  into
                 attending  a  free introductory session offered at a future date
                 by the organization.  The new converts are zealots.    In  fact,
                 the   inside   term  for  merchandising  the  largest  and  most






                 successful human-potential training is, "sell it by zealot!"
        
                      At  least  a  million  people  are  graduates  and  a  good
                 percentage  have  been left with a mental activation button that
                 assures their future loyalty and assistance if the  guru  figure
                 or organization  calls.    Think  about  the potential political
                 implications of hundreds of thousands of zealots  programmed  to
                 campaign for their guru.
        
                      Be  wary  of  an  organization  of  this  type  that offers
                 follow-up sessions after the seminar.  Follow-up sessions  might
                 be  weekly  meetings  or inexpensive seminars given on a regular
                 basis which the organization  will  attempt  to  talk  you  into
                 taking--or  any  regularly  scheduled  event  used  to  maintain
                 control.  As the early Christian  revivalists  found,  long-term
                 control is dependent upon a good follow-up system.
        
                      Alright.   Now,  let's  look  at  the  second  tip-off that
                 indicates conversion tactics are being  used.    A  schedule  is
                 maintained that  causes  physical  and  mental fatigue.  This is
                 primarily accomplished by long hours in which  the  participants
                 are given no opportunity for relaxation or reflection.
        
                      The  third tip-off: techniques used to increase the tension
                 in the room or environment.
        
                      Number four: Uncertainty.  I  could  spend  hours  relating
                 various techniques to increase tension and generate uncertainty.
                 Basically,  the  participants  are concerned about being "put on
                 the spot" or encountered by the  trainers,  guilt  feelings  are
                 played  upon,  participants are tempted to verbally relate their
                 innermost secrets to the other participants or  forced  to  take
                 part in  activities that emphasize removing their masks.  One of
                 the  most  successful  human-potential   seminars   forces   the
                 participants to stand on a stage in front of the entire audience
                 while being verbally attacked by the trainers.  A public opinion
                 poll,  conducted  a  few  years  ago, showed that the number one
                 most-fearful situation an individual could encounter is to speak
                 to an audience.  It ranked above window washing outside the 85th
                 floor of an office building.  So you can imagine  the  fear  and
                 tension this  situation generates within the participants.  Many
                 faint, but most cope with the stress  by  mentally  going  away.
                 They literally go into an alpha state, which automatically makes
                 them many  times  as  suggestible  as  they  normally  are.  And
                 another  loop  of  the  downward  spiral  into   conversion   is
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        






        
                 
        
        
                 successfully effected.
        
                      The  fifth  clue  that conversion tactics are being used is
                 the introduction of jargon--new terms that have meaning only  to
                 the "insiders"  who  participate.    Vicious  language  is  also
                 frequently used, purposely, to make participants uncomfortable.
        
                      The final  tip-off  is  that  there  is  no  humor  in  the
                 communications  .  .  .  at  least  until  the  participants are
                 converted.  Then, merry-making and humor are highly desirable as
                 symbols of the new joy the participants have supposedly "found."
        
                      I'm not saying that good does not result from participation
                 in such gatherings.  It can and does.    But  I  contend  it  is
                 important  for  people to know what has happened and to be aware
                 that continual involvement may not be in their best interest.
        
                      Over the years, I've  conducted  professional  seminars  to
                 teach people  to  be hypnotists, trainers, and counselors.  I've
                 had many of those who conduct trainings and rallies come  to  me
                 and say, "I'm here because I know that what I'm doing works, but
                 I don't  know  why."   After showing them how and why, many have
                 gotten out of the  business  or  have  decided  to  approach  it
                 differently or in a much more loving and supportive manner.
        
                      Many of these trainers have become personal friends, and it
                 scares us all to have experienced the power of one person with a
                 microphone and a room full of people.  Add a little charisma and
                 you can  count  on  a  high  percentage of conversions.  The sad
                 truth is that a high percentage of  people  want  to  give  away
                 their power--they are true "believers"!
        
                      Cult  gatherings  or human-potential trainings are an ideal
                 environment to observe first-hand what is technically called the
                 "Stockholm Syndrome."  This is a situation in  which  those  who
                 are  intimidated,  controlled, or made to suffer, begin to love,
                 admire, and even sometimes sexually desire their controllers  or
                 captors.
        
                      But  let me inject a word of warning here: If you think you
                 can attend such gatherings and not be affected, you are probably
                 wrong.  A perfect example is the case of a  woman  who  went  to
                 Haiti on  a  Guggenheim  Fellowship to study Haitian Voodoo.  In
                 her  report,  she  related  how  the  music  eventually  induced
                 uncontrollable   bodily   movement   and  an  altered  state  of
                 consciousness.  Although she understood the process and  thought
                 herself  above  it,  when  she  began  to  feel  herself  become
                 vulnerable to the music, she attempted to fight  it  and  turned
                 away.  Anger  or resistance almost always assures conversion.  A
                 few moments later she was  possessed  by  the  music  and  began
                 dancing in  a  trance  around the Voodoo meeting house.  A brain






                 phase had been induced by the  music  and  excitement,  and  she
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
                 awoke feeling   reborn.     The  only  hope  of  attending  such
                 gatherings without being affected is to be a Buddha and allow no
                 positive or negative  emotions  to  surface.    Few  people  are
                 capable of such detachment.
        
                      Before  I  go  on,  let's  go  back  to the six tip-offs to
                 conversion.  I want to mention the United States Government  and
                 military boot  camp.   The Marine Corps talks about breaking men
                 down before "rebuilding" them as new  men--as  marines!    Well,
                 that  is  exactly  what  they do, the same way a cult breaks its
                 people down and rebuilds them as happy flower  sellers  on  your
                 local street corner.  Every one of the six conversion techniques
                 are used  in  boot camp.  Considering the needs of the military,
                 I'm not making a judgement as to whether that is  good  or  bad.
                 IT IS  A  FACT  that the men are effectively brainwashed.  Those
                 who won't submit must be discharged or spend much of their  time
                 in the brig.
        
                                Decognition Process
        
                      Once  the  initial  conversion  is  effected,  cults, armed
                 services, and similar groups cannot have  cynicism  among  their
                 members.   Members  must  respond to commands and do as they are
                 told,  otherwise  they  are  dangerous  to  the   organizational
                 control.    This   is  normally  accomplished  as  a  three-step
                 Decognition Process.
        
                      Step One is ALERTNESS REDUCTION: The controllers cause  the
                 nervous   system   to   malfunction,   making  it  difficult  to
                 distinguish between  fantasy  and  reality.      This   can   be
                 accomplished in  several  ways.  POOR DIET is one; watch out for
                 Brownies and Koolaid.  The sugar throws the nervous system  off.
                 More subtle  is  the  "SPIRITUAL DIET" used by many cults.  They
                 eat only vegetables and fruits; without the grounding of grains,
                 nuts, seeds, dairy products, fish or meat, an individual becomes
                 mentally "spacey."  INADEQUATE SLEEP is another primary  way  to
                 reduce  alertness,  especially  when combined with long hours of
                 work or intense physical activity.  Also, being  bombarded  with
                 intense and unique experiences achieves the same result.
        






                      Step   Two   is  PROGRAMMED  CONFUSION:  You  are  mentally
                 assaulted while your alertness is being reduced as in Step  One.
                 This is accomplished with a deluge of new information, lectures,
                 discussion  groups,  encounters  or one-to-one processing, which
                 usually amounts to the controller bombarding the individual with
                 questions.   During  this  phase  of  decognition,  reality  and
                 illusion  often  merge  and  perverted  logic  is  likely  to be
                 accepted.
        
                      Step Three is THOUGHT  STOPPING:  Techniques  are  used  to
                 cause the     mind     to     go     "flat."        These    are
                 altered-state-of-consciousness techniques that initially  induce
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
                 calmness  by  giving  the mind something simple to deal with and
                 focusing awareness.  The continued use brings on  a  feeling  of
                 elation and   eventually  hallucination.    The  result  is  the
                 reduction of thought and eventually, if used  long  enough,  the
                 cessation  of  all  thought  and  withdrawal  from  everyone and
                 everything except  that  which  the  controllers  direct.    The
                 takeover is  then  complete.    It is important to be aware that
                 when   members   or   participants   are   instructed   to   use
                 "thought-stopping"  techniques,  they  are  told  that they will
                 benefit by so doing: they will become "better soldiers" or "find
                 enlightenment."
        
                      There  are  three  primary  techniques  used  for   thought
                 stopping.   The  first is MARCHING: the thump, thump, thump beat
                 literally generates self-hypnosis and thus great  susceptibility
                 to suggestion.
        
                      The second thought stopping technique is MEDITATION. If you
                 spend an hour to an hour and a half a day in meditation, after a
                 few weeks, there is a great probability that you will not return
                 to full beta consciousness.  You will remain in a fixed state of
                 alpha for  as  long as you continue to meditate.  I'm not saying
                 this is bad--if you do it yourself.  It may be very  beneficial.
                 But  it  is  a  fact  that you are causing your mind to go flat.
                 I've worked with meditators on an EEG machine  and  the  results
                 are  conclusive:  the  more  you meditate, the flatter your mind
                 becomes until, eventually and especially if used to excess or in
                 combination with  decognition,  all  thought   ceases.      Some
                 spiritual groups  see this as nirvana--which is bullshit.  It is






                 simply a predictable physiological result.   And  if  heaven  on
                 earth is non-thinking and non-involvement, I really question why
                 we are here.
        
                      The third thought-stopping technique is CHANTING, and often
                 chanting  in  meditation.  "Speaking  in  tongues" could also be
                 included in this category.
        
                      All three stopping techniques produce an altered  state  of
                 consciousness.  This may be very good if YOU are controlling the
                 process, for  you  also  control the input.  I personally use at
                 least one self-hypnosis programming session every day and I know
                 how beneficial it is for me.  But you need to know  if  you  use
                 these techniques to the degree of remaining continually in alpha
                 that,  although  you'll  be  very  mellow,  you'll  also be more
                 suggestible.
        
                                True Believers & Mass Movements
        
                      Before ending this section on conversion, I  want  to  talk
                 about  the  people who are most susceptible to it and about Mass
                 Movements.  I  am  convinced  that  at  least  a  third  of  the
                 population is what Eric Hoffer calls "true believers."  They are
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
                 joiners  and  followers . . . people who want to give away their
                 power.   They  look  for  answers,  meaning,  and  enlightenment
                 outside themselves.
        
                      Hoffer,  who  wrote  THE  TRUE  BELIEVER, a classic on mass
                 movements, says, "true believers are not  intent  on  bolstering
                 and  advancing a cherished self, but are those craving to be rid
                 of unwanted self.  They are followers, not because of  a  desire
                 for  self-advancement,  but because it can satisfy their passion
                 for self-renunciation!"  Hoffer also says  that  true  believers
                 "are eternally incomplete and eternally insecure"!
        
                      I know  this  from  my  own  experience.    In  my years of
                 communicating concepts and conducting trainings, I have run into
                 them again and again.  All I can do is attempt to show them that
                 the only thing to seek is the True Self within.  Their  personal
                 answers are  to  be  found there and there alone.  I communicate
                 that the basics  of  spirituality  are  self-responsibility  and






                 self-actualization.  But most of the true believers just tell me
                 that  I'm not spiritual and go looking for someone who will give
                 them the dogma and structure they desire.
        
                      Never underestimate the potential danger of  these  people.
                 They can easily be molded into fanatics who will gladly work and
                 die for  their  holy  cause.   It is a substitute for their lost
                 faith  in  themselves  and  offers  them  as  a  substitute  for
                 individual hope.    The  Moral  Majority  is  made  up  of  true
                 believers.  All cults are composed of true  believers.    You'll
                 find  them  in  politics, churches, businesses, and social cause
                 groups.  They are the fanatics in these organizations.
        
                      Mass Movements will usually have a charismatic leader.  The
                 followers want to convert others  to  their  way  of  living  or
                 impose  a  new  way  of  life--if necessary, by legislating laws
                 forcing others to their view, as evidenced by the activities  of
                 the Moral   Majority.     This  means  enforcement  by  guns  or
                 punishment, for that is the bottomline in law enforcement.
        
                      A common hatred,  enemy,  or  devil  is  essential  to  the
                 success of  a  mass  movement.    The Born-Again Christians have
                 Satan himself, but that isn't enough--they've added the  occult,
                 the  New  Age  thinkers  and, lately, all those who oppose their
                 integration of  church  and  politics,  as  evidenced  in  their
                 political  reelection  campaigns  against those who oppose their
                 views.  In revolutions, the devil is usually the ruling power or
                 aristocracy.  Some human-potential movements are far too  clever
                 to   ask   their  graduates  to  join  anything,  thus  labeling
                 themselves as a cult--but, if you look closely, you'll find that
                 their devil is  anyone  and  everyone  who  hasn't  taken  their
                 training.
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
                      There  are  mass  movements  without devils but they seldom
                 attain major status.  The True Believers are mentally unbalanced
                 or insecure people, or those without hope or  friends.    People
                 don't look for allies when they love, but they do when they hate
                 or become  obsessed  with  a  cause.  And those who desire a new
                 life and a new order feel the old ways must be eliminated before
                 the new order can be built.






        
                                Persuasion Techniques
        
                      Persuasion isn't technically brainwashing  but  it  is  the
                 manipulation  of  the  human mind by another individual, without
                 the manipulated party being aware what caused his opinion shift.
                 I only have time to very basically introduce you to a few of the
                 thousands  of  techniques  in  use  today,  but  the  basis   of
                 persuasion  is  always to access your RIGHT BRAIN. The left half
                 of your brain is analytical and rational.   The  right  side  is
                 creative and  imaginative.    That  is  overly simplified but it
                 makes my point.  So, the idea is to distract the left brain  and
                 keep it  busy.    Ideally,  the persuader generates an eyes-open
                 altered state of consciousness, causing you to shift  from  beta
                 awareness into alpha; this can be measured on an EEG machine.
        
                      First,  let  me give you an example of distracting the left
                 brain.  Politicians use these powerful techniques all the  time;
                 lawyers  use  many  variations  which, I've been told, they call
                 "tightening the noose."
        
                      Assume for a moment that you are watching a politician give
                 a speech.  First, he might generate what is called a "YES  SET."
                 These  are  statements  that will cause listeners to agree; they
                 might even unknowingly nod their heads in agreement.  Next  come
                 the  TRUISMS. These are usually facts that could be debated but,
                 once the politician has his audience agreeing, the odds  are  in
                 the politician's favor that the audience won't stop to think for
                 themselves, thus   continuing   to   agree.     Last  comes  the
                 SUGGESTION. This is what the politician wants  you  to  do  and,
                 since  you  have been agreeing all along, you could be persuaded
                 to accept the suggestion.  Now, if you'll listen closely  to  my
                 political  speech, you'll find that the first three are the "yes
                 set," the next three are truisms and the last is the suggestion.
        
                      "Ladies and  gentlemen:  are  you  angry  about  high  food
                 prices?  Are you tired of astronomical gas prices?  Are you sick
                 of out-of-control  inflation?    Well,  you know the Other Party
                 allowed 18 percent inflation  last  year;  you  know  crime  has
                 increased  50  percent nationwide in the last 12 months, and you
                 know your paycheck hardly covers your expenses any more.   Well,
                 the  answer  to  resolving  these  problems is to elect me, John
                 Jones, to the U.S. Senate."
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        






        
                 
        
        
                      And I think you've heard all that before.   But  you  might
                 also watch  for  what  are  called  Imbedded  Commands.    As an
                 example: On key words, the speaker would make a gesture with his
                 left hand, which research has shown is more apt to  access  your
                 right brain.        Today's   media-oriented   politicians   and
                 spellbinders are often carefully trained by a whole new breed of
                 specialist who are using every trick in the book--both  old  and
                 new--to manipulate you into accepting their candidate.
        
                      The  concepts  and  techniques  of Neuro-Linguistics are so
                 heavily protected that I found out the hard  way  that  to  even
                 talk about them publicly or in print results in threatened legal
                 action.   Yet  Neuro-Linguistic training is readily available to
                 anyone willing to devote the time and pay the price.  It is some
                 of the most subtle and powerful manipulation  I  have  yet  been
                 exposed to.    A  good  friend  who recently attended a two-week
                 seminar on Neuro-Linguistics found that many of those she talked
                 to during the breaks were government people.
        
                      Another  technique  that  I'm  just   learning   about   is
                 unbelievably  slippery;  it  is called an INTERSPERSAL TECHNIQUE
                 and the idea is  to  say  one  thing  with  words  but  plant  a
                 subconscious  impression  of  something else in the minds of the
                 listeners and/or watchers.
        
                      Let me give you an  example:  Assume  you  are  watching  a
                 television  commentator  make  the  following statement: SENATOR
                 JOHNSON is assisting local authorities to clear  up  the  stupid
                 mistakes   of   companies  contributing  to  the  nuclear  waste
                 problems."  It sounds like a statement  of  fact,  but,  if  the
                 speaker  emphasizes  the  right word, and especially if he makes
                 the proper hand gestures on the key words,  you  could  be  left
                 with the subconscious impression that Senator Johnson is stupid.
                 That  was  the  subliminal goal of the statement and the speaker
                 cannot be called to account for anything.
        
                      Persuasion techniques are also frequently used  on  a  much
                 smaller scale  with  just  as much effectiveness.  The insurance
                 salesman knows his pitch is likely to be much more effective  if
                 he can  get  you  to  visualize something in your mind.  This is
                 right-brain communication.  For instance, he might pause in  his
                 conversation,  look  slowly around your livingroom and say, "Can
                 you just imagine this beautiful home burning to the ground?"  Of
                 course you can!  It is one of your unconscious fears  and,  when
                 he  forces  you  to  visualize  it,  you  are  more likely to be
                 manipulated into signing his insurance policy.
        
                      The Hare Krishnas, operating in every airport, use  what  I
                 call  SHOCK  AND CONFUSION techniques to distract the left brain
                 and communicate directly with the right brain.    While  waiting
                 for a  plane,  I  once watched one operate for over an hour.  He






                 had  a  technique  of  almost  jumping  in  front  of   someone.
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
                 Initially,  his voice was loud then dropped as he made his pitch
                 to take a book and contribute money to the cause.  Usually, when
                 people are shocked, they immediately withdraw.    In  this  case
                 they   were   shocked   by   the   strange   appearance,  sudden
                 materialization and loud voice of the Hare Krishna devotee.   In
                 other  words,  the  people went into an alpha state for security
                 because they didn't want to confront the  reality  before  them.
                 In  alpha, they were highly suggestible so they responded to the
                 suggestion of taking the book; the moment they  took  the  book,
                 they  felt  guilty  and responded to the second suggestion: give
                 money.   We  are  all  conditioned  that  if  someone  gives  us
                 something,  we  have  to  give them something in return--in that
                 case, it was money.  While watching this hustler,  I  was  close
                 enough to notice that many of the people he stopped exhibited an
                 outward sign of alpha--their eyes were actually dilated.
        
                                Subliminal Programming
        
                      Subliminals   are   hidden   suggestions   that  only  your
                 subconscious perceives.  They can be audio, hidden behind music,
                 or visual, airbrushed into a picture, flashed  on  a  screen  so
                 fast   that   you   don't  consciously  see  them,  or  cleverly
                 incorporated into a picture or design.
        
                      Most audio  subliminal  reprogramming  tapes  offer  verbal
                 suggestions recorded  at  a low volume.  I question the efficacy
                 of this technique--if  subliminals  are  not  perceptible,  they
                 cannot  be effective, and subliminals recorded below the audible
                 threshold are therefore useless.  The  oldest  audio  subliminal
                 technique  uses  a voice that follows the volume of the music so
                 subliminals  are  impossible  to  detect  without  a  parametric
                 equalizer.  But this technique is patented and, when I wanted to
                 develop  my  own line of subliminal audiocassettes, negotiations
                 with the patent holder proved to be unsatisfactory.  My attorney
                 obtained copies of the patents which I  gave  to  some  talented
                 Hollywood   sound   engineers,  asking  them  to  create  a  new
                 technique.  They found a way to psycho-acoustically  modify  and
                 synthesize  the  suggestions  so  that they are projected in the
                 same chord and frequency as the  music,  thus  giving  them  the
                 effect of  being  part of the music.  But we found that in using






                 this technique, there is no way to reduce various frequencies to
                 detect the  subliminals.    In   other   words,   although   the
                 suggestions  are  being  heard  by  the  subconscious mind, they
                 cannot be monitored with even the most sophisticated equipment.
        
                      If we were able to come up with this technique as easily as
                 we did, I can only imagine how sophisticated the technology  has
                 become, with unlimited government or advertising funding.  And I
                 shudder   to   think   about   the   propaganda  and  commercial
                 manipulation that we are exposed to on a daily basis.  There  is
                 simply no way to know what is behind the music you hear.  It may
                 even  be  possible  to  hide  a second voice behind the voice to
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
                 which you are listening.
        
                      The series by Wilson Bryan Key, Ph.D.,  on  subliminals  in
                 advertising and political campaigns well documents the misuse in
                 many   areas,  especially  printed  advertising  in  newspapers,
                 magazines, and posters.
        
                      The big question about subliminals is: do they work?  And I
                 guarantee you they do.  Not only from the response of those  who
                 have used my tapes, but from the results of such programs as the
                 subliminals behind  the music in department stores.  Supposedly,
                 the only message is instructions to not steal:  one  East  Coast
                 department store chain reported a 37 percent reduction in thefts
                 in the first nine months of testing.
        
                      A  1984  article  in  the technical newsletter, "Brain-Mind
                 Bulletin," states that as much as 99 percent  of  our  cognitive
                 activity  may  be  "non-conscious," according to the director of
                 the Laboratory for Cognitive Psychophysiology at the  University
                 of Illinois.  The lengthy report ends with the statement, "these
                 findings  support the use of subliminal approaches such as taped
                 suggestions for weight loss and the therapeutic use of  hypnosis
                 and Neuro-Linguistic Programming."
        
                                Mass Misuse
        
                      I   could  relate  many  stories  that  support  subliminal
                 programming, but I'd rather use my time to  make  you  aware  of
                 even more subtle uses of such programming.






        
                      I  have  personally  experienced  sitting  in a Los Angeles
                 auditorium with over ten thousand people who  were  gathered  to
                 listen to  a  current  charismatic figure.  Twenty minutes after
                 entering the auditorium, I became aware that I was going in  and
                 out of  an altered state.  Those accompanying me experienced the
                 same thing.  Since it is our business, we were aware of what was
                 happening, but  those  around  us  were   not.      By   careful
                 observation,  what  appeared  to  be  spontaneous demonstrations
                 were, in fact, artful manipulations.    The  only  way  I  could
                 figure  that the eyes-open trance had been induced was that a 6-
                 to 7-cycle-per-second vibration was being piped  into  the  room
                 behind the  air  conditioner  sound.   That particular vibration
                 generates  alpha,  which  would  render  the   audience   highly
                 susceptible.   Ten to 25 percent of the population is capable of
                 a somnambulistic level of altered states of  consciousness;  for
                 these    people,    the   suggestions   of   the   speaker,   if
                 non-threatening, could potentially be accepted as "commands."
        
                                Vibrato
        
                      This leads to  the  mention  of  VIBRATO.  Vibrato  is  the
                 tremulous  effect  imparted in some vocal or instrumental music,
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
                 and the cyle-per-second  range  causes  people  to  go  into  an
                 altered state  of  consciousness.    At  one  period  of English
                 history, singers whose voices contained pronounced vibrato  were
                 not  allowed to perform publicly because listeners would go into
                 an altered state and have fantasies, often sexual in nature.
        
                      People who attend opera or enjoy listening to singers  like
                 Mario  Lanza are familiar with this altered state induced by the
                 performers.
        
                                ELFs
        
                      Now, let's carry this awareness a little  farther.    There
                 are also  inaudible ELFs (extra-low frequency waves).  These are
                 electromagnetic in nature.  One of the primary uses of  ELFs  is
                 to communicate with  our  submarines.   Dr.  Andrija Puharich, a
                 highly  respected  researcher,  in  an  attempt  to  warn   U.S.
                 officials  about  Russian  use  of  ELFs,  set up an experiment.






                 Volunteers were wired so their brain waves could be measured  on
                 an  EEG.  They  were  sealed  in  a metal room that could not be
                 penetrated by a normal signal.
        
                      Puharich then beamed ELF waves at the volunteers.  ELFs  go
                 right  through  the  earth  and,  of course, right through metal
                 walls.  Those inside couldn't know if the signal was or was  not
                 being sent.  And Puharich watched the reactions on the technical
                 equipment:  30  percent of those inside the room were taken over
                 by the ELF signal in six to ten seconds.
        
                      When I  say  "taken  over,"  I  mean  that  their  behavior
                 followed  the  changes  anticipated at very precise frequencies.
                 Waves below 6 cycles per second caused the  subjects  to  become
                 very emotionally upset, and even disrupted bodily functions.  At
                 8.2  cycles,  they  felt very high . . . an elevated feeling, as
                 though they had been in masterful  meditation,  learned  over  a
                 period of  years.    Eleven  to  11.3  cycles  induced  waves of
                 depressed agitation leading to riotous behavior.
        
                                The Neurophone
        
                      Dr.  Patrick Flanagan is a personal friend of mine.  In the
                 early 1960s, as a teenager, Pat was listed as  one  of  the  top
                 scientists in  the  world  by  "Life"  magazine.  Among his many
                 inventions was a device he called the Neurophone--an  electronic
                 instrument  that  can successfully programm suggestions directly
                 through contact with the skin.  When he attempted to patent  the
                 device, the  government  demanded that he prove it worked.  When
                 he did, the National Security Agency confiscated the neurophone.
                 It took Pat two years of legal battle to get his invention back.
        
                      In using the device, you don't hear or see a thing;  it  is
                 applied  to  the skin, which Pat claims is the source of special
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 
        
        
                 senses.  The skin contains more sensors for heat,  touch,  pain,
                 vibration,  and  electrical  fields  than  any other part of the
                 human anatomy.
        
                      In one of his recent tests,  Pat  conducted  two  identical
                 seminars  for a military audience--one seminar one night and one
                 the next night, because the size  of  the  room  was  not  large






                 enough to  accommodate  all of them at one time.  When the first
                 group proved to be very cool and unwilling to  respond,  Patrick
                 spent  the  next day making a special tape to play at the second
                 seminar.  The tape instructed the audience to be extremely  warm
                 and responsive and for their hands to become "tingly."  The tape
                 was played through the neurophone, which was connected to a wire
                 he placed  along  the  ceiling  of  the  room.    There  were no
                 speakers, so no sound  could  be  heard,  yet  the  message  was
                 successfully transmitted from that wire directly into the brains
                 of the  audience.    They  were  warm and receptive, their hands
                 tingled and they responded, according to programming,  in  other
                 ways that I cannot mention here.
        
                      The  more  we  find out about how human beings work through
                 today's highly advanced  technological  research,  the  more  we
                 learn to  control human beings.  And what probably scares me the
                 most is that the medium for takeover is already in place!    The
                 television  set  in  your  livingroom and bedroom is doing a lot
                 more than just entertaining you.
        
                      Before I continue, let me point out something else about an
                 altered state of consciousness.  When you  go  into  an  altered
                 state,  you  transfer  into  right  brain,  which results in the
                 internal release of the  body's  own  opiates:  enkephalins  and
                 Beta-endorphins, chemically almost identical to opium.  In other
                 words, it feels good . . . and you want to come back for more.
        
                      Recent  tests  by  researcher  Herbert Krugman showed that,
                 while viewers were watching TV, right-brain activity outnumbered
                 left-brain activity by a ratio of two to one.  Put more  simply,
                 the  viewers were in an altered state . . . in trance more often
                 than not.  They were getting their Beta-endorphin "fix."
        
                      To  measure  attention  spans,  psychophysiologist   Thomas
                 Mulholland  of  the Veterans Hospital in Bedford, Massachusetts,
                 attached young viewers to an EEG machine that was wired to  shut
                 the  TV  set  off  whenever  the  children's  brains  produced a
                 majority of alpha waves.  Although the  children  were  told  to
                 concentrate,  only  a few could keep the set on for more than 30
                 seconds!
        
                      Most viewers are already hypnotized.  To deepen the  trance
                 is easy.   One simple way is to place a blank, black frame every
                 32 frames in the film that is being projected.  This  creates  a
                 45-beat-per-minute  pulsation perceived only by the subconscious
        
        
                 
        
        
        
        
        
        
        






        
                 
        
        
                 mind--the ideal pace to generate deep hypnosis.
        
                      The commercials or  suggestions  presented  following  this
                 alpha-inducing  broadcast are much more likely to be accepted by
                 the viewer.  The high percentage of the  viewing  audience  that
                 has  somnambulistic-depth  ability  could  very  well accept the
                 suggestions as commands--as long as those commands did  not  ask
                 the  viewer to do something contrary to his morals, religion, or
                 self-preservation.
        
                      The medium for takeover  is  here.    By  the  age  of  16,
                 children   have   spent   10,000   to   15,000   hours  watching
                 television--that is more time than they spend in school!  In the
                 average home, the TV set is on for six hours and 44 minutes  per
                 day--an  increase of nine minutes from last year and three times
                 the average rate of increase during the 1970s.
        
                      It obviously isn't getting better .  .  .  we  are  rapidly
                 moving  into  an  alpha-level world--very possibly the Orwellian
                 world of "1984"--placid, glassy-eyed, and responding  obediently
                 to instructions.
        
                      A  research  project  by  Jacob Jacoby, a Purdue University
                 psychologist, found that of  2,700  people  tested,  90  percent
                 misunderstood  even  such simple viewing fare as commercials and
                 "Barnaby Jones."   Only  minutes  after  watching,  the  typical
                 viewer missed 23 to 36 percent of the questions about what he or
                 she had seen.  Of course they did--they were going in and out of
                 trance!  If you go into a deep trance, you must be instructed to
                 remember--otherwise you automatically forget.
        
                      I have just touched the tip of the iceberg.  When you start
                 to  combine  subliminal  messages  behind  the music, subliminal
                 visuals projected on the screen,  hypnotically  produced  visual
                 effects, sustained musical beats at a trance-inducing pace . . .
                 you have  extremely effective brainwashing.  Every hour that you
                 spend watching the TV set you become more conditioned.  And,  in
                 case  you  thought  there was a law against any of these things,
                 guess again.  There isn't!  There are a lot of  powerful  people
                 who obviously  prefer  things  exactly  the way they are.  Maybe
                 they have plans for?
        
                                <<End of Article>>
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                                How To Have Fun At School






         
         
               This Works Best If You Happen To Have Alot Of Deralict
        Friends, As I Do... Your First Day Of School You Should Bring The
        Following Items, To Insure A Prosperous School Year:
         
           1) Fountain Pen (And Extra Ink Refills)
           2) 3 Tubes Of Super Glue (Krazy Glue)
           3) Pennies (About $1.00 Worth)
           4) Baloons (Small Sized For Convieniance)
           5) Mirror (Small Hand Held)
           6) Liquid Soap
           7) Lighter, (Matches As Alternate)
           8) Firecrackers (Ladyfingers Are Great)
           9) Screwdrivers And Other Tools (Small)
        More (Y/N/C)?               10) Small Squeezable Bottles (Like Nasal De-Congestant Type)  
          11) Wire (10-20 Ft)
          12) Tape Recorder Mic. (Battery Operated Pref.)
          13) Ziplock Baggies
          14) Half Of An Orange
          15) Ligth Bulb (75 Watts And Over Are Great)
         
             This Will Do For Now... Some Of The Cool Things To Do Are,
        Take The Pennies And Glue Them To The Cafeteria Tables, (And Watch
        The Custodians Try To Get 'em Off). This Also Looks Good With
        Silver Dollars Glued To The Fire Alarm (So It Goes Off When The
        Custodian Attempts To Remove The Coin) And To A Door Some Place
        (Principals Preferably).
         
             Another Thing To Do With A Coin Is, Heat It Up Over A Bunson
        Burner (In Chem) And Just As The Bell Rings, Toss The Coin Into The
        Hall, I Will Guarantee You Will Know When The Coin Is Picked Up...
        While Your Using The Bunson Burner, Fill Your Little Squeeze Bottle
        With Gas, Then Cap It Tight And Put It In Your Pocket... Later,
        Take A Firecracker, And Glue It To The Bottle, Use A Cigarette As
        A Fuse Extension, Then Put It In The Bathroom, And Get To Class
        Fast... (Gas And Glue Make A Nice Flame)...
         
        More (Y/N/C)?                  While Your In The Bathroom, Place A Light Bulb Over The Door,
        And When The Superintendant Goes To See What The Explosion Was, He
        Gets A Nice Little Surprise...
         
             Now For The Wire, If You Can Access A Room Near Your Locker,
        When No One Is In The Room, Take Off The Speaker Cover On The Pa
        System, And Hook 2 Wires From It, To Your Mic. (Then Into Your
        Locker) This Is Good For Getting Your Friends Out Of Classes...
        Just Ask For Them... (Use Your Tools For That One, And Try To Be
        Neat About It)...
         
         
             Now For Your Mirror, You Can Use This For Getting Your,
        Uh..."Friends" Locker Combanation.... After You Get That, Take That
        Little Baggie You Got, And Put The Orange In It... Let It Sit For
        A Week Or Four, Then Open The Baggie, And Place It In Your Friends
        Locker... I Can Guarentee He/She Will Love It!






         
             Another Thing That Is Fun To Do, Is, Take A Penny, And Glue
        It Over The Key Hole On Your Friends Gym Locker, Just After He Goes
        Out, Thus He Has To Truck Around All Day In His Gym Stuff, (Unless
        You Rent Him Your Screw Driver To Pry The Penny Off)
         
        More (Y/N/C)?                  Ballons Are Fun To Play With In Chem Lab, Fill Them With The
        Gas That You Get Out Of The Taps On The Lab Desks, Then Tie Up The
        Baloon Tight, And Drop It Out The Window To The Burn Outs Below,
        You Know, The Ones That Are Always Smoking, They Love To Pop
        Baloons With Light Cigaretts, Get The Picture? Good...
         
         
             Those Fountain Pens Are Cool, Because If You Make A Slight
        Jerking Motion With Your Hand, Ink Squirts All Over The Room, (Or
        Person, What Everyour Aiming At) It Is A Good Idea Not To Let The
        Teachers Know You Have One Of Those, It Makes It Too Easy To Find
        Out Who Did It When Theres Ink All Over The Principals Face... (Or
        On The Floors, Walls, And Ceilings...)
         
             Liquid Soap Is Great For Use In Crowded Hallways, It Turns
        Everybody Into A Ice Skating Star, (Works Especially Well When
        People Come In From The Rain)... If Your School Is Anything Like
        The One I Goto, People Never Flush The Toiletts, A Little Liquid
        Soap In Here Makes For A Nice Surprise, I Mean, What Happens When
        The Soap Is Not Flushed Out Of The Toilet, And The Suds Aren't
        Flushed Out Either? The Janitors Have A Really Good Time Trying To
        Figure Out That One... (Glue A Quarter In One Of The Urinals,
        Always A Winner)... Turn Off The Water Under The Sinks Too...
        More (Y/N/C)?             Getting Back To The Soap, It Is Also Good On The Hand Railings In
        Hallways And On Steps, If You Mix Perfume With It, Some Poor Grub
        Has To Have That Stench On Him All Day.
         
                I Shall Go Into More Depth At A Later Date, So Look For A
        New Volume Coming To A Bbs Near You... This Was: How To Have Fun
        At School Part 1, (By: Walkon) Part 2 Will Be Written As Soon As
        I Have Some More Time.
         
               ---===>>> Walkon <<<===---
                         ------              Sysop: Temple Of The Un-Dead
                                                      201 - 575 - 4010
         
        
        
        
        ***** Now U/L Or Send Donation *****
        Press A Key...
        E      Sir 
        Enjoy Your File(S).
        
        
        [G-Files Command Menu] [?/Help]: 
        
        
        






        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                                   Lockpicking
        
        
                                           _  _       _______
                                          | \/ |     / _____/
                                          |_||_|etal/ /hop
                                          _________/ /
                                         /__________/
                                         (314)432-0756
                                 24 Hours A Day, 300/1200 Baud
        
                                          Presents...
        
                                        ==Phrack Inc.==
                             Volume One, Issue One, Phile #6 of 8
        
                                   How to Pick Master Locks
        By Gin Fizz & Ninja NYC
        
            Have you ever tried to impress your friends by picking one of those Master
        combination locks and failed? Well then read on. The Master lock company has
        made this kind of lock with a protection scheme. If you pull the handle of it
        hard, the knob won't turn. That was their biggest mistake...... Ok, now on to
        it.
        
            1st number.  Get out any of the Master locks so you know what's going on.
        1: The handle part (the part that springs open when you get the combination),
        pull on it, but not enough so that the knob won't move. 2: While pulling on it
        turn the knob to the left until it won't move any more. Then add 5 to this
        number. Congradulations, you now have the 1st number.






        
            2nd number. (a lot tougher) Ok, spin the dial around a couple of times,
        then go to the 1st number you got, then turn it to the right, bypassing the 1st
        number once. WHEN you have bypassed. Start pulling the handle and turning it.
        It will eventually fall into the groove and lock. While in the groove pull on
        it and turn the knob. If it is loose go to the next groove; if it's stiff you
        got the second number.
        
            3rd number: After getting the 2nd, spin the dial, then enter the 2 numbers,
        then after the 2nd, go to the right and at all the numbers pull on it. The lock
        will eventually open if you did it right. If can't do it the first time, be
        patient, it takes time.
        
         Have phun...
        
                                    Gin Fizz/2600 Club!/TPM
                                         Ninja NYC/TPM
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
         {=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}
         {=--=}                                                            {=--=}
         {=--=}                  Picking Combination Locks                 {=--=}
         {=--=}                                                            {=--=}
         {=--=}                 Written by:  The Byte Byter                {=--=}
         {=--=}                                                            {=--=}
         {=--=}                                                            {=--=}
         {=--=}The  writer of this text file takes <all> responsibility for{=--=}
         {=--=}what this text file is used for.  Hopefully, it will only be{=--=}
         {=--=}used  for  illegal purposes cuz I can't think of a reason it{=--=}
         {=--=}can be used for legally.  Well, on with the text file.      {=--=}
         {=--=}                                                            {=--=}
         {=--=}                                                            {=--=}
         {=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}{=--=}
         5  75
        
        
            Ok, so ya say ya wanna learn how to pick combination locks.. This text file
        should help you.  As a matter of fact, if ya do it right, it will help you. 
        First of all, let me tell you about the set-up of a lock.  When the lock is
        locked, there is a curved piece of metal wedged inside the little notch on the
        horseshoe shaped bar that is pushed in to the lock when you lock it.  To free
        this wedge, you must (must is a word used to much) you usually (that sounds
        much better) have to turn the lock to the desired combination and the pressure
        on the wedge is released therefore letting the lock open.  I will now tell you
        how to make a pick so you can open a lock without having to waste all that time
        turning the combination (this also helps when ya don't know the combination to
        begin with).
        
            First of all, ya need to find a hairpin. What's a hairpin?  Well, just ask






        your mom.  She will have one.  If she asks what its for, say ya gotta hold
        something together..  If she says use a rubberband or use a paperclip, tell her
        to fuck off and die and then go to the store and rip off a box of 50 or so. 
        Ok, enough stalling (yea, I was stalling).  Once you have your hair pin (make
        sure it's metal), take the ridged side and break it off right before it starts
        to make a U-turn onto the straight side.  The curved part can now be used as a
        handle.  Now, using a file, file down the other end until it is fairly thin. 
        You should do this to many hairpins and file them so they are of different
        thicknesses so you can pick various locks.  Some locks are so cheap that ya
        don't even have ta file!  But most are not.
        
            Ok, now you have a lock pick.  Now if ya haven't figured it out, here's how
        ya use it.  You look at a lock to see which side the lock opens from.  If you
        can't tell, you will just have to try both sides.  When ya find out what side
        it opens from, take the lock pick and stick the filed end into the inside of
        the horseshoe-shaped bar on whichever side the lock opens from.  Now, put
        pressure on the handle of the lock pick (pushing down, into the crack) and pull
        the lock up and down. The lock will then open because the pick separated the
        wedge and the notch allowing us thieves to open it.  Don't say bullshit until
        you've tried it, because I have gotten lots of beer money from doing this to
        fellow students' gym lockers.  Also, this technique works best on American
        locks.  I have never picked a Master lock before because of the shape and
        pressure of the wedge but if anyone does it, let me know how long it took. 
        Also, the Master lock casing is very tight so ya can't get the pick in.  So, if
        you're locking something valuable up, use a Master, cuz at least ya know I
        won't be picking it and I'm sure there aren't that many that could.  And when I
        say pick, I don't mean lighting a stick of dynamite next to the lock, picking
        is opening a lock without using force, making a substitute key, etc..  If any
        of you believe that this information is not sufficient for picking an American
        lock, or any other kind besides Master, leave me a message at /\/\etalland 1
        (503) 538-0761.
        
            This concludes my text file on picking combination locks.  My next text
        file will probably be "Picking key locks".  See ya later.
          The Byte Byter
        
        
        
        
        
        
         [+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+]
         [+]                                 [+]
         [+]     L O C K   P I C K I N G     [+]
         [+]                                 [+]
         [+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+]
         [+]                                 [+]
         [+]     WRITTEN BY: DARC DEATHE     [+]
         [+]                                 [+]
         [+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+][+]
        
        
        
            This tutorial will demonstrate how to "pick" a pin tumbler lock.  Use of
        this material is for locksmiths only, any use of this information for illegal






        purposes is forbidden and against the law. (As long as we are at it, do you
        want to buy some land in Florida?)
        
            In order to pick a pin tumbler lock, you will require four items: A lock,
        you, a pick, and a tension wrench.  You can usually get these at a locksmith
        store, if you can't find one near you, there will be an address at the end of
        the article that you can order them from.  Here is an illustration of a pick
        and a tension wrench:
        
         ________/   !________      
         PICK         TENSION WRENCH
        
            Most people know of the need for the pick, but have no idea what the wrench
        is for.  It is very important and without it, it would be impossible to pick a
        lock.
        
            In order to pick a lock, we must count upon the imperfection of the lock. 
        Before we look at how to actually pick the lock, we will look at the parts of
        it and how the imperfection part fits in.  Here is a disassembled lock:
        
                        /   /   /   /     
                        \   \   \   \     
             SPRINGS -> /   /   /   /     
                        \   \   \   \     
                        _   _   _   _     
                       ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !    
                       ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !    
             DRIVERS ->! ! ! ! ! ! ! !    
                       !_! !_! !_! !_!    
        
                        _           _     
                       ! !  _      ! !    
         BOTTOM PINS ->! ! ! !  _  ! !    
                       ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !    
                       \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/    
        
                    _____________________ 
                   !   : : : : : : : :   !
         HOUSING ->!   : : : : : : : :   !
                   !   : : : : : : : :   !
                   !___: :_: :_: :_: :___!
                  !    : : : : : : : :   !
           PLUG ->!    : : : : : : : :   !
                  !______________________!
                   !                     !
                   !                     !
                   !                     !
                   !_____________________!
        
        
           ___                           
          /   \                          
         !     !__      _   _            
         !        \__  / \_/ \__         
         !           \/         \        






          \__/-------------------  <- KEY
        
        
            When you insert a key into a lock, the bottom pins are pushed up, and if
        it's the proper key, the tops of the bottom pins will match with the spot where
        the plug and housing meet, thus allowing you to turn the plug, and open the
        door, etc..  When you insert the key, the bottom pins go into the valleys of
        the key, thus meaning that the key must have the right height valleys to make
        the lock open.  Pretty elementary, right?  Well now we can move on to how to
        pick a lock.
        
            In order to pick a lock, we (as I said before) depend on the inaccuracy of
        the manufacturing process.  The first thing to do is to insert the tension
        wrench into the lock and apply a slight pressure to the left (or right if you
        wish) so that if you could look inside the lock at where the plug and the
        housing would meet, it would look like this:
        
                   ! !*! !           
         HOUSING   ! !*! !           
                   ! !*! !           
         __________! !*! !___________
         __________  !*! ____________
                  !  !*!!            
         PLUG     !  !_!!            
                  !   _ !            
                  !  !*!!            
                  !  \_/!            
        
            Now a slight presure is on the pins.  Because the pins can not be produced
        exactly the same, there is one pin which is the widest and therefore has more
        tension on it, and one which is the thinnest and has almost no pressure on it.
        We now use the pick to >gently< push each pin up (and try to feel it when you
        let it down) until we find which is the tightest on and which is loosest. 
        Getting the feel for this is the hardest part of lock picking.  Now that you
        have found the loosest one, gently press it upward until you feel a slight
        reduction in tension on the tension wrench.  This will happen when the top of
        the bottom pin becomes even with the junction of the plug and the housing.  Do
        not release any tension from the wrench now!  The driver will now be trapped in
        the housing as illustrated here: (don't I draw pretty?)
        
                    ! !*! !             
           HOUSING  ! !*! !             
                    ! !*! !             
         ___________! !_! !___________  
         _______________     ___________
                       ! !*! !          
            PLUG       ! !*! !          
                       ! \_/ !          
                       !     !          
        
            Now you continue this process with each of the pins until you work your way
        up to the one that is widest.  With some practice you can get fairly fast at
        this.  I suggest practicing on a four pin tumbler lock that is bought from a
        hardware store, the cheaper the better.
        






        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
            I would like to discuss a particular configuration of the pins now that may
        present a particularly hard job to pick.  This is graphically shown here by the
        two middle pins:
        
         !*! !*! !*! !*!      
         !*! !*! !_! !*!      
         !*! !*!  _  !*!      
         !_! !*! !*! !_!      
          _  !*! !*!  _       
         !*! !*! !*! !*!      
         !*! !_! !*! !*!      
         !*!  _  !*! !*!      
         !*! !*! !*! !*!      
         \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/      
        
              \_______________
        
            When you try to push the 2nd pin from the left up, you will unavoidably be
        pushing the one in front of it up because of its long bottom pin.  The only
        solution for this is to get a special pick that looks like this:
        
         \                   
          \   _______________
           \_/               
        
            The major problem with this is that it is hard to initially detect.  The
        reason that it makes it harder if it is not immediately apparent is that you
        unavoidably push the 3rd pin from the left up into the housing, getting it
        jammed:
        
                   ! !*! !        
         HOUSING   ! !_! !        
                   !  _  !        
                   ! !*! !        
         __________! !*! !________
         ___________ !*! ________ 
                    !!*!!         
           PLUG     !!*!!         
                    !\_/!         
        






        
            I would also like to address a technique called raking.  It uses a tool
        like this:
        
         \/\/\/\___________
        
            Basically you "rake" it back and forth across the pins, hoping that
        combined with the tension it will give you the right combination.  This way has
        been known to be fast sometimes, but it is not very reliable, and I would
        suggest learning to actually "pick" the lock.
        
            Earlier I promised an address to order locksmithing materials from, so here
        it is:
        
         Garrison Protective Electronics
                     BOX 128            
          Kew Gardens, New York,  11415 
        
            Sources: Personal practice and many excellent books from mentor press.  If
        you would like their catalog, send a SASE to:
        
         The intelligence library
              Mentor Publications
            135-53 Northern Blvd.
              Flushing, NY  11354
        
            And ask for any information available on the intelligence library.
        
        
        
        
        
        
         ]]]]]]]]]]#[[[[[[[[[[
         ]]  LOCK  PICKING  [[
         ]]       BY        [[
         ]] ^^^NIGHTWING^^^ [[
         ]]]]]]]]]]#[[[[[[[[[[
        
        
        
            So you want to be a criminal?  Well, if you are wanting to be like James
        Bond and open a lock in fifteen seconds, go to Hollywood because that's the
        only place your gonna do it.  Even experienced locksmiths can spend 5 to 10
        minutes on a lock if they're unlucky.  If you are looking for extremely quick
        access, look elsewhere.
        
            The following instructions will pertain mostly to the "lock-in-knob" type
        lock, since it is the easiest to pick.  If there is sufficient demand, i will
        later write a file discussing the other forms of entrance, including dead-bolt.
        
            First of all, you need a pick set.  If you know a locksmith, get him to
        make you a set.  This will be the best possible set for you to use.  If you
        find a locksmith willing to supply a set, don't give up hope.  It is possible
        to make your own, if you have access to a grinder (you can use a file, but it






        takes forever.)
        
            The thing you need is an allen wrench set (very small).  These should be
        small enough to fit into the keyhole slot.  Now, bend the long end of the allen
        wrench at a slight angle.. (not 90 deg.) it should look something like this:
        
        
        
        
        
         #1 \\                                                         
             \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\  (This is the handle
                                                \\\  that was already  
                                                \\\  here.)            
                                                \\\                    
                                                \\\                    
                                                \\\                    
        
            Now, take your pick to a grinder or a file and smooth the end (#1) until
        it's rounded so it won't hang inside the lock.  Test your tool out on doorknobs
        at your house to see if it will slide in and out smoothly.  Now, this is where
        the screwdriver comes in.  Is it small enough for it and your pick to be used
        in the same lock at the same time, one above the other?  Let's hope so, because
        that's the only way your gonna open it.
        
            In the coming instructions, please refer to this chart of the interior of a
        lock:
        
         XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX| K
          #  #  #  #   #   #    | E
             #     #   #   #    | Y
          *     *               | H
          *  *  *  *   *   *    | O
                                | L
                                | E
         XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX|  
        
         #= UPPER TUMLER PIN
         *= LOWER TUMLER PIN
         X= CYLINDER WALL   
        
         (THIS IS A GREATLY SIMPLIFIED DRAWING)
        
            The object is to press the pin up so that the space between the upper pin
        and the lower pin is level with the cylinder wall.  Now, if you push a pin up,
        its tendancy is to fall back down, right?  That is where the screwdriver comes
        in.  Insert the screwdriver into the slot and turn.  This tension will keep the
        "solved" pins from falling back down.  Now, work from the back of the lock to
        the front, and when you're through.. there will be a click, the screwdriver
        will turn freely, and the door will open.  Don't get discouraged on your first
        try!  It will probably take you about 20-30 minutes your first time.  After
        that you will quickly improve with practice.
        
            This is by no means the most efficient way of entering a house.  If you
        would like another item or two devoted to these other ways, let the sysop know.






        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
                                   Conclusion
        
        
        Whew!  Finally, it's finished.  This is The Complete Anarchist 
        Compendium, Version 1.0.  I have labled it Version 1.0, for I 
        intend to add more files to it.  If you find any files that could 
        be added, let me know.  This was printed as of 9/18/91.  If it's 
        been a while past that date, look around for a more current 
        issue.  Also, if you want a much smaller, yet less detailed 
        issue, look for NIHICOMP.ZIP, for that was my first publication 
        (under a different alias, of course).  Oh well, hopefully that 
        amendment for free speech and freedom of the press will apply, 
        and I won't be traced back...  Hasta la Rasta, n.